* Fri Dec 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.21 released * Mon Nov 28 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Control volume variables order in .profile This commits modifies KIWIProfileFile::writeProfile behavior in order to write in special order the variables of the LVM volumes. The sorting criteria is based on the mount point, this way we prevent nested mount points to be mounted in wrong order. * Fri Nov 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.20 released * Thu Nov 24 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed expansion of msdos disks If the target disk size is beyond 2TB it can\'t be expanded to the full size if the msdos partition table layout is in use. Because of this the disk expansion will be limited to the allowed maximum for the msdos partition table type which is at 2TB. This fixes bnc#1010966 * Fri Nov 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.19 released * Fri Nov 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed release network using ip tool Apply the cidr fix from setupNic and introduce a new method called deleteNic which replaces the wrong ip call from the releaseNetwork method. Fixes bnc#1003091 * Fri Nov 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Move bootloader_cmdline to etc For netboot images the information should be permanently available Thus the former tmp location was not suitable. Fixes bnc#1009032 * Thu Nov 17 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.18 released * Thu Nov 17 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup lease time in setupNetworkWicked The default lease time with 300s used by wicked is relatively short and different from the default lease time of the former dhcpcd. This change causes wicked to use a lease time of 3600s This is related to bnc#1003091 * Thu Nov 17 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup default behavior of releaseNetwork If no tool was found to communicate with the dhcp server in order to free the lease the method did nothing. However it should at least bring down the network. This is related to bnc#1003091 * Wed Nov 16 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup setupNic for address information in cidr Ignore netmask if address is already in cidr format * Tue Nov 15 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Lazy umount for the chrooted environment With this commit the mount points that fail to umount when trying a regular umount, a lazy umount is applied. This can be helpful in case the installation of some service in the chrooted environment created/opened something inside a mount point preventing it to be unmounted immediately. This commit is related with the issue bnc#1008898 * Tue Nov 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Refactoring of getKernelBootParameters Instead of trying to extract the cmdline information from the various bootloader config files we now write a metadata file which contains this information as result of the bootloader configuration * Tue Nov 15 2016 alessio.adamoAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Italian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Tue Nov 15 2016 alessio.adamoAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Italian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Fri Nov 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup netboot code for multipath boot device If the root disk in a netboot deployment is a multipath device we have to make sure the multipathd is started and the boot device is mapped to the wwn * Thu Nov 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Add reading of kernel boot params from grub.cfg The method getKernelBootParameters has been extended to be able to read the kernel boot params also from boot/grub2/grub.cfg This fixes bnc#1009032 * Tue Nov 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.17 released * Tue Nov 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Delete obsolete pluginsdir from pre-commit * Tue Nov 08 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Testing isoinfo binary correctly In method \'isols()\' isoinfo command line tool is used, however the binary was opened before testing if it existed. Apparently the open perl function was not returning an error if the file did not exist. So in the case that isoinfo was not located in /usr/bin/isoinfo the open command was not failing, hence never trying to open the fallback location /usr/lib/genisoimage/isoinfo. This commit fixes #614. * Mon Nov 07 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- ActivateImage links correction and read-only test This commit is related to bnc#1006834. Loading the iso image into a read-only ramdisk caused some issues due to the activatImage method cp commands. With this commit the symlinks are consistent during the preinit phase and also before running the cp command it is tested we are not in a read-only filesystem. * Mon Nov 07 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.16 released * Mon Nov 07 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup XML info reported size unit The value is a byte value not a Kbytes value * Mon Nov 07 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.15 released * Mon Nov 07 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup ip setup in setupNic The invocation of ip in setupNic was invalid. The way this was done causes the netmask to be set as broadcast address Related to bnc#1003091 * Thu Nov 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.14 released * Thu Nov 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.13 released * Thu Nov 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed mountSystemClicFS for older distributions On e.g sle11 the ext4 filesystem support is available in read only mode by default. In order to allow read/write access the filesystem parameters needs to be adapted which can be done by writing to /sys/module/ext4/parameters/rw if present * Thu Nov 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in comments clicfs container is an ext4 not ext3 * Wed Nov 02 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- UpdateOtherDeviceFstab method was not keeping the first argument updateOtherDeviceFstab is method responsible to include the fstab lines needed to mount additional partitions (apart from swap and root) defined in the description file. This methid had an error overwriting the variable $1 witht the value of $2, which is always empty, as the method it is never used with more than a single parameter. * Wed Nov 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.12 released * Wed Nov 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed waitForStorageDevice Value for storage_size was not really used * Wed Nov 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.11 released * Wed Nov 02 2016 syafaatkukuhAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Indonesian) Currently translated at 14.2% (4 of 28 strings) * Tue Nov 01 2016 hayyan71AATTyahoo.com- Translated using Weblate (Persian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Mon Oct 31 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure kiwiserver/kiwiservertype is used If kiwiserver and/or kiwiservertype is specified on the kernel commandline they should take over precedence for up- and download of image files compared to the host setup in the IMAGE variable. * Mon Oct 31 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.10 released * Mon Oct 31 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed lease request in wicked call bnc#1003091 * Mon Oct 31 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.9 released * Thu Oct 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Put setupNetworkWicked in line with former dhcpcd The way setupNetworkWicked implements the dhcp discovery was incomplete. This Fixes bnc#1003091 * Thu Oct 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup assembling of mdraid array when udev discovers an mdraid array it partially starts the array. That is interfering with the mdadm --assemble call by kiwi which leads to a busy state and an array in inactive state. Therefore the method should wait until the raid array really exists no matter if the assembling is started by udev or kiwi\'s mdadm call. In addition if the array got assembled but is incomplete because devices are missing or the timout is fired, an additional call to start any array that has been partially assembled is required. pxeRaidAssemble will throw an exception if after this call no md device with a size > 0 will show up after a timeout. This Fixes bnc#1000742 * Thu Oct 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup waitForStorageDevice The function will return success if the size of the storage device can be obtained and is greater than zero. The pure success on reading from the block layer is not enough. In order to actually work with the device it must provide a size > 0. Related to bnc#1000742 * Tue Oct 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.8 released * Tue Oct 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Only one changelog section is allowed * Tue Oct 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure an empty %changelog tag exists * Tue Oct 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- No longer write a %changelog section in the spec For some reason the packaging concept no longer needs a changelog section in the spec file. Most likely the build service scripts now generates those information from the .changes file which lead to duplicate changelog information in the package * Fri Oct 21 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.7 released * Wed Oct 19 2016 andrew.chaceAATTgmail.com- Fixed a rounding error in partedMBToCylinder(): bc truncates number of cylinders to zero decimal places, which results in a partition that is slightly smaller than the requested size. Add one cylinder to compensate. * Wed Oct 19 2016 adrianAATTsuse.de- drop kiwi-instsource-plugins It got moved to https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi-instsource-plugins * Wed Oct 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.6 released * Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Fixing wrong spaces * Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Make sure there is no splash present when download dialogs appear * Tue Oct 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of etc/crypttab The method setupCryptTab creates etc/crypttab from the given storage device. However in a raid setup the correct /dev/mdX device needs to be used and not one of the storage devices in the raid array. Fixes bnc#1003595 * Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Solving some broken dialogs HideSplash method used to hide the splash only if there was an active console, however the dialogs appear broken if the splash isn\'t hidden and in some cases is hard to check if there is an active consoles (i.e. after umount /sys or mount --move /dev /mnt/dev).\\ This commit fixes bnc#997085 * Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.5 released * Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t lookup a tool if it is not necessary Fixup runtime check for iso tool check * Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.4 released * Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t lookup a tool if it is not necessary * Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.3 released * Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Build require an iso creation tool to pass checks * Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup wicked DNS data validation wicked provides DNS info in DNSSERVERS with a space as separator and not with a \',\' as it was the case in dhcpcd * Mon Oct 10 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.2 released * Mon Oct 10 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Remove cdrkit-cdrtools-compat from requirements * Thu Oct 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.04.01 released * Mon Oct 03 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Added support for mkisofs in addition to genisoimage * Removed \'allow-limited-size\' which is not supported by mkisofs * fixCatalog was returning null even if is was not failing * regex for parsing isoinfo output has been improved to support mkisofs format * Sat Oct 01 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- do not use ramdisk for rw, using tmpfs is more efficient * Tue Sep 27 2016 elchevive68AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Tue Sep 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.96 released * Tue Sep 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure netboot code populates kiwi_RootPart For disk based images the file config.partids is written and imported. However, for netboot stations a disk is optional and no partids information exists. In order to provide at least the partition number for the root partition on netboot stations with a disk, the kiwi_RootPart is exported from the provided client configuration file. Fixes bnc#1000194 * Thu Sep 22 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- Custom device timeout variable added This commit patches the issue bnc#992992. Now DEVICE_TIMEOUT variable can be used in order to set the device waiting timeout in watForStorageDevice function. Must be a numeric value expressed in seconds. * Mon Sep 19 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.95 released * Mon Sep 19 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.94 released * Sun Sep 18 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- tab to spaces * Sun Sep 18 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- ip link ls output is unreliable on some interfaces, when available use ifplugstatus instead * Thu Sep 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.93 released * Thu Sep 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"waitForStorageDevice patch\" The logic to setup a wait timeout by asking a device property from a device which does not yet exist raises a chicken and egg problem. This reverts commit 9654d53e3c4a500a4e3a7e5cc8d40a56e0da6525. * Thu Sep 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for setupNetworkWicked IP address information from wicked is imported twice. However the plain IPv4 address validation happened only on the first import. Fixes bnc#992989 * Sun Sep 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message typo (bnc#996255) * Thu Aug 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.92 released * Thu Aug 25 2016 pnhoang96AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Vietnamese) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Wed Aug 24 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup elilo.conf append setup append parameter was filled with an undefined variable It should contain the information from $cmdline * Tue Aug 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.91 released * Tue Aug 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed bootloader configuration custom kernel parameters should be added to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX and not GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT Fixes bnc#994910 * Mon Aug 22 2016 dcassanyAATTsuse.com- waitForStorageDevice patch This solves the issue bnc#992992. Now waitForStorageDevice method has set a timeout of 4 seconds instead of 60 if the device is a usb. GetDeviceTransportType method has been added in order to determine device type (usb, sata, etc.) * Tue Aug 16 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.90 released * Tue Aug 16 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Preserve timestamp on grub2-install copy In order to workaround the bug in shim-install which unnecessarily calls grub2-install we replace the binary by a noop before calling shim-install. However all file attributes of the grub2-install binary, timestamp, modes, etc should stay untouched (bnc#993825) * Thu Aug 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.89 released * Thu Aug 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupNetworkWicked IP address information from wicked dhcp reply consists out of two parts but we are only interested in the plain IPv4 address information at this point. Fixes bnc#992989 * Thu Aug 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure DHCPCHADDR is uppercase Fixes bnc#992988 * Thu Aug 04 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.88 released * Thu Aug 04 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed device setup for initrd only disk images * Wed Aug 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.87 released * Wed Aug 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of undefined firmware value * Wed Aug 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupBootLoaderConfiguration Theme setup should be optional. The bootloader setup should allow for working without a graphics boot theme setup * Wed Aug 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value in string eq * Mon Aug 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.86 released * Mon Aug 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- netboot code for rhel only added on x86 atm * Mon Aug 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.85 released * Mon Aug 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Package rhel netboot descriptions * Wed Jul 27 2016 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- mini iso: Pass kexec=1 to linuxrc (boo#990374) * Wed Jul 27 2016 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Duplicate openSUSE-13.2 to openSUSE-Tumbleweed * Mon Jul 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.84 released * Mon Jul 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- insserv please just do what I want from you force remove of service * Mon Jul 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.83 released * Mon Jul 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for insserv is not a chkconfig When changing the call from chkconfig to insserv also the caller syntax changes. * Mon Jul 25 2016 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Trivial: Fix spelling of openSUSE * Mon Jul 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.82 released * Mon Jul 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed changelog generator * Mon Jul 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.81 released * Mon Jul 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t ask to start recovery in unattended mode * Mon Jul 18 2016 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Support GPT for pxedeploy Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Sun Jul 17 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkSelectedBootLoaderIncluded check When explicitly specifying in config.xml the version of grub to be used, the __checkSelectedBootLoaderIncluded() function in KIWIRuntimeChecker.pm doesn\'t work properly. This issue is that the comparison is done against \"grub=\" which will never match \"grub\" * Wed Jul 13 2016 andrey.arapovAATTnixaid.com- insserv is not a chkconfig * Mon Jul 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.80 released * Sun Jul 10 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- prefer newer overlayfs, otherwise mount succeeds in compat mode but live image fail to boot/exhibit weird symptoms * Sat Jul 09 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- prefer newer overlayfs, otherwise mount succeeds in compat mode but live image fail to boot/exhibit weird symptoms * Fri Jul 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.79 released * Fri Jul 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Message commit for bug reference Fixup of VMware disk tag references (bnc#988087) * Fri Jul 08 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.78 released * Wed Jul 06 2016 jmasonAATTsuse.com- Conditionally prefix encoding to vmware disk tag Prior code was always adding the encoding statement to vmware disk tag; in the event it is already present there\'s no need to add it a second time. * Wed Jul 06 2016 jmasonAATTsuse.com- Remove null padding on the vmware disk tag The block of data read via dd is null padded; adding the tools data after the padding breaks detection of the data. We need to remove the nulls (0x0) so appends can occur adjacent to the block of strings. * Wed Jul 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.77 released * Wed Jul 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fix potential timing issue after vgchange After activation of the volume group with vgchange an udev wait until the volume device nodes exists should be performed * Tue Jun 28 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.76 released * Tue Jun 28 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl installation prior to the zipl installation some parameters are read from the disk file. kiwi ran another loopsetup call on the raw disk file to get those values. However while the raw disk is already loop setup by another loop device this causes problems when calling fdasd on the new loop. This patch prevents another loopsetup call and operates on the given block device * Mon Jun 27 2016 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Add RHEL7 netboot descriptions Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Tue Jun 21 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.75 released * Fri Jun 17 2016 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Don\'t run updateMTAB on RHEL6 systems RHEL6 doesn\'t have /etc/mtab as a link. Let\'s keep original behaviour Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Fri Jun 17 2016 k0daAATTopensuse.org- Fix RHEL6 bootloader install RHEL expects /etc/grub.conf to be a symlink to /boot/grub/grub.conf, lets fix a condition where we enter that specific path. Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Tue Jun 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.74 released * Tue Jun 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of install stick The bind mountpoint boot directory needs to be created It\'s not enough to assume the boot mount point exists in any case. * Tue Jun 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of container configuration An empty fstab file is created, the former deletion of a potentially existing fstab failed if no such file existed * Sun Jun 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.73 released * Sun Jun 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure package cache dir is managed Fix spec file to create and manage /var/cache/kiwi/packages * Mon Jun 06 2016 iAATTmarguerite.su- Translated using Weblate (Chinese (China)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Mon Jun 06 2016 iAATTmarguerite.su- Translated using Weblate (Chinese (China)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Mon May 30 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.72 released * Mon May 30 2016 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix hash key handling for perl 5.24 (boo#981080) * Sun May 29 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.71 released * Sun May 29 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Delete vmxboot dracut optimization For vmx type images, dracut was called in background to speedup the boot process. However this could cause a race condition together with grub2-mkconfig. If grub2-mkconfig is called but dracut has not yet created the initrd, grub2 creates a configuration file without an initrd. The result boot setup is not able to reboot the system because the initrd is not loaded. This fixes (bnc#982092) * Wed May 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.70 released * Wed May 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.69 released * Wed May 25 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added readonly check for persistent data When creating a partition for persistent data, check if the device class has the readonly flag set before trying to write anything there. Fixes #576 * Tue May 24 2016 adrianAATTsuse.de- tag debug and source medias in rpm-md meta data (bnc#980871) * Mon May 09 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.68 released * Mon May 09 2016 schwabAATTsuse.de- Add aarch64_ilp32 to the list of known architectures * Thu May 05 2016 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Add aarch64_ilp32 support This is the -32bit variant of aarch64. Right now only needed for install medias. * Tue May 03 2016 adrianAATTsuse.de- new sle12-sp2 media style default patterns are now provides and not recommends * Mon May 02 2016 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- implement experimental headersonly build * Wed Apr 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t create default fstab file Follow up fix for bnc#964472. A kiwi generated fstab file is not required to build the image * Tue Apr 26 2016 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Apr 26 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed documentation style indexterms must be in para element. Fixes #568 * Mon Apr 25 2016 xeinAATTnaver.com- Translated using Weblate (Korean) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Thu Apr 21 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Update README * Mon Apr 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.67 released * Mon Apr 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Add part_msdos module for self build EFI image On ARM we have a few hooks in kiwi that allow us to adapt the resulting image to target boards. On some systems, we need to install the firmware to hardware specified sector offsets on the image target (sd card). Unfortunately some systems demand firmware at sector 1 which is where the GPT would usually reside. So we need to use an MBR partition layout. We can convert the GPT into an MBR using gdisk in our ARM scripts, but at that point grub2 would have to be able to interpret the MBR as well. So we need the \"msdos_part\" module included (bnc#975898) * Mon Apr 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for not writing grub.cfg to EFI dir With the move to grub2-install and also shim-install the static copy of the grub configuration into the EFI boot directory became obsolete (bnc#968270) * Mon Apr 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.66 released * Mon Apr 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi-pxeboot package setup The package was marked noarch but has architecture dependant requirements. Therefore it can\'t be marked noarch (bnc#974651) * Mon Apr 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed oem and vmx buildservice boot requires The packages kiwi-desc-oemboot-requires and kiwi-desc-vmxboot-requires did not explicitly require grub2 or the architecture specific efi module packages for the arm architectures. The requirement was added by the contents of the arm boot image descriptions. However those packages will not be part of the boot image descriptions in the near future and thus the buildservice needs them to be referenced explicitly in the spec file * Mon Apr 11 2016 alexandros.vennAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Greek) Currently translated at 89.2% (25 of 28 strings) * Wed Apr 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.65 released * Wed Apr 06 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed ppc setup of etc/default/grub_installdevice On power grub must be installed into the Prep partition into the master boot record of the disk * Mon Apr 04 2016 schreinerAATTsuse.de- plugin for new createrepo_c in kiwi * Thu Mar 31 2016 xeinAATTnaver.com- Translated using Weblate (Korean) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Thu Mar 31 2016 malham1AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Arabic) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Wed Mar 30 2016 nthnAATTunseen.is- Translated using Weblate (Dutch) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Sat Mar 26 2016 eiosifidisAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Greek) Currently translated at 85.7% (24 of 28 strings) * Wed Mar 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12-community-JeOS to SP1 repos * Mon Mar 21 2016 christian.braunerAATTmailbox.org- have tar preserve all xattrs By default tar will only preserve a subset of the capabilities with --xattrs. Adding --xattrs-include= * should preserve all capabilities (e.g. user. *, security.capability etc.). Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner * Fri Mar 18 2016 rsassuAATTsuse.de- bootImage: don\'t copy initial ram disk content to /run/initramfs We should avoid copying the initial ram disk content to a tmpfs filesystem, especially on low memory systems (bsc#963276). Signed-off-by: Roberto Sassu * Fri Mar 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Refactor case statement in udevStart two case blocks with one condition each makes a case selection obsolete * Wed Mar 16 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Delete obsolete shim code from kiwi This has been replaced by the use of shim-install * Mon Mar 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.64 released * Mon Mar 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Added pv kernel profile\" There is no kernel-pv This reverts commit 8ca75eeee4bd7999a20ed050d9ebe4ba75607c5d. * Sun Mar 13 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.63 released * Sun Mar 13 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Use shim-install to setup EFI secure boot This fixes (bnc#968475) * Fri Mar 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added pv kernel profile * Wed Mar 09 2016 rsassuAATTsuse.de- Execute haveged in udevStart This ensure there is at least a source of entropy for /dev/random when the fips mode is enabled. Without it, VMware virtual machines hang at boot (bsc#964204). Signed-off-by: Roberto Sassu * Fri Mar 04 2016 asaraiAATTsuse.com- rpm: require tar>=1.2.7 for --xattrs support tar 1.2.6 and earlier doesn\'t have support for the --xattrs options (which is necessary in order to build valid Docker image root filesystems). Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai * Fri Mar 04 2016 asaraiAATTsuse.com- travis: install newest version of GNU tar from trusty source--xattrs support was added quite some time ago, but Travis doesn\'t seem to have a recent enough version of GNU tar. Realistically, most up-to-date systems do, so we can just install the latest version here. In order to install the latest version, we have to build it from the Ubuntu 14.04 source repo. Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai * Fri Mar 04 2016 asaraiAATTsuse.com- modules: KIWIContainerBuilder: preserve xattrs tar doesn\'t preserve extended attributes by default, causing Docker images to not have any correct set-capabilities bits set on binaries such as ping. Fix this by adding the --xattrs flag to the tar command run to generate the root filesystem image. Signed-off-by: Aleksa Sarai * Fri Mar 04 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.62 released * Thu Mar 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.61 released * Thu Mar 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed gce disk format The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw. In addition the style of the manifest.json has been adapted too. A space after colon seems to be required for gce to accept the data * Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.60 released * Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed global mount method There could be a max of four partitions in the image setup bios_grub/prep | EFI | boot | root. Thus the search should expect the layout correctly. Fixes #554 * Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.59 released * Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Quote repository alias Fixes #545 * Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Keep yum package package Fixes #553 * Tue Mar 01 2016 aplanasAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (Spanish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Tue Mar 01 2016 aplanasAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (English (United States)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t write grub.cfg to EFI directory Originally the file was written there as reference, but nothing will ever update that file if the real grub configuration changes. Thus it doesn\'t make sense to provide this information (bnc#968270) * Tue Mar 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Avoid lvcreate to ask for wiping swap signature When kiwi creates the logical volume for the swap space and there is already a swap signature at the place on disk, lvm stops and asks what to do with it. This should be generally avoided at that stage in the boot process Fixes (bnc#968601) * Thu Feb 25 2016 guillaume.gardetAATTopensuse.org- Translated using Weblate (French) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Tue Feb 23 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- quiet umount /proc error of missing mtab * Tue Feb 23 2016 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- run exec >/dev/null after screen clears in quiet mode * Tue Feb 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.58 released * Tue Feb 23 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed shell syntax in grub2 template Fixes (bnc#961334) * Mon Feb 22 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.57 released * Mon Feb 22 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Refactor suseStripKernel The way the method downsizes the kernel tree is wrong in several places and very hard to read. Therefore the code has been refactored and splitted into task methods which can run independently from each other. As one result the kernel tree is not missing any metadata and/or update weak-updates paths anymore. Fixes (bnc#965830) * Mon Feb 22 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.56 released * Sun Feb 21 2016 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Fix filesystem check on boot In the refactoring fc363cc06, the parameters of checkFileSystem got changed to expect the device name, but one of the invocations didn\'t pass down the device name due to a typo. * Sat Feb 20 2016 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Remove grub2 from the armv6/v7 initrd Grub2 adds 35MB to the initrd for no reason on armv6/v7, as those images use u-boot scripts for booting. * Sat Feb 20 2016 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Remove flush before resize filesystem According to the manpage, -F is flushing the fileystem buffer caches. which is only really useful for doing resize2fs time trials. With current Tumbleweed installed on MMC, -F triggers a Inappropriate ioctl for device while trying to flush error, and then fails to resize. * Thu Feb 18 2016 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Feb 17 2016 robert.paschedagAATTweb.de- Do not activate dmraid paritions This only activates the device itself, not the partitions, that may also exist. If partitions exist, the UDEV rules will create the corresponding \"_partX\" symlinks for each partition within \"/dev/mapper, which are totally sufficient. * Mon Feb 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.55 released * Mon Feb 15 2016 msAATTsuse.de- s390: Don\'t strip ctc_configure from initrd * Sat Feb 13 2016 atalanttoreAATTgooglemail.com- Translated using Weblate (German) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) Author: Bernhard M. Wiedemann * Thu Feb 11 2016 atalanttoreAATTgooglemail.com- doc: fix typo Author: Bernhard M. Wiedemann * Thu Feb 11 2016 atalanttoreAATTgooglemail.com- make xml example valid the tag needs to remain open here. * Thu Feb 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.54 released * Thu Feb 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed validation of custom root cmdline variable A variable of the format root=LABEL=x was not correctly validated * Wed Feb 10 2016 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Enable pvops builds for EC2 * Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.53 released * Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed disk bundler for install stick target The bundler looked up the wrong extension. This fixes #542 * Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Preserve package cache only if it exists * Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.52 released * Fri Feb 05 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of noglob shell option * Wed Feb 03 2016 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- output correct sha256 file whether or not the argument to $sha->addfile is absolute doesn\'t actually matter as $sha->hexdigest never outputs any file name. We have to add the file name ourselves. Reason for the confusion is code in OBS\'s build script that under certain conditions computes the sha256sum file itself. So this code here was never used where it actually matters. This reverts commit 97b92d0e0a58cdd237b109efbf843b6057172164. * Wed Feb 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.51 released * Wed Feb 03 2016 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- always sign bundled result no matter what the output format is we want OBS to add a gpg signature on the result. Therefore always also produce a .sha256 sums file for that purpose. * Wed Feb 03 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed updateRootDeviceFstab Support by-label mount entries for btrfs subvolumes This fixes bnc#964474 * Tue Feb 02 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t add kernel filesystems to fstab Systems with systemd which this kiwi version aims for, doesn\'t need proc, sysfs, debugfs and friends to be part of the fstab This fixes bnc#964472 * Mon Feb 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Update rhel6 template Added Vagrantfile to build via dice * Mon Feb 01 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Update rhel6 template delete unused oracle linux build target * Fri Jan 29 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.50 released * Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Allow system to be installed on btrfs snapshot This fixes (bnc#946648) * Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Put kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot to boot profile This is related to (bnc#946648) * Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Evaluate kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot in boot code If set it\'s required to mount the subvolumes like it is done with lvm volumes. In addition this patch fixes the update of the fstab file which has to contain an entry for each subvolume excluding snapshots and the toplevel This is related to (bnc#946648) * Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added get/set(er) for btrfs_root_is_snapshot attr This is related to (bnc#946648) * Wed Jan 27 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added btrfs_root_is_snapshot attribute This is related to (bnc#946648) * Wed Jan 20 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed pxe type setup for s390 SLE12-community-JeOS * Wed Jan 20 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added util-linux to SLE12-community-JeOS for s390 * Thu Jan 14 2016 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.49 released * Tue Jan 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use filesystem specific mount option When mounting the read write filesystem, prevent using filesystem specific options like barrier * Tue Jan 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Use HYBRID_EXT4_OPTS in fat container filesystem * Tue Jan 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Check read write filesystem prior to mounting If a filesystem type could be identified on the read write partition check it before mounting to eliminate a potential dirty state * Tue Jan 12 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Cascade exfat mount try normal mount first, if this does not work try fuse mount Normally this is done automatically by the mount program but if not we will give the direct fuse mount a chance * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make createFileSystem more robust When passing in a loop file instead of a device name, the method should be smart enough to handle the name without shell evaluation * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Compile rnc -> rng * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for exfat as hybrid filesystem In addition to fat also exfat is now supported as persistent write filesystem. Because of the limitations of a fat filesystem fat and exfat are only used as a container filesystem providing an ext4 linux filesystem as a cowfile. The algorithm to create the size of the cow file has also been changed to use half of the size of the write partition or on fat a max size of 4G. The size of the cowfile is also prepared to become overwritten. However the XML definition and implementation to do this is still missing * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Reread partition table after hybrid setup The hybrid write partition is created via fdisk. Some version of fdisk does not send the ioctl to let the kernel reread the table or fdisk itself holds it busy. Thus we actively initiate a reread via blockdev * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Optimize ext4 hybrid write filesystem options Optimized for 512kB erase block size * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Use mount options to increase overlay performace For overlay filesystems not writing into a tmpfs performance is more important than safety. We use this combination of options for now, if you encounter stability problems please let us know * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Use -f force option for extX filesystem checker * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Refactor and cleanup setupReadWrite Fix misleading error message and refactor the code to be less complex and more clear in the processing of tasks * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Allow custom cowfile name for persistent data Instead of a fixed name \'cowfile\' we allow a custom name which is predefined in HYBRID_PERSISTENT_FILENAME and prepared to become overwritten by an XML defintion whose implementation will follow later. Reason for the change is that a cowfile is visible as plain data file to the operating system if e.g used on a live stick. It should be more clear to the user what this file is good for * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Protect mkfs.exfat from being deleted Added to the strip tools section in order to keep it in the initrd * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for exfat creation and probing In preparation to use exfat instead of vfat in a loop container for persistent data it\'s required to provide support for mkfs.exfat * Mon Jan 11 2016 msAATTsuse.de- Make loop_setup and loop_delete more robust The methods did not cope well with filenames containing bash characters with special meaning e.g spaces. For use with a iso hybrid cowfile whose name is visible in the OS the methods should be able to work with any given filename * Sat Dec 26 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- fix message of missing command * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.48 released * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed import of kernel parameters including spaces Kernel parameters like PRODUCT_TYPE=âPRODUCT BANANAâ breaks the code in includeKernelParameters. This patch allows spaces for values in a way that it replaces the embedded whitespace with \\030 before parsing and then reverting after parsing. Thanks to Jay Nitikman for providing the patch * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed uninstall target for buildroot use case * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.47 released * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed LUKS setup for dracut The system image has to provide /etc/crypttab to allow dracut to create a working initrd for reboot. In addition the name of the luks map must be \'luks\' to make dracut happy. * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installation of documentation * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update documentation Also put each doc target into its own directory * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete binary picture data * Wed Dec 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete unmaintained documentation sources * Tue Dec 22 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Stylecheck * Tue Dec 22 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Specllchecked * Tue Dec 22 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 13: Appliance and Migration * Tue Dec 22 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 12: XEN chapter * Tue Dec 22 2015 afaerberAATTsuse.de- Handle /boot/vc files for Raspberry Pi openSUSE Tumbleweed raspberrypi-firmware[-branding-openSUSE] packages have been updated to install files to /boot/vc rather than /boot. Ensure that all files in /boot/vc find their way into the vboot partition and on the boot partition prepare vc as potential mount point. Signed-off-by: Andreas Färber * Mon Dec 21 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 11: OEM chapter * Mon Dec 21 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 10 (final): PXE chapter * Mon Dec 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed JeOS templates configured for efi boot in case of efi the efi modules should be installed to the system. Even though it\'s not a problem for kiwi because it takes the modules from the self build initrd it could become a problem when grub2 is used for reconfiguration on the system later. It is also questionable whether it is a good idea from kiwi to install the efi modules as part of the initrd just for the purpose to take them from there at build time when they are not really needed in the initrd at boot time. The new (next generation) kiwi version will lookup modules from the system if possible and will not keep them inside of the initrd * Mon Dec 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suse-SLE12-community-JeOS description kernel-debug is not installed, no need to have it in the delete section * Sat Dec 19 2015 martin.koeglerAATTchello.at- Honor RW filesystem type * Sat Dec 19 2015 martin.koeglerAATTchello.at- Refactor file system check * Thu Dec 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.46 released * Thu Dec 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update manual page info about targetdevice option This is related to (bnc#956484) * Thu Dec 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- use sudo for kiwi when running from git source * Thu Dec 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Improve validation of targetDevice If called with --targetdevice the target must be a device block special and nothing else, no symlink, no other node type This fixes (bnc#956484) * Wed Dec 16 2015 martin.koeglerAATTchello.at- Add label support for xfs * Tue Dec 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.45 released * Tue Dec 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Inform user if dracut is called in background mode * Tue Dec 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed validation of updates/weak-updates modules suseStripKernel took the update and weak-update modules only into account if they are mentioned in the drivers list. But these modules are considered p1 and should always be included and also checked against its dependencies * Tue Dec 15 2015 martin.koeglerAATTchello.at- Allow xfs as hybrid RW file system * Thu Dec 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.44 released * Thu Dec 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed user setup If multiple users are setup in the same users section the commandline is broken because not reset to empty after a previous user setup run * Wed Dec 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete use of DOMURD_MODULES The predefined values were wrong and the information is not used anymore since mkinitrd / dracut takes the list of loaded modules into account * Wed Dec 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Run dracut as background process for vmx images The dracut process takes quite some time and blocks the boot process. In cloud frameworks instance boot time matters and with this patch the dracut process runs in parallel with the rest of the boot process. * Sun Dec 06 2015 jonasAATTekhorva.se- Translated using Weblate (Swedish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Fri Dec 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.43 released * Fri Dec 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure dbus mountpoint exists * Fri Dec 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for bnc#957008 not recursively removing the temp dir structure causes some directories to still be present which is not expected at a later point in the build process * Fri Dec 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.42 released * Thu Dec 03 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- syntax fixes for spec file * Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.41 released * Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added information about mysystems macro to spec The creation of the -requires packages is based on a macro written by Adrian called %mysystems. It expands to the kiwi boot image description name according to the buildservice build distribution. It\'s important to see the value it has expanded to in the buildlog * Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.40 released * Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed syntax of spec file macros to be more robust * Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.39 released * Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of /var/run vs. /run It should not be kiwi\'s task to handle that but it seems we will not be able to fix this in a clean way on the package level. Thus I added a bad hack to check for the desired distro from the value of the boot attribute and create either /run with a symlink /var/run or /var/run * Wed Dec 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requirements for older systems (SLE11), the pidof program as used by kiwi is provided with the sysvinit package not with sysvinit-tools * Mon Nov 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t recursively remove tmpdir structure If the master /tmp directory is empty there is the potential risk that /tmp gets removed too, which would cause many bad after effects bnc#957008 * Mon Nov 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use tmpfs not ramdisk for overlayfs union images overlayfs based iso images (flags=\"overlay\") used a ramdisk of a fixed ramsize as temporary write space if used on read-only media. This limits the write space to the configured ramdisk size and is now changed to a tmpfs location. Fixes #513 * Sat Nov 28 2015 seife+devAATTb1-sytems.com- make .checksum.md5 contents reproducible In order to have reproducible builds in OBS with unchanged sources, sort the file list before feeding it to \"md5sum\". Without, rebuilds would differ in that file as the file list order was random. Also, get rid of \"find | grep -v ... | grep -v ...\" for ignoring filenames and just use find\'s options to achieve that. Saves two fork() and a few CPU cycles :-) * Fri Nov 27 2015 seife+devAATTb1-sytems.com- KIWIBoot: add grub2-mkimage prefix option grub2-mkimage on CentOS/RHEL7 *needs * the \"-p \" option or it will abort with an error. On openSUSE\'s grub2-mkimage, prefix defaults to \"/boot/grub2\". Add \"-p /boot/grub2\" to all grub2-mkimage calls, so that they can work with CentOS, too. This *should * not break things on SUSE base ;-) * Fri Nov 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.38 released * Fri Nov 27 2015 seife+devAATTb1-sytems.com- fix spec file parts for RHEL/CentOS 7 * Fri Nov 27 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Fix for bsc #955939 Link in KIWI documentation to \"KIWI Wiki\" is broken * Thu Nov 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.37 released * Thu Nov 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-leap-42.1-JeOS Use ext4 as write filesystem in overlayfs, btrfs is broken for this use case (bnc#950999) * Thu Nov 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Allow ext4 to be set in hybridpersistent_filesystem * Wed Nov 25 2015 guillaume.gardetAATTfree.fr- Update copyBootCode function: Add support to check for /boot/dtb * since DTB files can be stored in /boot/dtb/ folder but also in /boot/dtb-/ folder with /boot/dtb a symlink * Fri Nov 20 2015 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Add warning to extractkernel for aarch64/armv7/s390x For those architectures, the kernel can only be found if suseStripKernel was called. Add a warning with a hint on what went wrong. * Fri Nov 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.36 released * Thu Nov 19 2015 cschumAATTsuse.de- Add btrfs to general documentation of volume setup Kiwi supports two options for setting up storage layouts with sub volumes, LVM and btrfs. Chapter 17 explains this in detail. The overview section in the general documentation didn\'t reference this. This patch fixes this. * Wed Nov 18 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix appdata generation on product builds with multiple media * Tue Nov 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.35 released * Tue Nov 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Retrieve vm tools version from vmtoolsd * Mon Nov 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted __checkMountDependencies runtime check I\'m afraid but this check causes more false positives than the correct detection of an inconsistency in the mount table. Checking if the string \'kiwi\' appears in the process list is not enough, especially in contained environment where the host kernel shares mount information with a VM or container guest this check is always wrong. We need a better solution here. Fixes Issue#501 * Mon Nov 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added Leap 42.1 support for kiwi --describe Allow to analyse Leap Systems, fixes Issue #516 * Tue Nov 10 2015 seife+devAATTb1-sytems.com- Bundle all built OEM images it is valid to build multiple OEM targets, e.g. with and KIWI correctly builds an install.iso and an install.tar.xz in this case. However, when using OBS only the install.iso is exported. This is, because \"kiwi --bundle-build\" will only export one image and return. Change this to export all: .iso, .raw and .tar.xz * Fri Nov 06 2015 mpostAATTsuse.com- Made some spelling corrections and slight changes in wording. Signed-off-by: markkp * Wed Nov 04 2015 freekAATTopensuse.org- Translated using Weblate (Dutch) Currently translated at 82.1% (23 of 28 strings) * Mon Nov 02 2015 alex239AATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Russian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Sun Nov 01 2015 martin.mohringAATT5eecosystems.com[kiwi] add searching in the parent directory for the current path for device drivers, kernel modules packages like openSUSE xen-kmp-default put the drivers there * Thu Oct 29 2015 fitoschidoAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Spanish) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Wed Oct 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added vmdk descriptor update VMWare applications are made aware that an image has vm-tools installed via tags appended to the VMDK\'s metadata. Typically, the tools write the metadata during their first run, but in our case the first run of the tools is the first boot of the appliance, so the host application is not aware of tools until after a VM has been rebooted, missing a critical opportunity to configure an instance before or during the first boot. In order to allow VMWare applications (include vCloud) to be aware that vm-tools are installed, we need to add the appropriate metadata to the image during its creation * Tue Oct 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.34 released * Tue Oct 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make check for running udev daemon more stable * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.33 released * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkRootDirOutsideImageDescription The check failed in kiwi --create mode * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kernelcmdline setup for EFI live ISO images EFI boot of live ISO images is handled via grub2, the configuration was missing the information provided in the kernelcmdline attribute * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup validation of multipath and ataraid scan Those two were the only ones which are matched against its false value and not against its true value. Fixing this inconsistency make it easier to read the code and applies better to the next generation kiwi-horizon branch * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.32 released * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Set noudevsync only if udevd is not running LVM commands support the --noudevsync option which should be used only if udevd is not running (bnc#950735) * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.31 released * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- actively relocate GPT backup data at end of disk Instead of hanging around with parted and its inconsistent state between different versions kiwi now actively moves the backup GPT to the current end of the disk before starting the repartition step based on parted. The tool to move the data is gdisk which is now required for GPT images build with kiwi * Mon Oct 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Add ramdisk device filter for leap JeOS On Leap hwinfo reports ramdisk devices, thus the list of disks to select for install in kiwi\'s install image contains all ramdisk devices. For JeOS this is unwanted and we added a filter rule to filter them out * Sat Oct 17 2015 rbrownAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (English (United Kingdom)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Sat Oct 17 2015 ramaxloAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Chinese (Taiwan)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Thu Oct 15 2015 medipasAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Catalan) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Thu Oct 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.30 released * Thu Oct 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkRootDirOutsideImageDescription It should be avoided to create a new root image tree inside of the image description directory. This could lead to infinite loops or unexpected behavior if e.g the new root directory is named \'root\' which conflicts with the image description overlay directory also named \'root\' * Wed Oct 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.29 released * Wed Oct 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.28 released * Wed Oct 14 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- Apply missing syntax fix * Wed Oct 14 2015 medipasAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Catalan) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Tue Oct 13 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- Add SLE-12-SP1 plugin using the new appstream handling for appdata * Mon Oct 12 2015 frantisek.komarekAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Polish) Currently translated at 82.1% (23 of 28 strings) * Sun Oct 11 2015 belphegorAATTbelbel.or.jp- Translated using Weblate (Japanese) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Sat Oct 10 2015 mpluskalAATTsuse.com- Translated using Weblate (Czech) Currently translated at 96.4% (28 of 28 strings) * Sat Oct 10 2015 frantisek.komarekAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Czech) Currently translated at 96.4% (27 of 28 strings) * Sat Oct 10 2015 galko.ferdinandAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Slovak) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Sat Oct 10 2015 galko.ferdinandAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Slovak) Currently translated at 89.2% (25 of 28 strings) * Sat Oct 10 2015 andriykopanytsiaAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Sat Oct 10 2015 ronisbrAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) Currently translated at 100.0% (28 of 28 strings) * Sat Oct 10 2015 galko.ferdinandAATTgmail.com- Translated using Weblate (Slovak) Currently translated at 89.2% (25 of 28 strings) * Fri Oct 09 2015 sbrabecAATTsuse.com- Update translations from LCN SVN trunk revision 93546. * Fri Oct 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.27 released * Thu Oct 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Support generic multipath lookup Instead if limiting the support for multipath boot devices this is now checked for all architectures which should also allow iSCSI boot devices. (bnc#946387) * Wed Oct 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Support multipath lookup for ZFCP devices on s390 The disk device the image was ipl\'ed from might be configured to be in a multipath stack. In this case it\'s required to use the mapped device instead of one of the multipath targets directly. This is related to (bnc#944017) * Wed Oct 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Provide a startMultipathd method Move the start of the multipath daemon from the oem boot code specific identifyMultipath method to its own method in the global space * Tue Oct 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.26 released * Tue Oct 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update -requires matcher for SLE12 SP1 The macro %{suse_version} returns 1316 for SLE12 SP1, this must be addressed in the spec file to let the internal -requires packages contain the correct list for building images inside of the buildservice (bsc#949046) * Tue Oct 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Rename SLE JeOS descriptions In order to avoid a naming conflict with the JeOS product we agreed on renaming the SLE JeOS description in kiwi to contain the community keyword to separate this descriptions from the SUSE JeOS product This addresses (fate#319430) * Tue Oct 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed resetBootBind copy of boot data Make sure to take hidden files into account * Thu Oct 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-13.2-JeOS There is no need to have kernel-debug in the delete section actually the package is not installed * Thu Oct 01 2015 martin.mohringAATT5eecosystems.com- fixed: RHEL 6 and CentOS 6 and derivatives using boot=\'vmxboot/rhel-06.0\' or similiar should be handled like SLE 11 not using a tmpfs on /run * Wed Sep 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.25 released * Tue Sep 29 2015 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Drop imagePrepDevice imagePrepDeivce was never set, lets drop it. Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Tue Sep 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.24 released * Tue Sep 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added basic support for grub2 serial console The required configuration steps were added to the bootloader configuration. However there is currently no attribute to select the serial console case from the XML description. This will be added on demand * Fri Sep 25 2015 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Set PReP device We need to set PReP device, otherwise we just call grub2-install, which is not installing a bootloader Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Thu Sep 24 2015 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Fix grub2-mkimage on PowerPC Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Thu Sep 24 2015 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- insmod video drivers (bsc#947328) * Thu Sep 24 2015 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- don\'t overwrite grub2 background image The background image is already defined in theme.txt. Overwriting breaks the editing menu (bsc#947326). * Thu Sep 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added arm suse-tumbleweed vmx|oemboot descriptions * Wed Sep 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Support SLE12 and leap42.1 boot images for arm Deleted 13.2 and non stable tumbleweed from arm based descriptions * Tue Sep 22 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- use obs://factory/repo/oss/ for tumbleweed boot images * Tue Sep 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed toram live boot mode The recent implementation broke the standard method which mounted the CD instead of copying it * Mon Sep 21 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- tabs to spaces * Mon Sep 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Add root filesystem label to images In order to allow devicepersistency=\"by-label\" also for the root filesystem, the setupFilesystem method has been extended for all supported filesystems to add a root label too. The default name for the root label is \'ROOT\'. This addresses bnc#946236 * Mon Sep 21 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- Echo, rmdir and remove full paths from commands * Mon Sep 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added documentation for the toram option Implementation of the toram option is done in PR https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/492 * Mon Sep 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.23 released * Fri Sep 18 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- rename mountLivecd to mountOrCopyLiveCD, use cp -ar, remove $SIZE test * Fri Sep 18 2015 cyberorgAATTopensuse.org- Add \"toram\" boot parameter to allow running the live system entirely from RAM * Fri Sep 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure kiwi_BootPart variable is written kiwi_BootPart is expected to exist in the initrd environment Thus it\'s required to write it in config.partids in any case. If there is no extra boot partition kiwi_BootPart equals kiwi_RootPart. This fixes bnc#946387 * Fri Sep 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.22 released * Fri Sep 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent prefix setup in grub.cfg for Xen This is because Xen PV guests boot via a first stage loader pygrub/pvgrub and interpret the grub config file differently. One inconsistency is that pvgrub searches for the grub modules at a different place. Setting up the prefix will point pvgrub to the wrong place and the system fail to boot. * Thu Sep 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent command variables for Xen domU grub2 setup Xen PV images which boot via pvgrub have the problem that pvgrub is not able to correctly read in the kiwi written grub.cfg file. This is because kiwi uses a variable which contains the loader command e.g $linux instead of the loader command directly. grub2 supports this but pvgrub is not able to interpret this information. Therefore this patch prevents the use of the variable if the target image is Xen, domU and the firmware type is set to bios * Thu Sep 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Embed LOADER_TYPE into double quotes required to make perl-bootloader happy * Wed Sep 16 2015 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Add vmxboot support for aarch64 on SLE12 and leap42.1 * Tue Sep 15 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Add suse-tumbleweed boot image descriptions * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.21 released * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed mysystems spec file macro for Leap * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.20 released * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted obsolete openSUSE 12.3 templates * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.19 released * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure suse-leap-42.1-JeOS is installed * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Rename leap boot descriptions to naming convention * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added leap-42.1-JeOS template * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added leap-42.1 boot image descriptions * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added Tumbleweed and Leap42 as known distributions The kiwi spec file also build metadata packages used internally by the buildservice. These so called -requires packages needs to find the right kiwi provided boot image descriptions according to the image distribution. For The Leap42 and Tumbleweed distros an extra pattern match needed to be added * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted obsolete openSUSE 12.3 descriptions A new image template for SUSE Leap42 will follow next * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted obsolete SLED boot descriptions For building SLED images the SLES boot image descriptions can be used * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted deprecated oemboot descriptions for arm * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added SLE12/aarch64 JeOS template * Mon Sep 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12/aarch64 oemboot descriptions The description should not contain a copy of the common linuxrc boot code. * Sun Sep 13 2015 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Add oemboot support for SLE12/aarch64 (fate#318444) * Sat Sep 12 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- openSUSE Tumbleweed boot images * Fri Sep 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.18 released * Fri Sep 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added mtools requirement (bnc#945212) syslinux no longer requires mtools, but kiwi does so we have to explicitly add this requirement for oem targets * Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.17 released * Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Remove genisoimage and cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency\" This reverts commit 0c7b2885c37b16d69e46caf7c365d2eacb615cd9. * Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.16 released * Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- System to boot inheritance for wwid_wait_timeout Added missing transfer of wwid_wait_timeout from the system image description into the boot image description * Tue Sep 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed unrecognized variable: kiwi_wwid_wait_timeout * Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete live patch for dracut module With the correct /var/run symlink the broken dracut module is not called and thus the problem in dracut is workarounded Nevertheless dracut needs the fix * Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of /var/run location /var/run is a symlink to /run on newer systems and a directory on older systems. We need to properly handle that * Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins build preparation For some reason no mkisofs package is available anymore. Thus the jenkins prepare script should not rely on it to be installed * Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Renamed bootloader ziplgrub to grub2_s390x_emu We don\'t want to populate a non existing bootloader. Thus the decision was to use the grub2 platform name for the SLE12 s390 boot workflow (bnc#944017) * Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update s390 JeOS description adding hotfix patches requires patch program to be installed * Mon Sep 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update s390 JeOS description Added a temporary live patch for the broken dracut module 30convertfs/do-convertfs.sh * Fri Sep 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed clicfs race condition sleep for a while before accessing the mounted filesystem * Fri Sep 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- There is no mkisofs on s390 * Fri Sep 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed openSUSE 13.2 diskless netboot profile kernel version 3.x uses another structure to store the network drivers. Thus the drivers matching in the netboot/suse-13.2/config.xml did not match anymore (bnc#943888) * Thu Sep 03 2015 jochen.keilAATTgmail.com- Test whether file is executable instead mere existence * Thu Sep 03 2015 jochen.keilAATTgmail.com- Make sure to use the correct isoinfo executable In order to remove the cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency (and in turn wodim), it is necessary to check whether to use /usr/bin/isoinfo or /usr/lib/genisoimage/isoinfo. * Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added required packages to SLE12 s390 images * added grub2 and grub2-s390x-emu to vmx|oem boot images * added grub2, grub2-s390x-emu and kexec-tools to JeOS templates * extend JeOS template by some useful tool, e.g parted, ip, less * Mon Aug 31 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Increase fsoverhead for btrfs again * Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of undefined value * Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Support for stacked zipl plus grub2 boot In SLES12 zipl and btrfs are incompatible because the block where the initrd and the kernel live could change in a btrfs filesystem. Because IBM is not going to fix zipl to work with btrfs a new boot process has been invented by the SLES team which impacts kiwi too. * Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build type setup for boot images * Mon Aug 31 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typos in default boot image repos * Thu Aug 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.15 released * Thu Aug 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added type attribute wwid_wait_timeout multipath devices from a SAN system take some time to appear on the host. In order to have all presented wwn\'s available on the host it\'s required to wait some time because we can\'t poll for the appearance of a specific device the wait period is now customizable. The default wait period is 3 seconds * Tue Aug 25 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Remove genisoimage and cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency\" * Mon Aug 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.14 released * Mon Aug 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Skip loopback nic in interface selection setupNetworkStatic selects the last interface to be used for the setup. This is not a smart selection but it should not select the loopback interface in any case. Whether or not it\'s possible to automatically just select the \"right\" nic is still an open task. * Mon Aug 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed reading of search path for editboot * scripts In build and create mode the origin path of the XML description was not correctly initialized. kiwi skipped reading the meta information from the unpacked image root tree because it already has a pointer to the XML description, however this data set does not provide the origin path of the kiwi call * Tue Aug 18 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Remove duplicate provide of kiwi-image:tbz * Thu Aug 13 2015 jochen.keilAATTgmail.com- Don\'t fix the catalog when it\'s already correct In contrast to genisoimage, mkisofs generates a proper boot catalog entry. Thus it is not necessary to fix it.- Don\'t fix the catalog when it\'s already correct In contrast to genisoimage, mkisofs generates a proper boot catalog entry. Thus it is not necessary to fix it. * Wed Aug 12 2015 jochen.keilAATTgmail.com- Remove genisoimage and cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency * cdrkit-cdrtools-compat provides a symlink from mkisofs to genisoimage * It should be safe to use mkisofs as drop-in replacement for genisoimage * Removing these dependencies is one step towards removing wodim- Remove genisoimage and cdrkit-cdrtools-compat dependency * cdrkit-cdrtools-compat provides a symlink from mkisofs to genisoimage * It should be safe to use mkisofs as drop-in replacement for genisoimage * Removing these dependencies is one step towards removing wodim * Mon Aug 03 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.13 released * Mon Aug 03 2015 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Add a line that helps solver debugging, commented out by default * Fri Jul 31 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 10_WIP: PXE chapter * Thu Jul 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed XML writer for array of objects Elements which can appear multiple times like the vagrantconfig element are stored as array of objects. The XML writer has to iterate over the array and ask for the XML setup of each of the objects inside of the array * Wed Jul 29 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 9: Vagrant Chapter * Wed Jul 29 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 8: Docker Chapter * Wed Jul 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.12 released * Wed Jul 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed RHEL recovery delete recovery of zypp database backup, this does not exist on rhel systems * Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.11 released * Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL6 JeOS use group id names instead of the description * Tue Jul 28 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 7: VMX Chapter * Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted yum grouplist check Prior to installing yum groups, kiwi performed a grouplist to check if the group exists. That\'s because yum groupinstall does only print a warning message if a non existing group should be installed. The problem here is that the group names displayed by yum grouplist are the description names like \"Console internet tools\" but the group id name in this case \"console-internet\" is not displayed. This makes it impossible for kiwi to use the yum group id names which we should prefer over the description texts, because the texts could contain special characters which makes it hard to validate the content in a stable way. In addition yum groupinstall works more reliable if the group id names are used * Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.10 released * Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installation of recovery grub for RHEL * Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update spec file to package updated RHEL JeOS * Tue Jul 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL6 JeOS template Update to rhel server v6.6 * Mon Jul 27 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 6: Maintenance Chapter * Mon Jul 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed disk size adaption for in place recovery The size of the disk is increased by the require space to create the recovery tar archive at boot time. However the value was not in the xml instance because KIWIBoot creates their own instance of KIWIXML. This is fixed now by passing along the origin XML instance when available * Mon Jul 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed in place recovery The information about the size of the recovery partition was missing inside of the initrd. The information is now available as variable in the profile environment * Fri Jul 24 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Maintenance chapter, still WIP * Fri Jul 24 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 5: ISO images * Fri Jul 24 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Added TODO list * Fri Jul 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.9 released * Fri Jul 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added custom hybridpersistent_filesystem attribute By default kiwi creates a btrfs partition as write space for hybrid live systems. With the new attribute one can specify also the \'fat\' filesystem as write space. This would allow to create hybrid live images which are compatible with the Windows OS in a similar way like kiwi\'s livestick tool does it. This Fixes #475 * Thu Jul 23 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 4: Moving RAID, LUKS, LVM and Cache to Advanced Config * Tue Jul 21 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 3: Creating Appliances * Mon Jul 20 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 2: Basic Workflow * Fri Jul 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.8 released * Fri Jul 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update Makefile clean target delete possible .dice / .vagrant directories * Thu Jul 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS image description xen-tools conflicts with xen-tools-domU * Thu Jul 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update dice configuration files Use the new dice docker buildsystem instead of vagrant calling docker. There is also a kiwi-build-box container on dockerhub which is automatically used for the build * Wed Jul 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.7 released * Tue Jul 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use defined macro to check if variable is defined The perl version in tumbleweed seems to behave more strict on this * Tue Jul 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.6 released * Tue Jul 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Allow containers to be build without systemd the container setup procedure by default disable some services. In order to do this either systemctl or chkconfig is used. However this should not be a mandatory task because it is ok to build containers without service tools installed * Mon Jul 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for repo detection in kiwi describe The data fields of zypper in newer versions has changed. Thus split by the field separator and extract the information. Fortunately the ordering hasn\'t changed * Mon Jul 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed repo detection in describer module The zypper syntax has changed, thus detection of the repo state leads to incorrect results * Mon Jul 13 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 1: Legal stuff, Introduction and Installation- Kiwi Doc Revision Pt. 1: Legal stuff, Introduction and Installation * Fri Jul 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.5 released * Fri Jul 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use by-uuid device names for livestick tool * Thu Jul 09 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Added doc/emacs specific stuff to .gitignore * Thu Jul 09 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Pretty formatting the sources, standardized the use of lists * Wed Jul 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Jul 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkImageIncludeApplicable runtime check The imageinclude attribute is currently not supported with all URI types. Therefore we test if the repo URL uses obs|iso and provide a message to the user. If we want to support this in the future for obs URI types the imageinclude feature has to auto map the obs URI into the correct http URI which will only work for repositories in the public part of the open buildservice This Fixes #472 * Tue Jul 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.4 released * Tue Jul 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed createOVFConfiguration Make sure destination directory exists prior to moving data * Mon Jul 06 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Increase fsoverhead for btrfs * Wed Jul 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.3 released * Wed Jul 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up Fix for grub2 setup on btrfs Only if no bootpartition is used and a volume setup exists it\'s required to adapt the boot path with the initial \'AATT\' subvolume * Wed Jul 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update examples, don\'t use clicfs * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.2 released * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.03.1 released * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 19-20 * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 16 * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkPreferencesDefinition runtime check The check for the uniqueness of the profile name is based on a regular expression. However the expression matches a subset of names which causes \'foo\' and \'foofoo\' to be triggered as the same name * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS Added Xen HVM type setup to be referenced in the documentation Deleted ec2 image build. This will eventually become a new chapter referencing the images as we build it in the buildservice later * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 17 EC2 documentation deleted, this chapter needs a rewrite with regards to tools developed in the public cloud development team. I would also not mention any sequence to support s3 baked images, we should focus on EBS baked images * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.58 released * Mon Jun 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Add uuid support in createFilesystem for btrfs * Fri Jun 26 2015 fsAATTsuse.de- Update documentation structure for DAPS DAPS is the toolkit used in the documentation department to build, validate and submit documentation. The kiwi documentation will be integrated into the SUSE documentation department and therefore the structure in the source repository needs to be compatible with the SUSE documentation process * Wed Jun 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed custom image size use Allow use of the custom image size even if it is smaller than the kiwi calculated one. Especially for the btrfs filesystem the calculation is sometimes not accurate enough * Mon Jun 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed shell variable quoting in compare statements * Mon Jun 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent createHybridPersistent waiting for devs Check if the write partition creation returns success before waiting for the expected device to become created. This prevents a long wait period on a device which never will come up if the partition could not be created. This Fixes #466 * Mon Jun 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed legacy grub install for install stick images Installing legacy grub can happen using the image grub or the build host grub. However for install stick disks there is no grub in the install image even if it is present in the system image the stick installs. Therefore the host installed grub should be used as a fallback. This Fixes #471 * Sun Jun 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Changed search for boot from hardisk for efi Instead of looking for a fixed partition id, let grub2 search for the EFI label * Sat Jun 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed RHEL 6 JeOS template default bootloader for this distribution is grub not grub2 * Fri Jun 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.57 released * Fri Jun 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub.cfg for Xen dom0 images bogus information was added within a menuentry section * Fri Jun 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 15 * Thu Jun 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 14 * Thu Jun 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS Added pxe configuration to be referenced in the documentation * Thu Jun 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl setup zipl does not allow a targetgeometry if the target type is different from CDL or LDL * Thu Jun 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of union type in pxe setup The reference on clicfs was still present in the schema and the runtime checks. However clicfs is out of support and overlayfs is the only union filesystem we really support * Wed Jun 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update s390 JeOS image description for the oem and vmx types build the disk for a DASD target in CDL mode (ECKD). Also make this clear in the name of the generated image * Wed Jun 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed diskOffset calcuation for s390 zipl wants the number of blocks to indicate the start of the first partition, not the number of tracks * Wed Jun 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl installation for LDL/CDL on loop device Installing zipl on the LDL/CDL target device types requires to specify the disk geometry. zipl is not able to get that information from a loop device. Therefore we need to hand over a targetgeometry which matches the loop geometry * Wed Jun 17 2015 bgeukenAATTsuse.de- TypoFix: for for -> do for * Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 12-13 * Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS Added vagrant and docker configurations to be referenced in the documentation * Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update selector for partitioner tool If we are building a dasd image using the new loop driver which supports 4k devices, we need a way to select fdasd as partitioner on s390. This can be done via commandline options but is now also auto selected if a zipl_targettype of CDL or LDL is specified * Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Implement setup of loop logical sector size The new loop driver capability allows to set a custom blocksize on setup of the loop device. The attribute value from the target_blocksize attribute is used in losetup as follows:-L target_blocksize This fixes (bnc#931634) * Tue Jun 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 11 * Mon Jun 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapter 10 * Mon Jun 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapters 6-9 * Sun Jun 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Editorial review Chapters 1-5 * Fri Jun 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.56 released * Fri Jun 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installation of Archive into root system Archives marked as bootinclude were excluded from being installed into the image too. This is an unexpected behaviour change and is fixed now * Tue Jun 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.55 released * Tue Jun 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to overwrite root= via kernelcmdline If one of the ec2 firmware types is used the root= variable is explicitly set to a static value. There was no way for the user to set an alternative device via the kernelcmdline attribute in the image description * Tue Jun 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl installBootLoader blocksize usage There is now the target_blocksize attribute which is used. If not specified the default blocksize of 512 bytes applies (bnc#931634) * Tue Jun 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zipl installBootLoader blocksize retrieval In order to find the target blocksize for the zipl configuration kiwi asked for the pyhiscal blocksize. However the logical block size should be used when zipl accesses the device (bnc#931634) * Tue Jun 09 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix version detection for debug packages * Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.54 released * Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkVolumeSetup runtime check Checks for improper combination of boot volumes in combination with an extra boot partition * Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for internal field separator Using the internal path field separator in volume names (_) requires to specify the path in an additional mountpoint attribute * Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed volume name adaptions for btrfs and zfs There is no need to replace any character in the name for the volume of a filesystem which includes a volume manager. Fixes (bnc#933909) * Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed evaluation of bootincluded archives Archives set in the bootstrap section and marked as bootinclude were not really used and therefore its contents were missing in the kiwi initrd * Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Implement setup of loop blocksize\" The user space interface will change because in order to set the pyhsical blocksize the value must be present on loop creation. This required options to the losetup call and can\'t be done afterwards. Therefore the implementation in kiwi will be reverted until the user space interface for losetup is final This reverts commit d2dfead392a7dd2064afbd59df4c4d67bcacbc98. * Mon Jun 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Implement setup of loop blocksize The new loop driver capability allows to set a custom blocksize This patch makes use of it with the value from the optional target_blocksize attribute (bnc#931634) * Fri Jun 05 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.53 released * Fri Jun 05 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for btrfs grub2 boot path For iso media the adaption of the boot path to /AATT/... is wrong because in this case we read from iso9660 and not from btrfs. This is related to (bnc#933664) * Fri Jun 05 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 setup on btrfs without boot partition If the image is built with btrfs and no extra boot partition is requested the grub2 btrfs module is used to read the boot data from the filesystem. However in kiwi we setup a btrfs filesystem in a way that all subvolumes are nested below a master \'AATT\' volume. Within the scope of grub2 it\'s required to adapt any path in the filesystem to match this because it\'s not possible to specify a subvolume set-default here. Because of this /boot/grub2/grub.cfg becomes /AATT/boot/grub2/grub.cfg within grub2. This fixes (bnc#933664) * Wed Jun 03 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.52 released * Thu May 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed result tracking from ovftool The temporary directory created for this has the same name as the ovf file created inside of it. On move of the data to the result dir this causes trouble which is fixed by this commit * Thu May 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added target_blocksize attribute in type section In preparation to support custom blocksize values for loops the attribute target_blocksize was implemented like the folowing example shows: This will set a 4k blocksize used for all loops setup during image build and on first boot of the image. The actual code to apply the blocksize to the loop is not yet implemented because we are still waiting for the loop driver to support it. This is related to (bnc#931634) * Wed May 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added pointer to XML description for loop_setup In preparation to support custom blocksize values for loops access to the XML description is needed to read the specified target_blocksize value once support for this value will be added * Wed May 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed ova guestOS value for 13.2 JeOS * Wed May 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of losetup In preparation to support custom blocksize values for loops global methods to loop setup/delete has been added. This is related to (bnc#931634) * Wed May 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for overlay systems The __checkBootPartitionOverlaySystem runtime check makes sure the use of a boot partition is not switched off. If the root system is a read-only location the boot space must be writable * Fri May 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.51 released * Thu May 21 2015 matwey.kornilovAATTgmail.com- Provide kiwi-image:aci in kiwi.spec * Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update all JeOS templates, no rpm signature check Due to upcomming changes in zypper the --non-interactive option will no longer do what the name says and will prevent using packages with invalid or not checkable rpm signatures unless the option to skip the check is set. Therefore all JeOS templates now comes with false * Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update documentation due to OEM_ variable change * Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of OEM variables Deleted baseSetupOEMPartition and therefore the translation of variables from the profile into OEM_ variables by writing the environment file config.oempartition. Instead the boot now directly uses the variables from the profile which are all prefixed by kiwi_oem * * Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted fixed parmfile name PARM-S11 on s390 Instead a new OEM element called: has been added. Using this element allows to specify the parmfile name without the userid. The userid is queried on demand. If no parmfile name is specified the default name PARM-S11 applies for backward compatibility. This fix relates to (bnc#931436) * Thu May 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed loading of vmcp on s390 In SLE12 vmcp is compiled into the kernel, thus loading it as a module will cause an exception which is misleading This fixes (bnc#931436) * Wed May 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Provide suseService method for compatibility Old image descriptions using this method will fail to build with newer kiwi versions if the function does not exist * Tue May 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of imageBootDevice on repart make use of the kiwi_BootPart information. This was overlooked in OEMRepartStandard, all other repartition methods makes use of it * Mon May 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use KIWI_IGNORE_OLD_MOUNTS for make valid target * Mon May 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.50 released * Mon May 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure reco_uuid is not used uninitialized * Mon May 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of boot timeout in elilo compat mode * Sun May 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Auto validation of templates * Sun May 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.49 released * Sun May 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of prefix in updateBootDeviceFstab prefix should indicate the prefixed root mount path and not the temporary config files path. Due to that misuse the check for boot_bind was wrong and no boot mount was written to fstab * Fri May 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of prefix in updateRootDeviceFstab prefix should indicate the prefixed root mount path and not the temporary config files path. Due to that misuse the wrong information was passed to the btrfs tool to ask for the list of subvolumes * Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.48 released * Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update 13.2 JeOS, auto adaption from validation * Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed btrfs based factory restore On factory restore the btrfs subvolumes were recreated but no default subvolume was defined. Because of this the restore of the data was not correctly shared across the subvolumes * Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkVMConfigExist runtime check The ova and ovf formats requires a machine section to be specified in the XML description. This check makes sure it exists * Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of btrfs filesystem Delete potentially existing btrfs signature prior to creating a new filesystem. If used with a UUID mkfs.btrfs refuses to create the filesystem even with the force option enabled if there is the same uuid already present in the metadata * Wed May 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of /mnt string in common boot code All function using /mnt hold on a prefix variable containing the value * Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t log errors from udevSystemStop in case udevadm has no control command don\'t log this error because the process will be stopped in a second attempt by kill * Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.47 released * Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Google doesn\'t like pretty print of json metadata * Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.46 released * Tue May 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed console initialization on exception If multiple consoles are used like console=tty0 console=ttyS0 the output is multiplexed among all consoles if plymouth or blogd is in use. However if a system shell exception occurs the exception shell was not correctly initialized as controlling terminal. In order to fix this the sulogin program is used and the shell .bashrc will reset the spawned console first. This fixes (bnc#928090) * Mon May 11 2015 matwey.kornilovAATTgmail.com- Introduce initial support for App Container Image (aci) Here is initial implementation of App Container Image (aci) format. This commit is able to build .aci images conforming to SPEC. [1] https://github.com/appc/spec/blob/master/SPEC.md#app-container-image * Mon May 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of ovftool v3.5.x If format=\"ova\" is specified kiwi uses VMware\'s ovftool if installed on the host to generated the ova tarball. In addition kiwi extracts the vmdk and ovf metadata from the ovftool generated data and overwrites it with the files created by kiwi. This allows us to create vmdk versions like VSphere needs it * Fri May 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.45 released * Fri May 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Allow archives to be bootstrap or image archives Archives listed in the bootstrap section should be installed as part of the bootstrap phase. before this patch all archives from all packages sections were collected and installed in one shot after all packages were installed. * Fri May 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of bootincluded_archives.filelist This should only be done for archives marked as bootinclude * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.44 released * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for kiwi repository runtime script The temporary creation of KIWIAnalyse.tgz should be done with the login user identity * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.43 released * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi repository runtime script It unpacked metadata/KIWIAnalyse.tgz even if the data already exists * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for grub_cpu validation Incorrect shell syntax * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for target directories Setting the target directory as part of /var/cache/kiwi leads to busy mount processes because this shared cache location is used by kiwi as part of the building process * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed cache selector Calling the cache selector while in init-cache mode doesn\'t make sense * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Changed default image cache location The previous location was set to /var/cache/kiwi/image but this leads to busy mounts when preparing a cache image below this path because /var/cache/kiwi is bind mounted during preparation of a cache. Thus the default cache location is set to /var/cache/kiwi-images * Thu May 07 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed error message on --init-cache If the given cache dir does not exist display a proper error message * Tue May 05 2015 bgeukenAATTsuse.de- Fix lvm volume regex to allow volume names that are just have a forbidden name as prefix * Mon May 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure btrfs subvolumes are listed in fstab In order to leave a rollback prepared system after first boot it\'s important to configure SUSE_BTRFS_SNAPSHOT_BOOTING as well as add all subvolumes as single mountpoints to the fstab file * Mon May 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added support to filter install devices There is now a element which allows to receive a free form text evaluated as input for the bash regexp operator. Every device matching the rule is filtered out and not part of the selection list for the install targets in an oem installation process. This addresses (bnc #924436) * Mon May 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of fdasd on SLE12 when using fdasd on an empty disk two questions raises which needs to be answered/confirmed before kiwi can proceed to create partitions (bnc #928550) * Fri May 01 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.42 released * Thu Apr 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL7 JeOS template Added lan0 udev rule, don\'t use lvm to simplify setup * Thu Apr 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of custom kernel options for recovery custom kernel paratmers are stored in $kiwi_cmdline inside of the boot code. The information was not used for the recovery grub config. Therefore a difference in kernel boot options for standard boot and for recovery boot could happen which should not be the case * Thu Apr 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed boot_efilabel for elilo compat mode The efi boot label should match the title set in the bootloader menu. This is should be set to kiwi_oemtitle * Wed Apr 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.41 released * Wed Apr 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Run lvcreate with --noudevsync This allows to build LVM images in container systems which doesn\'t have udev running * Wed Apr 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS description The new pattern system requires libsolv >= 0.6.5 to be installed on the building host. Thus solve patterns as package to stay compatible with older build host systems * Wed Apr 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added dice buildsystem config to x86 JeOS images * Wed Apr 29 2015 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- The linuxefi and initrdefi commands only exists on x86 and x86_64. Write the grub config setting for linuxefi and initrdefi only on these platforms, for all others the appropriate command is linux and initrd. * Fri Apr 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Keep terminal reset utility inside boot images * Fri Apr 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed useless use of greediness modifier \'+\' in regex * Thu Apr 23 2015 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Builder infrastructure + Integrate ext * file system image builds into the \"builder\" infrastructure to simplify and improve the structure of image builds * Thu Apr 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Style changes for mount dependency checker * Use here documents to construct messages * Use pstree to show sub tree of processes * Use perl builtin methods to read from proc * Wed Apr 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed product name in SLE12 s390 JeOS * Wed Apr 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Better description for pattern use in 13.2 JeOS * Wed Apr 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fetch errno($!) directly after call Reading of $! later will not provide the information * Wed Apr 22 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkMountDependencies runtime check The check looks for processes which holds onto mounts created by a previos kiwi run. In such a condition kiwi is not able to release its own mount table and shows information about the processes which keeps these mount points busy. We still don\'t understand why there could be non kiwi related processes holding onto mounts kiwi has created during its run but kiwi should provide a way to tell this information to the user and stop if the environment is still tainted by such processes (bnc #895204) * Tue Apr 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkDeprecatedFilesystem runtime check The use of clicfs is deprecated, a hint to use overlayfs if possible is shown as a warning message to the user * Tue Apr 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete kernel/adaptec-firmware from boot images For s390 there are no such packages in the SLE12 code base * Tue Apr 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.40 released * Tue Apr 21 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- remove call to addAppdata again merge error * Mon Apr 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.39 released * Mon Apr 20 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- prefer packages by priority of repositories, not by architectures. * Mon Apr 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Ensure recovery entry is appended for elilo compat elilo does not support adding custom entries to the written grub configuration. Thus we have to make sure the recovery entry doesn\'t get lost after a recovery run. Therefore the menu entry is added as part of the installBootloader function because this function is called after a recovery run while the installBootloaderRecovery functions are only called once at initialization time of the recovery partition * Mon Apr 20 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed missing boot/efi mount path after recovery In recovery/repair mode the boot/efi path is not umounted correctly when init/systemd is started. Both paths /boot and /boot/efi are part of the fstab and if boot/efi is already mounted when fstab is processed the mount of /boot will cover and therefore hide the contents of boot/efi * Fri Apr 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.38 released * Thu Apr 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Added gptfdisk to SLE11 oemboot descriptions\" This reverts commit 8a49b0d75f583cc4f18fdb57fb36722777e71725. * Thu Apr 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Update SLE11 JeOS description\" This reverts commit 5cec0de206a4b2bcf15216ec8696cbedaa9a5c77. * Wed Apr 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added elilo compat mode to recovery boot setup In normal grub2 mode the recovery entry is just written as a custom menu entry and processed by grub2-mkconfig. However if the elilo compat mode is in use on SLES11 with efi the recovery menu entry must be written to the elilo generated grub.cfg * Wed Apr 15 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Disable uuid support in createFilesystem for btrfs This will be changed once SLES11 SP4 is out to have a compatible version out until then * Mon Apr 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Recovery fixes and improvements * Added root.uuid / boot.uuid information to the recovery The UUID is used on restore to create the filesystem with the same UUID as before. This also allows to use the same efi binary as before and avoids the hack of copy over a standard efi binary * Allow createFilesystem to receive an optional UUID parameter In order to set the UUID for xfs the xfs_admin tool has been set to be a persistent part of the boot image(initrd) * Better messages for bootloader setup. Distinguish between boot loader setup for recovery and root system * Fixed description setup in elilo.conf for SLE11 efi compat mode. If kiwi_oemtitle is not set use kiwi_displayname to avoid an empty title in the boot menu * Mon Apr 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added gptfdisk to SLE11 oemboot descriptions * Mon Apr 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE11 JeOS description Added SP4 repos, use repo source from download.suse.de * Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.37 released * Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update documentation Added information about recovery hooks * Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added recovery hooks * preRecovery / postRecovery called before or after the recovery is processed * preRecoverySetup / postRecoverySetup called before or after the setup of the recovery files and tarballs is processed * Fri Apr 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.36 released * Thu Apr 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed OEMFindPartitions * partition size of install target must be greater than the size of the image partition, equal the size is not enough * change error message to exactly point to the partinfo file which contains the information how the requested target partitions must look like * change the partinfo file to include the gpt partition code as gdisk knows it in case of a GPT * Thu Apr 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed partedGetPartitionID In case of a GPT parted has no information about a partition id Therefore we mapped the id to the known msdos values according to the name kiwi defines for the partition. Any GPT specific partition got the same id \'ee\' which results in not being able to distinguish them. However for the partition based install in EFI mode it\'s required to identify any potential target install partition by an id. Therefore partedGetPartitionID will return the sgdisk partition code and will only map to the old legacy values if sgdisk is not available * Thu Apr 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update spec file make the gptfdisk package a requirement for distros which provides it * Thu Apr 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of GPT partition table kiwi uses parted to create partition tables. In case of GPT a linux default partition table has a guid set which points to a Microsoft base partition. This is wrong and I did not find a way to correct this with parted. Therefore the sgdisk utility will be used to correct the partition code so that we can at least see the right values when using sgdisk * Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Changed validation in OEM partition install mode In partition based install kiwi checks if the current partitions can be used for installation. Part of the validation was to check if a filesystem signature could be found. If yes the partition was not offered for installation. However this test is too strict because in order to remove the filesystem signature the filesystem must be actively destroyed. It\'s better to check for the filesystem UUID instead. In order to allow the installer to use the partition one can clear the uuid with the appropriate filesystem utility e.g e2fstune -U clear for extX based filesystems and that will not destroy the filesystem integrity. This means an active system can be prepared for install by clearing the uuid instead of self destructing it * Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.35 released * Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Delete rt kernel profile for SLE11 kernel-rt is not always available to customers and the realtime kernel can be selected via the custom kernel profile if needed * Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Implement support for importing gce license If gcelicense is specified the information is included into the gce format tarball * Wed Apr 08 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added gcelicense attribute in section The gcelicense attribute receives a free form text information which is used to create a manifest file in the gce image format. The gce image format is Google\'s expected Compute Engine image format for uploading and registering an OS image in GCE * Tue Mar 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Setup kernel symlinks in sle11 elilo compat mode * Tue Mar 24 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use filesystem UUID to identify the recovery * Mon Mar 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.34 released * Mon Mar 23 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Complete KIWI\'s appdata handlling removal Commit f4b7df2 removed the general handling, but missed a reference in KIWICollect.pm * Thu Mar 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.33 released * Wed Mar 18 2015 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Changes to instsource requirements In order to make syslinux requirement conditional we need to build kiwi-instsource arch specific package. This commit is needed because we can\'t Require kiwi-isoboot in Factory anymore since we started to build PowerPC in Rings Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Wed Mar 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.32 released * Wed Mar 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed service setup for lxc containers No chroot required to for relinking services * Wed Mar 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed contents of lxc configuration Use autodev and disable kmsg. In addition rework the way systemd services gets disabled and update the list of systemd services not allowed to run in a container. This fixes (bnc #920692) * Wed Mar 18 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for variable import errors * Tue Mar 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Ignore variable import syntax errors In case of malformed shell syntax a message on eval of the expression is printed to the log. Having them twice is not needed * Tue Mar 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted createOriginSnapshot In combination with btrfs this function created an origin snapshot prior to the first boot. This conflicts with the SUSE built in snapshot setup used by snapper. * Tue Mar 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of volume variables in profile env Instead of evaluating the variable to get their content we directly parse the value. This allows to have key values including special characters normally not allowed in shell variable names like the dot(\'.\'). volumes names like \'.snapshot\' will become possible * Tue Mar 17 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Remove KIWI\'s appdata handling The format is just too complex to be handled in this symlistic way. Appdata.xml (a subset of Appstream) evolved and changed for example from \"applications\" to \"components\"; now, some packages export one type, other packages export the other type. Merging them without normalising is resulting in a structure like: [...] [...] whereas \'components\' is no valid child of applications per spec (neither is application a valid child of components). Hence: if KIWI ought to do that proper, the full format must be understood, analysed, normalised and merged. for openSUSE, KIWI now uses appstream-builder, which is created in close relationship with the AppStream metadata in mind. Having this code still in KIWI results in the builder producing valid appdata.xml.gz PLUS an uncompressed appdata.xml (~18MB) to be part of the repository metadata (thus slowing repo refresh down a lot). * Tue Mar 17 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed restoreBtrfsSubVolumes if a subvolume for e.g /var/crash should be restored, kiwi failed because the /var path did not exist. As a workaround people could add /var as a volume but if only /var/crash should be a volume and not /var there was no way to do it. This commit fixed it in a way that kiwi checks if the path to the volume exists and if not it is created prior to the restore of the subvolume * Mon Mar 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.31 released * Mon Mar 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for docker and lxc definitions Those require a container name to be specified * Mon Mar 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Result packer for docker and lxc images The kiwi.buildinfo basename was wrong and did not include the extension name. In addition the result packer was not aware that lxc/docker images are tarballs * Fri Mar 13 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.30 released * Thu Mar 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed accident change in 13.2 JeOS * Thu Mar 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup calling basename Make sure basename is not called with a missing operand * Thu Mar 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Mount EFI partition only if not already mounted * Wed Mar 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update elilo compat mode Support copy of vendor specific EFI boot config In addition use the oem boot title as title for the elilo configuration too * Tue Mar 10 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed boot deleting packages A package marked with the bootdelete=\"true\" flag was not removed from the boot image if it was placed in the section of the system image. * Fri Mar 06 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.29 released * Thu Mar 05 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Move loader install tool check to the right place Only if a bootloader must be installed check if the tool to perform the call is present on the host * Thu Mar 05 2015 schneemannAATTb1-systems.de- dhclient has no option for timeout The dhclient in openSUSE 13.2 has no parameter for timeout, but it is specified in the setupNetworkDHCLIENT function. The timeout is taken from the configuration file as mentioned in the manpage. * Wed Mar 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkSelectedBootLoaderIncluded check The runtime check for grub2 has the choice for several packages Especially on SLE11 only grub2-x86_64-efi exists. * Wed Mar 04 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Increase the EFI/vboot fat partition Instead of 32MB use 200MB to allow holding a little more data like firmware and/or loaders * Wed Mar 04 2015 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Fix consistency check for LXC builds + Prior to the emergence of systemd the lxc package provided a special init script, lxc-init. This was necessary as SysV-init was not container aware. systemd is container aware, thus including systemd as the init system is sufficient. * Tue Mar 03 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.28 released * Tue Mar 03 2015 msAATTsuse.de- XZ compress vhdfixed disks in result bundler * Wed Feb 25 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update description for suse-pxe-client The template is designed for a netboot only system. Therefore many parts are actively deleted, e.g the kernel which prevents this system from booting standalone. The description now points that out to indicate that for another use case the images.sh script might need some changes * Wed Feb 25 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Add in code comment for s390 zipl setup A static offset address to load the initrd from is used but no explanation why was given * Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.27 released * Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed critic for KIWIMiniIsoPlugin.pm * Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed critic for KIWIDescrPlugin.pm * Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed potential link attack security issue kiwi statically creates a tmp executable in /dev/shm. Apart from the fact that it\'s the wrong place in the filesystem to do this kiwi should use a correctly created tmpfile. This Fixes #444 * Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed zero block analyser If all free blocks in a filesystem contain a zero the compression result of the later image is better compared to if there is any random junk in it. In order to have all free blocks set to a zero byte kiwi used the dd + rm method which had the disadvantage of destroying the sparseness of the image file. Because of that the method was applied only if the image was built from a real disk device which did not allow us to strip away a sparse image from anyways. However this is not very flexible because: 1. In most cases an image is built from a loop device mapped against a sparse file. Thus the method is not called most of the time 2. With filesystems using more complex internal structures like xfs btrfs, zfs and friends there is not much difference in the compression results, but the time to create a huge empty file which is removed later is signifcantly recognized Thus this change deletes the old way of zero out free blocks and uses a tool to do the job for us. For extX based filesystems the zerofree utility exists and is used if installed. For other filesystems I\'m not aware of a tool and thus we don\'t handle them at the moment. If there is tool available kiwi print a warning message * Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Feb 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added chapter how to create vagrant boxes * Sun Feb 22 2015 matwey.kornilovAATTgmail.com- Revert archives to consistent state Following three files were probably corrupted by f69d1d7bc3104f9e221abf8fc5efdf94ee0eb8b1 template/armv7l/suse-12.3-JeOS/uboot-setup.tgz tools/livestick/theme/upstream/booting.tgz tools/livestick/theme/upstream/tooling.tgz * Wed Feb 18 2015 ludwig.nusselAATTsuse.de- pass repo url for NET iso via linuxrc (bnc#916175) * Fri Feb 13 2015 jmassaguerplaAATTsuse.de- check user_name is defined when checking file tree It is possible to have files that should be owned by root which are owned by a non-existing user, meaning the uid has no corresponding username. When this happens, the check used to give the error \"Use of uninitialized value $user_name in concatenation (.) or string at /usr/share/kiwi/modules/KIWIRuntimeChecker.pm line 1558.\" Thus we need to check whether the user exists. * Thu Feb 12 2015 jmassaguerplaAATTsuse.de- remove plymouth packages from s390x boot image We don\'t need graphical boot on s390x. * Thu Feb 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.26 released * Wed Feb 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure cleanupRPMDatabase is called correctly The function also has to be called if there are packages to delete in the queue and not only if there are packages to install in the queue * Wed Feb 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Explicitly add kbd package to boot images * Wed Feb 11 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure the default console font is setup While kiwi runs fbiterm the default console font is not properly restored when the session ends. In order to enter the system with a correctly initialized console font kiwi actively calls setfont with the default8x16 font. This is related to (bnc #879994) * Wed Feb 11 2015 schwabAATTsuse.de- Remove obsolete 12.2 templates * Tue Feb 10 2015 jmasonAATTsuse.com- Move the vhdfixed tag to 64K offset. The tag specification calls for moving the tag from a 16K offset to a 64K offset to avoid conflicting with the GPT. * Mon Feb 09 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.25 released * Mon Feb 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Feb 02 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: man page clarify use of images.sh/config.sh * Sat Jan 31 2015 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- aarch64: Load full EFI emulation size-boot-load-size 1 is not a recommended option. First of all a loader size that is not divideable by 4 is rejected by most EFI firmwares. In addition we need to load all of the EFI code into memory. When the option is not set, genisoimage uses the full length by default, which is what we want. * Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.24 released * Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed callPartitioner Instead of making the decision for the correct partition tool by the name of the device use a method which knows better about the type of the storage device. This applies to s390 only were a dasd device could be a real dasd with 4k blocksize or an emulated dasd with 512byte blocksize. In the first case fdasd is used and in the other case parted must be used. The decision for the tool is now based on the result if isDASDDevice() which returns false for emulated dasd devices because we only distinguish a different handling if the blocksize of the device is _not_ 512byte * Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed critic testing via perlcritic perlcritic on 13.2 reports a module to not end with a true value which is wrong and older versions of perlcritic do not complain about the same code. As I don\'t want to dig into what perlcritic does I decided to move the module in question to be not level 4 clean * Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed handling of zipl options For some reason it was not possible to provide the information as commandline arguments. Thus we wrote it into the menu section. In addition the verbose zipl installation information is now part of the kiwi build log file * Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed import of emulated dasd device dasd_configure is required to be called but kiwi skipped that step for emulated dasd devices and thus they did not exist on boot * Fri Jan 30 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for emulated DASD devices on s390 an emulated dasd is a dasd device in FBA mode using 512byte blocksize. kiwi did not properly install zipl to allow to boot from such devices * Thu Jan 29 2015 guillaume.gardetAATTopensuse.org- Fix ARM build * Thu Jan 29 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- collecting of -debuginfo packages from special suffixed packages * Thu Jan 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed importHostPackageKeys Import on systems which doesn\'t have a /usr/lib/rpm/gnupg/keys structure failed * Thu Jan 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed exception handling if device type is unknown * Thu Jan 29 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for s390 emulated DASD devices An emulated DASD device is a disk with 512byte blocksize like it is the case for real zFCP (scsi) devices. Therefore kiwi handles an emulated DASD like a zFCP device but does not configure host and disk adapter for it * Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLES12 s390 JeOS image template deleted obsolete packages, update pattern name * Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed resetBootBind make sure the tmp directory is removed while moving the boot data one hierarchy level up * Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update man page * Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup service handling config functions Enable/Disable a service is no longer done using the suse specific insserv tool. Instead chkconfig for sysVInit or systemctl for systemd based systems is used. This this methods can be considered generic and should be base functions * Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Jan 28 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Update documentation and man page * Tue Jan 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.23 released * Tue Jan 27 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of split images The filename for the splitfile which is the read-write portion of the image was build taking the displayname into account. Only if the displayname was not set the filename was correct because in that case the displayname and the diskname are the same. If a custom displayname is set the splitfile name was wrong and the read-write data was not included to the image In addition this patch uses the kiwi.buildinfo file to check for the image type instead of taking weird assumptions based on file names * Mon Jan 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure to handle all udev daemon processes If the call to udevadm control for some reason did not stop all udev daemon processes kiwi checks the pids it found and kills them manually. However kiwi just looked up one process even though there might be more * Mon Jan 26 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Use udevadm control to exit udev daemon Killing the udevd is done in two steps. First we issue an udevadm call to exit udevd the documented way. According to the man page the call waits until udevd is stopped. After the call we check against the process ID of udevd we know about if they really have been stopped. If not we kill them * Fri Jan 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.22 released * Fri Jan 23 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use /mnt as mount point in a kiwi process It could cause conflicts if the building system has /mnt mounted for some reasons. Especially if the image target directory is set to /mnt kiwi failed because it over mounted its own results * Wed Jan 21 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS template for ppc The description was missing firmware packages and did not use grub2 as the bootloader which is the default for sles12 on ppc * Mon Jan 19 2015 magist3rAATTgmail.com- Use symlink instead of copy for /etc/localtime. * Mon Jan 19 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t remove the docs from the RHEL JeOS templates * Fri Jan 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.21 released * Fri Jan 16 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.20 released * Fri Jan 16 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- sha256sum generation: change cwd to tmpdir and only pass filename to $sha->addfile The full path passed to $sha->addfile is written into the .sha256 file, which results in the file not \'really\' usable for verification by users. Passing only the relative filename works around this. * Wed Jan 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Jan 14 2015 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed LVM documentation with regards to btrfs subvolume support the docu was unclear and not complete * Mon Jan 12 2015 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Switch to using appstream-builder instead of XML parsing * Mon Jan 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Disable yum repos from centos-releases\" This seems to break the repo handling completely This reverts commit 4d48fd0b296343368d7bb76b97857d779ab13273. * Mon Jan 12 2015 t1locsAATTgmail.com- Disable yum repos from centos-releases * Mon Jan 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.19 released * Mon Jan 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi-find-boot-requires.sh build helper Added Adrian as the author of the script and put some comment what this script does. Fixed error handling if boot config file is missing for the checked arch/os (bnc #911231) * Mon Jan 12 2015 Pass-Automated-Testing-SuiteAATTzx2c4.com- mediacheck: give the user 5s time to actually see the result (also helps openQA to catch it) - Failure waits for user input already * Mon Jan 12 2015 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file for rhel and centos builds With regards to https://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Build_Service_cross_distribution_howto the use of the dist macros has been fixed. In addition the setup of the correct templates per distribution has been fixed for rhel6/7 and centos6 (bnc #911231) * Wed Jan 07 2015 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix debug package unique key handling. * Fri Dec 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.18 released * Fri Dec 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed post install script from kiwi-templates it should not end with a non zero exit code * Thu Dec 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.17 released * Thu Dec 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed bootloader setup for SLE11 JeOS template legacy grub is default unless uefi firmware is selected * Thu Dec 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.16 released * Tue Dec 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file for CentOS package On CentOS squashfs is packaged in squashfs-tools * Tue Dec 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi-templates %post scriptlet Check if old image description exists before deleting it. This prevents warning messages spit out by rpm on install * Mon Dec 15 2014 ledestAATTgmail.com- Fix bashisms in image.sh shell scripts Replace \'&>/dev/null\' output redirections to \'>/dev/null 2>&1\'. * Mon Dec 15 2014 dimstarAATTopensuse.org- Fall back to lazyly umount /dev nodes in case of failure * Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.15 released * Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value $format * Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup logging with a logfile If a logfile is used the state of the call if it was successful or not is also part of the logfile and not exposed to the calling terminal. With this patch the overall success or error information is also printed on the calling terminal. * Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Print a message if the target directory is created * Mon Dec 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Code cleanup use createDirInteractive and replace redundant parts * Fri Dec 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.14 released * Fri Dec 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Dec 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.13 released * Thu Dec 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for custom qemu-img format options When kiwi calls qemu-img to convert the image into the format the user has specified in the XML description it might be required to pass on additional format options like the compat mode for the qcow2 format. This can now be done like the following example shows: * Thu Dec 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Eliminate weird kiwi revision from unit tests The unit test environment sets a static kiwi revision number 4711 which is odd because it can easily use the correct git revision from the git metadata * Thu Dec 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed print() on closed filehandle * Tue Dec 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.12 released * Mon Dec 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Eliminate grub2-efi path At the beginning of grub2 the home in boot was set to grub2-efi as well as some tools take this information in their name. It\'s time to cleanup this. In addition kiwi now creates a grub.cfg which is able to check for grub_platform in order to distinguish between efi and non efi configuration differences if there are any * Mon Dec 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added EFI support for none aarch64 arm systems There are armv7 based boards which comes with an EFI firmware. In order to boot them we have to make sure to use grub2 bootarm.efi and call the right grub2 bootloader configuration methods (bnc #908469) * Sun Dec 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for overlayfs changes in kernel 3.18 overlayfs complains: upperdir and workdir must be in separate subtrees. Thus we create workdir and upperdir in different subdirs below read-write * Fri Dec 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for overlayfs changes in kernel 3.18 overlayfs complains: workdir and upperdir must reside under the same mount. Thus we create work-stage below read-write * Fri Dec 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupBootLoaderGrub2 GRUB_TERMINAL setup in case of uefi we configured a text console terminal but graphics terminal works well with the shim efi module now * Fri Dec 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Apply former overlayfs adaption to kiwi caching kiwi image caches are also based on overlayfs. Thus the changes in the mount call has to be adapted there too * Fri Dec 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Adapt changes in overlayfs in kernel 3.18 Starting with overlayfs v22 the workdir mount option is required. In addition the module has been renamed from overlayfs to overlay which also impacts the mount options. In order to stay compatible kiwi implements a two way mount call, first with the legacy mount options and second with the current mount options * Thu Dec 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.11 released * Thu Dec 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupBTRFSSubVolumes if a subvolume for e.g /var/spool should be created kiwi failed because the /var path did not exist. As a workaround people could add /var as a volume but if only /var/spool should be a volume and not /var there was no way to do it. This commit fixed it in a way that kiwi checks if the path to the volume exists and if not it is created prior to the creation of the subvolume * Thu Dec 04 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix handling of source rpms when binaries require src and nosrc version The is the case when using glibc i686 or -32bit packages * Wed Dec 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.10 released * Wed Dec 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed recovery of EFI bootdata + restore EFI module provided by the rpm package. The one kiwi created is specific to the uuid of the root filesystem which changes on factory restore. + make sure correct linux/linuxefi and initrd/initrdefi commands are used in recovery grub config by checking against grub_platform to allow recovery in BIOS and EFI mode + make sure mkfs.fat exists in the initrd to allow recovery of EFI fat partition, actually implement recovery of EFI fat partition * Tue Dec 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added restore of btrfs subvolumes in restore mode (bnc #908011) In oem recovery (restore) mode a new function named restoreBtrfsSubVolumes will be called if the root filesystem is btrfs based. The function will restore the configured subvolumes back to the factory state * Tue Dec 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Force creation of recovery filesystem When kiwi setup the recovery partition with a filesystem it might find a bootloader installation in the recovery partition from an earlier attempt. This leads to a question on mke2fs and an abort of the oem installation as consequence. * Mon Dec 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Be more exact which sector size value one can set It\'s the logical sector size one can specify for the target * Mon Dec 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted unused global information back in the time kiwi used device mapper snapshot to implemenet filesystem overlay techniques information about the snapshot size was needed. today kiwi uses overlayfs and thus this information is no longer used * Fri Nov 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.9 released * Thu Nov 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Call updateProtectiveMBR in GPT recovery mode for some reasons parted leaves an active partition in the protective MBR which can cause some EFIs to ignore the disk * Thu Nov 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed backup of disk layout in recovery mode kiwi recovery creates a backup of the disk layout which includes bootloader code and partitions. For GPT there was no code to correctly store the table * Thu Nov 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of efi path * Thu Nov 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of linuxefi/initrdefi commands for recovery grub2 setup * Wed Nov 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure the preferlvm attribute is inherited If this information is not present the useLVM method in KIWIGlobals will not be able to provide the correct result whether LVM is used or not * Wed Nov 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value * Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.8 released * Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update all descriptions to schema 6.2 * Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update schema version from 6.1 to 6.2 * Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Set default bootloader to grub2 A new schema version 6.2 has been introduced in order to check for the bootloader attribute. If not set the bootloader is set to grub2. suboptimal bootloader settings based on arch and/or firmware in the code has been removed. The consistency of the bootloader setup will be handled by runtime checks exclusively * Tue Nov 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update openSUSE 13.2 and SLES12 JeOS image descriptions Added which and dhcp-client packages explicitly to avoid conflicts for tools which uses which and not type. In addition the network stack requires dhcp-client config files under certain circumstances * Mon Nov 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.7 released * Mon Nov 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Check if hybrid disk device really exists Don\'t try to create a partition on a device which does not exist. This prevents a long loop of probing for a partition device which never can appear * Sat Nov 22 2014 matweyAATTsai.msu.ru- Activate new swap after repartitioning- Activate new swap after repartitioning- Activate new swap after repartitioning * Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.6 released * Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Makefile clean target make sure all autogenerated data is wiped on clean make sure clean target is called on build of package * Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.5 released * Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to run kiwi --describe from git checkout * Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in 13.2 os release matcher * Fri Nov 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Support kiwi --describe for openSUSE 13.2 analysing and cloning of 13.2 systems added * Thu Nov 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added fribidi and fbiterm to kiwi-media-requires package Unfortunately these two packages are not on the openSUSE 13.2 DVD. But kiwi uses fbiterm in the boot images. Thus users have to add the online repo in order to build. For 13.2 it\'s too late but with this change I hope the two packages will be placed on the DVD again * Tue Nov 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of installBootLoader Instead of building device nodes out of the partition id\'s hash use the already existing device map information. That eliminates some unneeded logic as well as two helper methods used to find the right place for the device when only the partition id is known * Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseStripKernel for updates/ modules If the dependency checker finds a dependency to a module in the updates or weak-updates directory the move of the module will fail because kiwi always uses updates/weak-updates modules and has moved them already. The dependency code however creates a new updates/weak-updates directory for the affected module and that causes a conflict when the original updates/weak-updates are moved back to the final place. In the end the result is that no updates/weak-updates module are present in the initrd * Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Better error message in pxeSetupDownloadServer Be more descriptive if the PXE download server can\'t be found. In addition cleanup suse/rhel-dump to call pxeSetupDownloadServer instead of duplicating the code * Mon Nov 17 2014 schwabAATTsuse.de- Don\'t remove kernel and initrd in KIWIMiniIsoPlugin * Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure drivers/virtio is part of netboot initrd This allows to use the virtio network from qemu if started with the virtio-net-pci driver * Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added 12.2 to the cleanup list in the spec file * Mon Nov 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fix bashism in post script Use a simple string list in the spec file to walk through the list of distribution names in order to cleanup old ones Original patch by: Led * Thu Nov 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.4 released * Thu Nov 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed and cleanup unit test processing When running the unit tests the class KIWILog is overwritten in a way that a global kiwi logger is created from Common::ktLog but there is no declaration which really overwrites the KIWILog package to be a Common::ktLog. This patch fixes this and makes unit testing work in travis again. In addition methods from Common::ktLog no longer present in KIWILog were removed too * Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed result bundler for vhd-fixed format There is a small inconsistency between the schema format setup and the extension used in the result file. The schema wants format=\"vhd-fixed\" and the file is written as file.vhdfixed * Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.3 released * Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Compress install PXE tarball using XZ Instead of tar\'s -z we use now -J for xz compression and also changed the output name to *.install.tar.xz in order to allow the buildservice to match this file as a result * Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.2 released * Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation, build for factory version * Wed Nov 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.02.1 released * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed broken travis script * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Run travis using perl 5.18 * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Run Travis checks only for master * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Update .travis.yml, run clean target before test\" This reverts commit 67b5d1880ef36b4ded9879ca4ba07dea7f3293f6. * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update .travis.yml, run clean target before test * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update 13.2 JeOS description added less and iproute2 packages by default * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update 13.2 JeOS template added default network setup on lan0 * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of rpm tools rpm has removed the db related options --initdb and --rebuilddb from the master rpm command. They are only available in the rpmdb command. Thus kiwi should better search for the rpm tool chain and decide for the commands to use according to their existence * Tue Nov 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update source path in 13.2 JeOS image description * Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins prepare.sh test the jenkins worker needs dosfstools installed to work with efi build tests * Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Fixed check for revision file\" This reverts commit d288c9f7b2a52f42b86023f76e0b055bcd748925. It was not the check itself which was broken it was the fact that running make test and make valid in parallel conflicts with each other * Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed make test Makefile target Don\'t remove the .revision file as part of make test because this conflicts with running make valid in parallel as done on jenkins. Only the make clean target should remove it * Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed logging of first message The file handle for the first message log was not available at the time * Wed Nov 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of repository alias names containing spaces All spaces are replaced by an underscore * Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed check for revision file make sure to create one if it does not exist and kiwi is called locally from a git checkout * Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in suse-SLE12-JeOS, wrong indention * Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Delete obsolete openSUSE 12.2 based extra image templates * Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed instsource plugin code to be perl critic clean * Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed pre-commit git hook script correctly parse all existing instsource plugins and set the include path to the plugin dirs when running perlcritic * Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t write to an undefined file handle * Mon Nov 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Delete obsolete instsource-plugins * Sat Nov 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- openSUSE 13.2 is gold :-) delete obsolete openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template and boot descriptions * Thu Oct 30 2014 chingpangAATTgmail.com- Correct the loader type of grub2 For the UEFI machines, the loader type has to be \"grub2-efi\" to make grub2-install search the efi modules. * Thu Oct 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Activate efi support in suse-13.2-JeOS template * Thu Oct 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed git tag helper report only first tag matching current version * Mon Oct 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t remove libdrm from boot images * Mon Oct 27 2014 schwabAATTsuse.de- Set proper boot catalog in aarch64_efi * Fri Oct 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t call makeIsoEFIBootable for product iso\'s The required data is provided by the installation-images- package and doesn\'t need to be created. In addition the method checks for the underlaying architecture which does not work when creating product iso\'s because there the underlaying architecture does not necessarily have to match the distro architecture * Wed Oct 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.16 released * Wed Oct 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupDefaultFstab (bnc #900280) Instead of overwriting a potentially existing fstab file the function now adds missing entries and also checks if the source mount device really exists. * Wed Oct 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use btrfs as write partition for hybrid images (bnc #900922) For hybrid live iso images there is the optional support to create a write partition for data persistency. The initial creation of the filesystem can take a long time on e.g USB sticks. The creation of a btrfs filesystem without static inode tables is much faster. Thus the switch to btrfs * Tue Oct 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.15 released * Tue Oct 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Print /var/log/boot.kiwi file on reboot exception If a reboot exception is thrown in the boot code kiwi will print the current log file contents to the console before reboot. This allows systems like public clouds to provide a verbose information about the boot process * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.14 released * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Throw exception if specified root device does not appear * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.13 released * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 setup for use with EC2 * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.12 released * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t skip grub2 prefix setup for ec2|ec2hvm * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.11 released * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 xen module list Some modules available in grub2 are not available for grub2 in xen, e.g chain * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.10 released * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure to wait for the storage device if set in root= * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo: boottimout -> boottimeout * Mon Oct 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure correct grub2 module path is used for ec2hvm firmware Currently the grub2 module path is set correctly with firmware set to \'ec2\' but not if set to \'ec2hvm\' * Mon Oct 20 2014 cooloAATTsuse.de- readd lost promo dvd plugin * Fri Oct 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of zypper repository name if no alias is specified If no alias name is given in the kiwi section, kiwi builds a name from the given source URI. If the source URI does contain credentials information appended as token after the RFC specified \'?\' sign the repo name contains this information too which results in an invalid repository name for zypper. In order to prevent this kiwi cuts off the information \'\\?. *\' from the URI and build the name from the remaining part * Thu Oct 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Redirect stderr from cp command so that we can catch it * Wed Oct 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.9 released * Wed Oct 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed error logging to default log file * Wed Oct 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup with regards to coding style guide * Mon Oct 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.8 released * Fri Oct 10 2014 fcastelliAATTsuse.com- Compress Docker images using XZ This results in images requiring less disk space. * Fri Oct 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use -o loop for mounting read-write image Older systems (e.g RHEL 6) mount command is not able to detect a loop mount and requires the -o loop option in order to work * Fri Oct 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix dependencies of s390 requires * zipl was never an own package, it is part of s390-tools * syslinux does not exist on SLES 12 s390 * Fri Oct 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- Also support new appdata format * Wed Oct 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Again Fixed use of zypper package cache Not only the addrepo command but also other ones seems to remove the pkg-cache-dir if there is no associated repo available. Thus the preserve and restore of the package cache happens now before and after all zypper repo setup related commands are called * Tue Oct 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.7 released * Tue Oct 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update dhclientImportInfo Allow the function to export DHCPSIADDR from the dhcp-server-identifier information stored in the lease file created by the dhclient call * Tue Oct 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure u-boot bootargs will be escaped (bnc #900007) * Mon Oct 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make kiwi --info thread safe * Mon Oct 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.6 released * Mon Oct 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added bundle task for GCE images * Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup createGoogleComputeEngine no paths allowed inside the tarball, only the disk.raw they are really strict on their checks :-) * Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup createGoogleComputeEngine There are some conventions around the naming and content of a GCE tarball. This patch hopefully addresses all of them * Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added sudo to package list for SLE12 JeOS template * Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS template to provide a kiwi user * Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for format=\"gce\" This is for creating Google Compute Engine ready images to be uploaded into a bucket in the google cloud storage via gsutil * Thu Oct 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.5 released * Wed Oct 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of zypper package cache For unknown reasons zypper removes the pkg-cache-dir when calling the addrepo command. Because this is unwanted kiwi temporarly moves the current cache dir and moves it back after the addrepo call is done * Wed Oct 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Oct 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation first review by the documentation department * Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.4 released * Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for custom boxname for vagrant images (bnc #896205) By default the name set to the vagrant .json file is the name of the image as specified in the kiwi XML description. However, in the world of https://vagrantcloud.com/, the convention for \"fully-qualified\" box names is \"ORGANIZATION/BOXNAME\" which does not apply to a standard kiwi image name. With the new boxname attribute people can now specify the name of the box to be vagrantcloud conform. e.g * Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.3 released * Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add error message to log file if downloadFile failed * Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed uninstall make target Delete /dev/shm/lwp-download created by kiwi * Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v7.01.2 released * Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation for version 7 * Tue Sep 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Branch created for SLE12, master open for development at version 7 * Mon Sep 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value $time * Mon Sep 29 2014 schwabAATTsuse.de- Add support for EFI on aarch64 * Fri Sep 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.165 released * Fri Sep 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure to wait for nic link up (bnc #898505) * Thu Sep 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed double encoded luks system (bnc #898249) when kiwi builds a disk image it can either dump a filesystem image onto a raw partition or it rsync a tree of files onto a partition which has a filesystem created on top of a subsystem or a subsystem stack like lvm, luks, etc. In kiwi this is controlled by the value of the $treeAccess variable. If treeAccess is disabled but the support for syncing a tree in the given configuration is implemented this results in duplicate preparation of the filesystem and the subsystems which results in an unbootable mess. * Thu Sep 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed passthrough of luks cipher (bnc #898249) kiwi passed the ciper using a shell echo command which is bad because the shell evaluates the contents of this information and might break the cipher if it contains shell meta characters. This patch fixes this by using a simple pipe stream to the cryptsetup process without invoking a shell command * Thu Sep 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed URI credentials setup Make sure the ?credentials=kiwiRepoCredentials flag is only added to the url if the appropriate credentials file exists * Tue Sep 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.164 released * Tue Sep 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added missing filesystem provides for the xfs filesystem (bnc #897935) With the kiwi-filesystem:xfs Provides the buildservice is able to setup a build environment including the needed tools called by kiwi when building inside this environment * Sun Sep 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.163 released * Sun Sep 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for max storage device wait period (bnc #897516) Hannes Reinecke suggested to increase it to 60 seconds; 30 seconds is the typical I/O timeout value, so I\'d be giving it double the time to allow error handling to complete. * Fri Sep 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.162 released * Fri Sep 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Increase max per storage device wait period to 30 sec (bnc #897516) * Fri Sep 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent activation of a partition on non x86 systems (bnc #897507) The active flag is used by legacy BIOS systems on x86 systems. On other architectures it could cause trouble because that information is not expected * Fri Sep 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Eliminate use of haveBootPartition variable in the initrd code kiwi provides exact information in the partition ID\'s variables created when the image is build in setupPartIDs. The indicator if a boot partition is in use was not set correctly by the existing function. The indicator for a boot partition should be the filesystem label set to \'BOOT\' and the check if this partition is not equal to the root partition. In the repartition code the partition ID for the root partition is always defined correctly by the kiwi_RootPart variable and should not depend on any condition. That way there was no code left which requires and extra boolean haveBootPartition variable and also fixes the wrong pID assignment described in bug (bnc #897497) * Fri Sep 19 2014 cooloAATTsuse.de- remove media check from mini iso (bnc#895021) * Thu Sep 18 2014 cooloAATTsuse.de- make the mini isos reasonable size again instead of just removing the root file, remove all files actually downloaded from NET repo * Wed Sep 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.161 released * Wed Sep 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add a post install script for kiwi The file /dev/shm/lwp-download will be removed in order to allow kiwi to create this file with the permissions it needs. The support to allow kiwi to run kiwi --info as non root user requires this cleanup step because lwp-download is created with permissions which allows root and normal users to call the script. former versions leaves a version of the script which doesn\'t allow non root users to call or change it which results in a raise condition for a non privileged --info call * Wed Sep 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Really fixed package update from sle11 to sle12 (bnc #893340) the man pages were moved from kiwi-doc to the main kiwi package between sle11 and sle12. Thus the main kiwi package has to set a conflicts for the kiwi-doc package in versions < 5 * Wed Sep 17 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- KIWICollect: handle POOL flavors as \"ftp\" flavors (bnc#896930) * Wed Sep 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file by adding missing requirements; tar and psmisc * Tue Sep 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow kiwi --info to be called without root permission There is one exception though. If the repo is an iso file which needs to be loop mounted we still need root privileges to call the mount system call. In such a case kiwi will exit with a useful error message * Tue Sep 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.160 released * Tue Sep 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Improve spee of nic setup in netboot initrd (bnc #893788) With this commit the list of preferred interfaces which are either the BOOTIF interface or the list of all detected ones is used to run the dhcp discovery. The first successfully discovered interface is used to setup the default gateway and route as there can only be one * Tue Sep 16 2014 schwabAATTsuse.de- linuxefi only exists in grub2 on x86 * Mon Sep 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed package build due to failed unit tests The unit tests failed when building on non x86 architectures because the test reference files for these architectures contained an unexpected newline at the end of the file. In addition subsequent tests should not fail which was the case because existing test tmpdirs were not correctly cleaned up * Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use legacy bios_grub partition only on ix86 and x86_64 (bnc #896445) * Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.159 released * Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fully document virtualsize attribute of in schema * Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Move useLVM helper function into global space and explain conditions for using LVM or not in one central place * Fri Sep 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check for the bootpartition requirements If the use of a bootpartition is explicitly disabled and one of the filesystems btrfs, zfs or xfs are used this is only supported with the grub2 bootloader. * Thu Sep 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Implement preferlvm=\"true|false\" attribute for When using filesystems which provides a volume management like btrfs and zfs do, kiwi will make use of it by default. With the preferlvm attribute the user can overwrite the default and prefer LVM for volume management * Thu Sep 11 2014 opensuseAATTadamspiers.org- make the two vagrant box templates more consistent This makes it easier to see the differences which really matter. * Thu Sep 11 2014 opensuseAATTadamspiers.org- remove pointless $xmlsize assignment This assignment is pointless since $xmlsize will always get set to another value soon after. * Thu Sep 11 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not publish appdata for source rpms * Thu Sep 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make suseImportBuildKey more robust (bnc #896126) Check if dumpsigs tool exist and don\'t operate on files which do not exist * Wed Sep 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent building iso with empty loader directory * Wed Sep 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added test_virtualboxGuestOS unit test * Wed Sep 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update unit tests due to ovf osType adaptions * Wed Sep 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed OVF creation for writing osType osType is a subsection of the OperatingSystemSection not an attribute osType was supported for VMware vmw: flagged systems. This patch adds osType support for virtualbox vbox: flagged systems too * Tue Sep 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.158 released * Tue Sep 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requirement for perl-Config-IniFiles (bnc #895623) Older versions of this module doesn\'t have the \'exists\' method which is used by kiwi * Tue Sep 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Remove obsolete/unused code from KIWILog::setFlag * Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for message logging prevent obsolete in cache newline * Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added missing lvmetad tool The tools is required to scan the LVM metadata if it does live on e.g md devices. It seems the default internal scanning did not work correctly on pvresize, vgchange, etc... * Mon Sep 08 2014 aosthofAATTsuse.de- Fixed indentation * Mon Sep 08 2014 aosthofAATTsuse.de- Corrected typo (s/sda1/hda1) * Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed building of vagrant boxes (bnc #895353) If multiple boxes for different providers are built at once kiwi uses the result of the first build as input for the next one which is wrong because it should use the same raw disk file for all format conversions * Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t create /var/run (/run) tmpfs for SLE11 systems (bnc #895417) * Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message logging Due to the status flags the sequence of log messages could look broken because of missing newlines at the end of a log message. This patch checks if a newline is required for the previos message when the next message is on the way * Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed reset of cursor position to work on both stderr _and_ stdout This fixes messages displayed in flag colors to be correctly displayed in the standard terminal output color * Mon Sep 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Put kiwiOVFConfigWriter.pm from critic level 2 to 3 because of too high code complexity for level 2. We need to refactor the ovf code but for now I just lowered the critic level * Fri Sep 05 2014 opensuseAATTadamspiers.org- make it clear which directory couldn\'t be created If a previous build failed, it might have left the root directory behind. Giving the path in the error will help the user clean it up. * Wed Sep 03 2014 aosthofAATTsuse.de- Added new firmware type \'ec2hvm\' to handle EC2 HVM instances properly * Tue Sep 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 EFI setup for aarch64 (bnc #894307) * Tue Sep 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed baseSetupUserPermissions (bnc #894378) The function should not operate on system user accounts. The function should not operate on accounts without login shell * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.157 released * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIOVFConfigWriter rasd:HostResource for ovf:/disk The reference ID was set to a wrong value not matching the ovf:DiskSection section * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of virtualbox vagrant boxes Add hardlink box-disk1.vmdk to real vmdk image in box tarball * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIOVFConfigWriter Prevent use of uninitialized values * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update vagrant example for virtualbox * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added missing format attribute in ovf:DiskSection in config writer * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.156 released * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow bootloader setup to run on aarch64 for grub2 and uboot (bnc #894214) * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added virtualbox-guest-tools in suse-13.1 vagrant example * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed broken ovf:href for image file Within the vagrant virtualbox box creation the vmdk file was renamed but this action broke the reference to that file inside the ovf config file * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent creation of custom /etc/ImagePackages in netboot The information there is created at image creation time already and the call increases the first boot time. This fixes (bnc #893776) * Fri Aug 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure kiwi initrd creates /run/log dracut stores its log file there * Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.155 released * Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure kiwi initrd creates /run/lock (bnc #893624) The location for /var/lock has been moved to /run/lock and /var/lock is a symlink instead. /run is a tmpfs and thus the directory must be created properly * Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.154 released * Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t prevent the pre-init stage if root= is set in the cmdline If a root= information is passed to the cmdline kiwi uses this device and wrongly indicates the system has completed the first boot by setting LOCAL_BOOT=yes This prevents the correct setup of the bootloader device.map as well as the bootloader config to be written (bnc #893368) * Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent creation of custom /etc/ImagePackages file for the oem and vmx image types. The information there is created at image creation time already and the call increases the first boot time, related to (bnc #893368) * Tue Aug 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed schema validation error output if the schema is invalid kiwi uses jing to create good error messages but the output of jing was not displayed * Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Adapt unit test due to last XSL change * Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed xsl/convert58to59.xsl to convert old controller=\'scsi\' to controller=\'lsilogic\' and not \'ide\' which unexpectedly changes the layout (bnc #893345) * Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed NFS root mount, use nolock option (bnc #892672) * Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed package update from sle11 to sle12 (bnc #893340) the man pages were moved from kiwi-doc to the main kiwi package between sle11 and sle12. Thus the main kiwi package has to set the correct file provides/obsoletes in order to avoid conflicts * Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure e2fsprogs is installed explicitly in isoboot boot image descriptions for openSUSE 13.1/13.2 and SLE12 There is no package requirement for e2fsprogs which pulls it in (bnc #892087) * Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requirements cdrkit-cdrtools-compat is a requirement on suse in order to correctly find the iso tools in the search path * Mon Aug 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed legacy service insert/remove using chkconfig suseInsertService and suseRemoveService can deal with native systemd services and legacy SYS V init scripts stored in /etc/init.d/. In case of legacy services a call to \"chkconfig /etc/init.d/${service} on|off\" is issued but fails because chkconfig only expects a service name and not a full path. * Sun Aug 24 2014 tbechtoldAATTsuse.com- Set sudoers secure_path for vagrant examples secure_path is needed to find executables under i.e. /sbin/ when vagrant uses sudo. This fixes the problem when using vagrant-libvirt and sync a folder via 9p which leads currently to: ==> devstack1: mounting p9 share in guest modprobe 9p bash: line 2: modprobe: command not found * Fri Aug 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.153 released * Fri Aug 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add RHEL7 JeOS template to kiwi-templates in spec file * Fri Aug 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- RHEL7 parted cannot set swap flag, skip this flag setup * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added oemboot description for RHEL7 * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added vmxboot description for RHEL7 * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use lookup function to check for initrd tools pidof/killall5 * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use menu.c32 for live ISO boot menu if not gfxboot theme exists * Thu Aug 14 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix ovf file generation + missing name space qualifiers for- Description, Info, Network, OperatingSystem, Name + tag mismatch on line 38 of .ovf file + missing entry in schemaLocation * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.152 released * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use group_command=compat in yum.conf if this is not used I get errors saying: There is no installed groups file. * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed file logging log messages were still written to stdout/stderr channels even if a logfile was set * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added RHEL7 JeOS template * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added isoboot description for RHEL7 * Thu Aug 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.151 released * Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update JeOS templates for SLE12 / Factory Fix ec2 type to use the correct loader and firmware setup Make use of LVM without boot partition as an example for the vmx type * Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add grub2 modules for lvm and btrfs/xfs filesystems on demand * Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update vmx|oemboot descriptions for SLE12 / Factory Make sure grub2-x86_64-xen is installed if a xen or ec2 profile is in use and the architecture is x86_64 * Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.150 released * Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to boot LVM images without extra boot partition Added new type attribute bootpartition=true|false. The value controls the creation of a boot partition for disk images and overwrites the default layout kiwi would create if this is not specified. It\'s not guaranteed that the resulting image is able to boot with regards to the underlaying bootloader capabilities Given that grub2 in a recent version is used booting LVM images using extX and btrfs filesystems will work * Wed Aug 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.149 released * Tue Aug 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- store result of kiwi --describe in /var/cache/kiwi/describe + ignore /var/cache for inspection * Tue Aug 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed adding packages marked for deletion given by the command line option --del-package (bnc #890195) * Mon Aug 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.148 released * Mon Aug 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __createTarArchive exclude pattern * the pattern match for \'image\' was too global as we only wanted to exlude the /image directory from the toplevel * Mon Aug 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure e2fsprogs stay in netboot initrd for SLE12 * Mon Aug 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.147 released * Fri Aug 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.146 released * Fri Aug 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- keep console keytables and loadkeys in initrd for pwd dialogs- keep klogconsole as debug helper tool in initrd * Fri Aug 08 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- set up the baseproduct link correctly fixe bnc #891120 + SuSE-brand does not exist in newer distros, it has been replaced by /etc/os-release. Use the value there to try and provide our best guess about what the product is * Fri Aug 08 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- generate the proper name for the network definition for vmx files + this addresses bnc #891100 * Fri Aug 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use systemd-vconsole-setup to initialize the console if present * Fri Aug 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Optimize size of kiwi initrd * remove unneeded python installation which exists only due to building the initrd rootfs using zypper * make sure dracut scripts stays * Thu Aug 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of IFS in bash boot code * don\'t use internal field separator in main boot scripts to avoid tainting of the global variable space * don\'t use internal field separator in user config functions in KIWIConfig.sh to avoid conflicts * make sure every function in the KIWILinuxRC.sh pool starts with a localized and default initialized IFS value * Thu Aug 07 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Fix ofw firmware type * Thu Aug 07 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- SLED is x86 only Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Thu Aug 07 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Use the x86-64-xen or i386-xen format for the grub2 image creation on EC2 + this is a follow up change for b1be72f59f5f4498 addressing bnc #887801 we avoid the hacky symlink introduced by the previous commit. This change requires a grub release that contains http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/grub.git/commit/ChangeLog?id=9612ebc0 * Thu Aug 07 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- drop ppc64 profile for sle12 Starting openSUSE 13.1 we have no longer kernel-ppc64 available anymore Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Thu Aug 07 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- yaboot is deprecated on newer power distributions Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Thu Aug 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.145 released * Thu Aug 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added missing handling for recommends in the libsolv path Also fixed passing the patternType value from the XML to the solver module * Wed Aug 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.144 released * Wed Aug 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fix report files generated by KIWICollect.pm The report files were reduced to only one package per included architecture, everything else was discarded. Fix done by Ruediger Oertel * Wed Aug 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.143 released * Tue Aug 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update JeOS templates for SLE12 and openSUSE 13.2 * pass splash to the kernel cmdline in order to display the default plymouth splash * Tue Aug 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi --describe command * wrong metadata reference still in the code due to a rename * make sure exit code is set correctly * fixed broken jpg menu icons * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.142 released * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed consoleInit, use /dev/console not tty0 * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t block initial boot by warning messages * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed union setup in kiwi boot code * rw/ro variables should not be overwritten with empty content * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build.sh jenkins test * typo in option handling * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.141 released * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build.sh jenkins test * requires a mandatory arch parameter now * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.140 released * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Varios fixes around OVF creation * make sure return value from createOVFConfiguration is handled correctly in createVagrantBox * make sure output of messages is not jumbled up by status messages * make sure --format parameter is correctly handled when specified on the command line * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.139 released * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Adapt unit tests for OVF tests to be correct with regards to the size of the fake image and the size configured * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIOVFConfigWriter::writeConfigFile The size placed as ovf:capacity in the OVF metadata should be obtained from the real embedded image and not from the XML configuration. Reason is mostly that is an option in the XML configuration and also does not exactly match the real byte value due to alignment adaptions * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.138 released * Mon Aug 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins test * don\'t require kiwi to be installed on the jenkins host * fixed tests to run kiwi from the git checkout * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.137 released * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwiOVFConfigWriter unit test The test has been written exclusively for the x86_64 architecture In order to not fail on other architectures I added an arch check when needed. Actually this is not an ideal solution and the test itself should be written arch independent. Thus I expect a follow up on this one soon * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.136 released * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t populate java classpath warnings to the user when calling jing for showing detailed validation errors in case of an invalid XML description * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Several s390 fixes from Rudi * s390 can use grub2, make sure kiwi can make use of it * don\'t use route command, ip is the tool we want to use * make sure dasdinfo exists in initrd * fixed IFS restore bug in setupDNS * fixed use of test \'-eq\' vs \'=\' operator * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted indention helper script * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Fri Aug 01 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Add platform dependent reference results for the OVF write tests- Make the OVF write test platform independent * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update indention level to 4 spaces * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update .indent helper script to use 4 spaces as indention * Fri Aug 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed indention typos in createOVFConfiguration * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed disk partition alignment calculation. As we setup the disk by numbers of sectors it\'s required to handle the alignment boundary sectorsize conform * Thu Jul 31 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- oblige by the new indentation style * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of HERE documents in shell code The move from tabs to spaces needs an adaption of the end-of-document indicator * Thu Jul 31 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Unit tests for the new OVF config file write + Include reference results using the new file comparison mechanism * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Changed indention from tabs to spaces * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure disk alignment and start sector values used to create the image disk are stored in the initrd because they are needed when the disk is repartitioned in an OEM deploy process * Thu Jul 31 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Implement OVF config writer class + This isolates the configuration writing functionality from other code and makes it unit testable. + Update the ovf file writing to more closely resemble what vCloud expects + Tie the new class into the config writer factory + Use the new code in ImageFormat directly, more restructuring is needed to use the factory.- Only create a manifest file for OVA, it is not expected or needed for OVF * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file Provides for kiwi-requires meta package The kiwi-requires package is used by the buildservice to resolve package requirements according to the selected build type. In case of docker and tbz types the needed Provides tag was missing * Thu Jul 31 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Prevent DiskStartSector values below the global default Since the DiskAlignment value is used to calculate the DiskStartSector it is possible to have a too small value. To prevent this the global DiskStartSector default is used if the DiskAlignment value is smaller. This behavior can be overwritten by using the parameter--disk-start-sector. * Thu Jul 31 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Add notset support to the test log + The KIWILog implements notset indicators. The test log needs to handle this to support testing more code- Implement file comparison support + Thus far we have encoded reference results in the test directly. This is not practical when comparing larger generated files such as container or ovf configuration files. This implements support for storing reference results as files and using the reference results for comparison * Thu Jul 31 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Set disk alignment default value to 1 MB A value of 1 MB should be fine for most SSDs and doesn\'t have any impact on regular hard disks. It can be changed with the parameter --disk-alignment. * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added unit information to default values in KIWIGlobals Also set default disk alignment to 4 KB * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update .indent helper script * handle all files except Makefile and .git metadata * check and re-apply permission bits * use two spaces for one tab * Thu Jul 31 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Show information about disk alignment during build * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.135 released * Thu Jul 31 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Adapt getSector to consider DiskAlignment values in KB * Thu Jul 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Be more clear in variable assignment with regards to name vs. content * Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Improve logging of errors for session scripts kiwi creates session scripts running in screen logging all output to the kiwi logfile. In case of an error we only want to see the stderr information and not the entire history * Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in message texts * Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update bash completion Added possible options for --upgrade * Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Delete git from Recommends list in the spec file SUSE by default installs all recommended packages which increases the amount of software installed when kiwi is installed by an unnecessary number of packages * Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed logging module * delete obsolete and unused code from KIWILog * make sure error log messages are printed on stderr * delete obsolete --log-port option * Wed Jul 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- use count information from IO::Select to loop through available data for reading * Wed Jul 30 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Use value of provided DiskAlignment for DiskStartSector If a value for DiskAlignment is provided by the user it is also used as base for DiskStartSector. If DiskStartSector is specified by the user it doesn\'t get overriden. * Wed Jul 30 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Fix comment about the default DiskStartSector size * Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed OEM installer for LVM on LUKS images * Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure LUKS encoding is not applied if the given device already contains a LUKS container * Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t call losetup with stderr redirected to stdout if the show option is used. potential error messages could then affect the standard output * Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added check for given type name on the commandline compared to the selected build type in the checkType global function. If the commandline specified type is valid but not specified in the configuration kiwi exits * Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Call cryptsetup in one central encoding function in KIWIBoot for disk based images * Tue Jul 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add info messages for intermediate steps when creating the disk layout such like information about creation of md raid or luks extensions * Mon Jul 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Support LUKS extension with LVM * Mon Jul 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Avoid blocking IO in callCmd if large chunks of data arrive * Mon Jul 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix open3 usage * Mon Jul 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed --help output for disk-alignment The option value must be given in KBytes but the help did not explain that and the default value information used the wrong unit too * Mon Jul 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- avoid warnings when rpm-md repos are disabled * Mon Jul 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- avoid warnings when an info value is unset * Mon Jul 28 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Pass along the DataAlignment to LVM and LUKS * Mon Jul 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fail when a product plugin dir is configured, but does not exist * Thu Jul 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.134 released * Thu Jul 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of object variable originXMLPath According to the XML read code moved from KIWIBoot into a function KIWIGlobals::readXMLFromImage the path information was stored in the wrong module. This had an impact to the search path of the editbootinstall/editbootconfig scripts so that they were not found anymore if specified relatively to the origin of the XML description * Thu Jul 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of repo URI with credentials information If there is no ?credentials= tag in the repo URI kiwi uses the default credentials file name \'kiwiRepoCredentials\' and does not fail using an uninitialized value $credFile * Thu Jul 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.133 released * Wed Jul 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of vagrant boxes for virtualbox provider vagrant\'s VBoxManage requires boxes containing ovf metadata which kiwi did not provide. This commit changes the raw box contents to match these requirements (github: #374) * Fri Jul 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.132 released * Fri Jul 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Jul 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Update kiwi-doc-signkey.xml by native speaker * Thu Jul 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.131 released * Thu Jul 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed xen dom0 image builds * problem was an invalid kernel pattern match * Thu Jul 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseActivateDefaultServices * distinguish default services for systemd and sysVinit * add info message which service is activated * Thu Jul 17 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- properly setup grub2 for EC2 usage [bnc #887801] + PV-GRUB looks for the grub2 modules in /boot/grub2/xen-x86_64, although this is not a \"real grub2 target. Symlinking to i386-pc does the trick. Using the prefix setting in the grub configuration trips up PV-GRUB. * Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for calling kiwi from git checkout * fixup broken locale links in source boot image descriptions * added Makefile target to check/update locale links on install * Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIArchList and KIWIUtil for style, conventions and perl critic * Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of modules and base classes * prevent redefine of class methods * Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of objects * write global function readXMLFromImage * use readXMLFromImage at all code parts which need to read the XML description from an image file * Wed Jul 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup use of objects * move xen check helper from KIWIBoot to global space * move kernel splash helper from KIWIBoot to global space * move buildmd5sum helper from KIWIBoot to global space * prevent instances of KIWIBoot just for the purpose of calling setupSplash and/or buildmd5sum * Tue Jul 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation (bnc #886791) * Added Chapter how to include rpm signing keys * Tue Jul 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure all KMS drivers are present in boot images (bnc #887148) * fixed for SLE12 and openSUSE boot descriptions * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.130 released * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Makefile, wrong use of pushd/popd * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.129 released * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t taint the system with rpm host package keys (bnc #886791) * kiwi imports host rpm package keys during preparation of the new root filesystem. This is ok but after preparation these keys should be removed again because we don\'t want to have host keys in the new root filesystem * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update bundler * raw disk images are now bundled as xz compressed files * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in usage message * option is called --destdir not --dest-dir * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for calling kiwi from git checkout * fixup broken include links in source boot image descriptions * added Makefile target to check/update include links on install * update kiwi call command to set System path * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added kiwi call command to run kiwi from a git checkout * Mon Jul 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed lib path search in kiwi.pl * multiple lib statements overwrites each other. correct use is use lib LIST * Fri Jul 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.128 released * Fri Jul 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added function updateProtectiveMBR to the boot code * if the protective MBR in a GPT table contains partitions marked as active this could cause the EFI firmware to ignore this disk. Thus it\'s important to check and update the protective MBR at deployment time * Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installBootLoaderGrub2 for EFI legacy BIOS boot * in this mode we have to install the bootloader for the i386-pc target * Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed installBootLoader to work with x86 architecture again * Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent lazy umounts * revert commit: 58308ed, can\'t cleanly umount devpts here this needs to be done differently * if the kernel can\'t free the resource there is no chance for the user to even see that it was mounted before * Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for ppc installBootLoaderGrub2 changes * add a message if no bootloader installation will be done * Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure devpts and sysfs exists in bootstrap phase too * Thu Jul 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup for coding style and conventions * Thu Jul 10 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Rewrite searchOFBoot function Use chosen/bootpath from device-tree to find a device we\'ve booted from. This is more reliable than searching for PROM id, which is not available under KVM Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Thu Jul 10 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Don\'t write MBR ID on non x86 architectures Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Thu Jul 10 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- PowerPC kernel is vmlinux Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Wed Jul 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update setupBootLoaderGrub2Recovery function + video_bochs and video_cirrus were removed from grub2 * Wed Jul 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for; Don\'t use video_ grub2 modules + video_bochs and video_cirrus were removed from grub2 Thus don\'t use this modules for efi grub2 images too * Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.127 released * Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure squashfs module is loaded in any case Depending on the install method udev does not auto load the squashfs module if there is a cascade of loop devices to the target file. This happens if e.g the install iso is used as a disk in hybrid mode * Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.126 released * Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation + Added information about handleSplash hook * Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prevent initrd code to break console setup Many people using more than one active console stumbled over the problem that messages gets lost while the system is booting the first time with the kiwi initrd. The following changes fixes this: * Setting up console by using udev\'s console_init * Added handleSplash hook at the end of the hideSplash function and let kiwi only disable the splash if there is one active console * There is not much value using klogconsole to set the kernel default loglevel. Delete this code and the no longer needed klogconsole tool from the kiwi initrd * Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use video_ grub2 modules + video_bochs and video_cirrus were removed from grub2 * Mon Jul 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Deleted ifplugd from SLE12 JeOS template + ifplugd does not exist in main SLE12 repo * Fri Jul 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.125 released * Fri Jul 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Enhance installation procedure for legacy grub loader If a system root tree is present we install the loader from within the system root tree via chroot. This is to allow use of legacy grub on host systems which dropped grub * Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.124 released * Thu Jul 03 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- SLE12 PowerPC template fix SLE12 switched to default kernel flavor for Power * Thu Jul 03 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Add ofw firmware type for Power * Thu Jul 03 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Some architectures have kernel unpacked * Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- travis setup up and running, removed prophet scripts and data * Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwiRuntimeChecker unit test + the case without zypper installed is not an error. Thus the return message is of type info not error * Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis setup + we need syslinux for the tests * Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis setup + we need xsltproc for the tests * Thu Jul 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed running tests in travis + changed kiwiLocator test to check for bash instead of perl because in travis perl is relinked to perlbrew + call prove with perl prove in order to make sure the perlbrew linked interpreter is called including all module INC paths * Wed Jul 02 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Add grub2 for Power Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update perl module list + remove modules required by modules that\'s auto resolved * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update module include path for prove calls * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + force install of modules with cpanm * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + add more information about installed prerequiremets * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update .perlmodules list for travis + List::MoreUtils was missing * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + make sure all required perl modules are fetched * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed perl include path for calling tests in travis * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + install perl modules as system modules * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed perl include path for calling tests in travis * Wed Jul 02 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- avoid listing packages twice if target destination is the same. eg. noarch on multi-arch medias * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Provide additional module include path for travis It looks like the install routine in travis installs in /home/travis thus we need to use this path as additional include path in prove * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + don\'t stick to a specific perl version * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure unit test cleanup scripts runs using bash * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script + require Test::Unit::Lite in install section * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Rename markdown files to use the .md extension * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update repository README * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update travis script command to match kiwi tests * Wed Jul 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added Travis configuration file Would like to use travis-ci.org instead of prophet because there we just can use the hosting service for open projects like kiwi is one * Mon Jun 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.123 released * Mon Jun 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added prophet setup script Prophet uses the git api to set status messages in pull requests. In kiwi it\'s used to auto run the unit tests for each open request * Sat Jun 28 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- allow \"raw\" as a format specifier + raw is the default image creation format and kiwi always creates a .raw file. However the user may want to specify the default as the format and we should not error out when the default is explicitly specified, as is the case today. * Thu Jun 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.122 released * Thu Jun 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed provides tags for main kiwi package The buildservice handles provides tags named kiwi-image: taken into account for setting up a buildsystem when an image build is requested. The tbz provides was missing and the lxc provides was wrong * Thu Jun 26 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- link COPYING files to satisfy license checks of kiwi-instsource submissions * Thu Jun 26 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- KIWICollect: no leading dash in zypp product file when release is undefined * Wed Jun 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update openSUSE 13.2 JeOS template + Set openSUSE:Factory/snapshot repository + Set namedCollection base pattern + Set openSUSE-release * Wed Jun 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added URI pattern to correctly resolve openSUSE:Factory/snapshot * Wed Jun 25 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- copy also README.BETA to .license directory (bnc#882034) * Tue Jun 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.121 released * Tue Jun 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed buildservice -requires meta package requirements In SLE12 grub is obsoleted by sles-release thus no package is allowed to require it * Tue Jun 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.120 released * Mon Jun 23 2014 tbechtoldAATTsuse.com- Add suse-SLES11/suse-vagrant-box example * Mon Jun 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed solvable pattern metadata creation The new pattern system allows to pass the option -X to the libsolv *2solv tools. If this option is not passed no pattern metadata is created in the solvable file. kiwi now checks if the libsolv tools are capable of -X and passes the option * Mon Jun 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.119 released * Sat Jun 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update bash completion file * split into commands and options for commands * Fri Jun 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up implementation for sha256 hash creation Use perl\'s Digest module instead of calling an external program * Fri Jun 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added creation of sha256 hash to product bundler * Fri Jun 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Correctly duplex stdout to /dev/console I still have the problem if we call e.g dialog in a new controlling terminal using setctsid all subsequent messages are only shown on this terminal even though the console might point to more devices which were correctly duplexed before setting a controlling terminal * Wed Jun 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed building of firmware=\"ec2\" image in combination with grub2 The partition table type was set to gpt in this case but that is not desired for ec2 cloud images. In addition the partition setup was incomplete to allow successful installing of grub2 without a bios_grub partition which was not created for ec2 typed firmware images * Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.118 released * Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make livestick tool more robust * added image check to make sure only a kiwi live iso can be used * fixed signature check if the stick already has been deployed with a kiwi live iso * Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure __getInstallData returns a uniq and sorted list of items * Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.117 released * Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation + add information about installpxe option in the man page + make it more clear which file is expected to the --install *-system option * Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed command call quoting bug in __isInstallBootImage leading to a Use of uninitialized value $2 in concatenation error * Tue Jun 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __getHomeDirs in analyser code * initialize pwd field with an empty ( *) password * Tue Jun 17 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix handling of product variables containing just a \"0\" * Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.116 released * Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed install of grub2 in bios_grub mode * Use grub2-install with correct options instead of raw calling grub2-bios-setup * Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed error handling in recovery mode * the progress information is shown by the continous output of a sub process of the calling shell. The sub-process has no access to the controlling terminal thus calling system exceptions there cause a hangup of the process at that stage. This patch fixes it by not calling exceptions and handling the result exit code of the sub-process outside * Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed createFilesystem boot code function * make sure btrfs creation uses -f option to force creation of filesystem even if another fs exists * Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of recovery filesystem and rootfs type detection * wait for the recovery partition device to appear * use a journaled (ext3) filesystem for the recovery * wait for the root device to appear * Mon Jun 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed minor mkdir issue in setupBootLoaderGrub2Recovery * use -p switch and don\'t complain when it already exists * Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.115 released * Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed user data view to take only users with a real password into account. System users are no real users in this scope * Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of of uninitialized value $homedir * Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added user data view to custom files report page * Fri Jun 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update KIWIAnalyse.filter * filter out var/tmp and var/lib * Fri Jun 13 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix access to potentially undefined data structure * Thu Jun 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.114 released * Thu Jun 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added better handling of custom/unpackaged file in analyser Instead of an auto generated sync script the code to sync the data moved into KIWIAnalyseSystem. by default no sync file information is configured but a descriptive markdown readme including an example is added to the generated description. The user now only needs to place a file called custom.sync describing which files/directories should be content controlled and any subsequent call of kiwi --describe will do the job * Thu Jun 12 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not overwrite product release number if it is set to \"0\" * Wed Jun 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update createCustomDataSyncScript * the script now requires an argument which could be the kiwi generated custom.files file. if called without argument an information how to use the custom.sync script is displayed The reason why we changed from default use of custom.files to a self provided information is that on real systems many custom files and directories exists but not all of them needs to be tracked * Wed Jun 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.113 released * Wed Jun 11 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix missing dependency to grub(1) for vmx and oem builds * Wed Jun 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIGlobals::downloadFile function * quote shell escape chars because the url is passed to lwp-download * fix regexp extracting url credentials. the expression matches too much of a file path in the first ancor * fixed cleanup of files downloaded if solvable creation out of this data has failed. Don\'t leave waste of data in this case * Wed Jun 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi --info --select repo-patterns * For SLE12 and Factory the new pattern system is based on rpm packages. Thus the solvable metadata has changed. This commit allows to get the patterns from the repo for the old and the new pattern system * Wed Jun 11 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- require at least one instsource plugin via generic provide * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.112 released * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed return value for __checkQemuImg helper in image format creation. The function has to return the path to the qemu-img binary * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.111 released * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added kiwi-image: -requires package provides for OBS * Tue Jun 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support usage of PRODUCT_RELEASE definitions * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.110 released * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update Summary and description for -requires meta packages * Tue Jun 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- Add the OBS provides to -requires packages This avoids the need to manually track kiwi dependencies in OBS prjconf substitute rules. However, we need to disable the rules for current distros, but that will phase out via time :) * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.109 released * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure temporary copy of data from the initrd to the system is removed correctly within the cleanImage method * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.108 released * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS description * make sure kiwi-templates will be installed * Tue Jun 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use the KIWILocator to find tools qemu-img, mksquashfs and modinfo and call them with full path instead of relying on the caller shell PATH setup * Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure getBootIncludePackages returns a uniq sorted list * Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added argument check for disk device in livestick tool * Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added ntfs modules to be present in isoboot initrd if used for creation of a livestick it enables people to do that on USB sticks with preformatted NTFS filesystem * Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.107 released * Fri Jun 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 recovery setup * Recovery menu entry was not populated to all config files * Thu Jun 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.106 released * Thu Jun 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use menu.c32 for isolinux to display a text menu if no graphics theme is available * Wed Jun 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed bundle-build result for vagrant image results * Wed Jun 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up change for --bundle-build command Make sure the build metadata files .packages/.verified/.channel are part of the bundle * Wed Jun 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo, surplus status flag * Tue Jun 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up patch for KIWICollect::indexOfArray * follow coding style and conventions * Tue Jun 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added new class KIWIResult and command: kiwi --bundle-build --dest-dir Along with the new KIWIResult class the above command was added. With bundle-build and the given build number and build target directory kiwi takes the information from the build target directory and bundles the user relevant image files as single files and/or tarball suitable for publishing. * Tue Jun 03 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- KIWICollect: fix order of architectures if one repository contains multiple architecture versions of same rpm. * Tue Jun 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Write a kiwi.buildinfo file for each build The buildinfo file contains information about the build which will be used to collect user relevant image files according to the requested image type and parameters. The result of a kiwi build could contain intermediate build results which will be embedded in the final result and stay in the result directory in order to allow faster rebuilds. There will be a new kiwi post processing command which collects only the important result image files and provide them together with a build number. * Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- In preparation to support enable/disable of boot partition + remove obsolete boot_id/root_id code from grub2 codebase for grub2 we don\'t search via id, we search either by uuid or by flag file + for other bootloaders make sure boot_id is set to the root partition id if no explicit boot partition exists * Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.105 released * Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure the selected build type is used in upgrade mode. With the wrong build type this could lead to unneeded runtime checks called and failing (bnc #880744) * Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, kiwi-templates contains arch specific templates thus it\'s wrong to make this a noarch package * Mon Jun 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub.conf setup for RHEL systems using legacy grub on RHEL grub.conf is a link to the menu.lst file * Fri May 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.104 released * Fri May 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure KIWISatSolver correctly quotes repo alias names in a way that the shell can still find files with e.g spaces * Fri May 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure kiwi scripts runs in C locale (bnc #880674) * Wed May 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up update jenkins prepare worker script + make sure validation runtime checks find all tools on the host * Wed May 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins prepare worker script + make sure validation runtime checks find all tools on the host * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.103 released * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of versioned vagrant box json file * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.102 released * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-13.1/suse-vagrant-box example + build for two providers, libvirt and virtualbox * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to specify multiple vagrantconfig sections + one can build boxes for different providers in one build + report missing machine configuration only when it makes sense * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.101 released * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup examples and templates + remove obsolete openSUSE 12.1 examples + fix package lists and type setup according to result of preparation runtime checks * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update Makefile + don\'t use shell backticks, instead use make\'s shell command + limit scope of \'make valid\' target to the present architecture * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Extend scope of kiwi --check-config Additionally call the prepare runtime checks after validation * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added runtime check __checkSelectedBootLoaderIncluded Check if the selected bootloader will also be installed into the image * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in suse-13.1/suse-vagrant-box definition * wrong indention * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.100 released * Tue May 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed search path for *.kiwi control files in getControlFile * Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, remove obsolete kiwistderr information * Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete setup of kiwistderr cmdline value. The kiwi boot code does not handle this information since quite some time * Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.99 released * Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update rhel-dump with regards to xz vs gzip change: 10aa35e3 * Mon May 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t start klogconsole if quiet boot is set (bnc #879768) * Sun May 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Be a bit smarter in best guess of the minimum size for the boot partition if we need one. The function __getBootSize now calculates the size using some parameters to keep roughly 100MB free. This is more accurate than using a fixed size min default value. Setting a custom value for the boot partition using the bootpartsize attribute results in + Use of bootpartsize without any message if it is bigger than recommended value + Use of bootpartsize with warning if it is smaller than recommended value * Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.98 released * Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure the auto inclusion of a system strip section according to the bootincluded packages happens before image.sh is called * Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- break up too long lines of code * Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Better error message * if no rpm db was found tell us where we searched for it * Fri May 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed code duplication for calling images.sh * Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.97 released * Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed syntax typo in warning call * Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.96 released * Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure tools in bootincluded packages and archives automatically stay inside the boot image (initrd) without having the need for an additional section * Thu May 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Use of uninitialized value $ENV{PATH} * Wed May 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t call the rpm dump/reload if all packages are specified in the bootstrap section. In that case no rpm action happens inside the chroot. Thus it\'s not needed to dump/reload the rpm database. + It\'s not required to have the rpm db tools installed on the host- The rpm database inside the new root tree stays incompatible * Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.95 released * Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure we have /var/run and /run with the same bind contents inside the initrd and in the later system * Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete KIWISchemaTest reference. image testing is implemented using os-autoinst * Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue May 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update manual page * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.94 released * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIPromoDVDPlugin.pm to critic level 3 * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWILiveTreePlugin.pm to critic level 3 * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIFinishEFIPlugin.pm to critic level 3 * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIPatternsPlugin.pm to critic level 3 * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIMiniIsoPlugin.pm to critic level 3 * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIEulaPlugin.pm to critic level 3 * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update pre-commit not-clean list * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIDescrPlugin.pm to critic level 3 * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added callCmd helper function to KIWIBasePlugin.pm * Mon May 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup KIWIContentPlugin.pm to critic level 3 * Sun May 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.93 released * Sat May 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __isValidBootFS constructor check in KIWIXMLTypeData The ext4 filesystem is valid for booting * Sat May 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed livestick tool, the kiwi_hybridpersistent option takes a true|false value not a yes|no value * Fri May 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.92 released * Thu May 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use the fsmountoptions to mount the filesystems created for the installstick disk. The filesystem used to store the system image on the stick disk is different from the configured system image filesystem, thus the options does not fit. * Thu May 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.91 released * Thu May 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Instead of a symlink named box.img to the actual image file in a vagrant box, directly store the image file under the name box.img. Older versions of vagrant did not work if box.img is a symlink * Thu May 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.90 released * Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added rsync to suse-vagrant-box example template vagrant requires rsync to be present in a base box * Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update vagrant support + also create a vagrant cloud configuration file + add box.img link to be present in the .box file * Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added Vagrant box example template description + extras/suse-13.1/suse-vagrant-box * Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed invalid entries in /etc/mtab On systems with /etc/mtab as a file and not as a link to proc kiwi left entries from the host system in the file which are wrong when the image boots up * Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.89 released * Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupUnionFS (bnc #877451) * update UNIONFS_CONFIG only if all parameters have a value * Wed May 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.88 released * Tue May 13 2014 fcastelliAATTsuse.com- Remove lxc package from the docker example The lxc pacakge is not required by docker images, hence it can be removed from the template shipped with the examples. * Tue May 13 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Don\'t generate TRANS.TBL for POWER iso It seems only POWER does TRANS.TBL generation. Let be consentive with other architectures. Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Tue May 13 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- drop license.tar.gz in root dir for rpm-md repos- fail when license.tar.gz misses one of the required files * license.txt * directory.yast license.tar.gz is still part of the rpm-md metadata directory * Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for creating vagrant boxes In order to create a vagrant box the format parameter in the image type acts as trigger to start the box creation. Vagrant boxes requires some metadata in order to allow adding the box for a specific provider. Thus the following minimal type spec is needed e.g: The result .box file can be added to vagrant as follows vagrant box add /path/to/file.box Once added vagrant can run the box using the specified provider Please note the kiwi image for vagrant needs to provide some configuration like the existence of a user vagrant and ssh keys. All this can be achieved in a kiwi image description. For details visit: http://docs.vagrantup.com/v2/boxes/base.html * Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update OEM PXE installation documentation * Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use xz instead of gzip to compress the raw disk file in an oem PXE installation tarball. xz produces smaller results compared to gzip. * Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added xz tool to oem boot image descriptions * Tue May 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed suse-12.1 boot descriptions * Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.87 released * Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkContainerHasLXC runtime check * if docker is used it\'s not required to have lxc installed as part of the container * Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseSetupProduct * if no /etc/products.d directory exists, prevent creating a broken baseproduct link * Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi root init() function * make sure manually created toplevel directories belong to root:root * Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __isInstallBootImage sanity check for all install media postprocessing modes: kiwi --installcd kiwi --installstick kiwi --installpxe If the given boot image does not provide install capabilities the user will find out on first boot which is a bad experience * Mon May 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed service disablement in docker types for non systemd based distributions e.g SLE11 * Fri May 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of live iso images with flags=\"compressed\" In this mode the live setup is based on a split image type and did not allow to have a persistent data block available in the iso. This patch changed this so that you can also use the hybridpersistent=\"true\" feature when using the hybrid iso on e.g a usb stick to store new data persistently * Fri May 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added live iso type to SLE11 JeOS template * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Looks like memtest86+ does not exist for SLE11 anymore Thus removed it from the SLE11 boot image descriptions * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Update documentation, remove obsolete information * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.86 released * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in spec file, unbalanced %if * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.85 released * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup list of authors per package in spec file * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update package helper tools to auto update the kiwi-schema provides in the spec file if the kiwi RNC schema has changed * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added kiwi-schema metadata provides to spec file This was requested by the slepos team to be able to require the right kiwi version and schema to yast2-product-creator * Thu May 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added compatibility fix for fetchFile function * Instead of matching for the exact value \'uncompressed\' the function treats all values matching the expression \'^uncomp\' as a statement to indicate an uncompressed image * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __hasBootDescription runtime check * the check should also work with custom user boot descriptions * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follup up fix for spec file requirements: * need virt-utils for SLE11, use qemu-tools for anything else * add virt-utils/qemu-tools to base kiwi package only * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added custom filters for kiwi --describe in KIWIAnalyse.filter * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild man pages * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update man page * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.84 released * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requirements: Replaced virt-utils with qemu-tools, virt-utils was dropped * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.83 released * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update schema documentation * Wed May 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for directory check in cleanMount use the exact same parameter for test as for umount * Tue May 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12 JeOS template * install patterns with the namedCollection attribute * make sure the desired release package is installed in the bootstrap phase to avoid the installation of this strange dummy-release package which I don\'t understand what it is good for at all * Tue May 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed directory check in cleanMount If no repo alias is set the repo uri is also used as name for the mount point directory. In this case the name could contain quoted characters. Perl\'s test operator can\'t deal with shell escaped directory names. Thus we check with the shell test built-in if the mount point directory exists * Mon May 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.82 released * Mon May 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon May 05 2014 tom_schrAATTweb.de- Added some info about Docker and KIWI * Mon May 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed check for .repo file The repo path is stored quoted for use use with the shell but the perl test operator can\'t deal with shell escaped characters and failed. Thus shell\'s test built-in is used instead * Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.81 released * Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseService function * Use of undefined variable $action where it should be $target * Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed 32bit EFI build * if secure boot is requested, warn and switch to non secure EFI boot. shim only exists for 64bit linux * fixed lookup of bootloader stage files. In case of 32bit EFI the lookup path must be \'i386-efi\' * Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added 32bit efi modules package to boot descriptions for openSUSE 12.3 iso | oem and vmxboot * Fri May 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed unit test Test/kiwiContainerConfigWriter.pm * message output has changed in the container code * Fri May 02 2014 fcastelliAATTsuse.com- Added openSUSE 13.1 template for docker target. * Thu May 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __populateRepos in software analyser * The CD/DVD repos from zypper were not correctly added as iso repo in the kiwi generated clone configuration * Thu May 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed container image name extension * if docker is set the extension should be set to docker and not lxc * Wed Apr 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for docker image types kiwi supports creation of lxc images which are stored below var/lib/lxc/. The docker subsystem expects the image to be packed differently. Thus we added a new type: The information about the container name is optional in this case and if specified not used for docker type images * Wed Apr 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in function name * Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.80 released * Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIBasePlugin for style and conventions * in addition make the code perl critic level 3 clean * Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins build script * don\'t force output directory, leave it up to the test call to set an appropriate output directory * Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 product plugin for style/convention * also fixed code to be perl critic level 3 clean * Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure wpa_supplicant stay as tool in the initrd * Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- moved from xfs_check to xfs_repair, related to (bnc #853253) * xfs_check will be gone in June 2014 * Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup/Fix messages displayed in resizeFilesystem * print information about check and resize separately * print information when we don\'t know how to resize * be more verbose which device is resized * Tue Apr 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in boot message Calling mkswap creates a swap space but does not activate it. The intention is to create the swap space thus the message should tell the user this and nothing misleading * Mon Apr 28 2014 schwabAATTlinux-m68k.org- Spelling fixes * Mon Apr 28 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- extract licenses in extra media directory for SLE 12 * Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.79 released * Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed value and handling for profile variable kiwi_allFreeVolume * If a volume with size=\"all\" is specified and in addition this volume takes a custom volume name with a custom mountpoint, the variable was setup with the kiwi default volume naming schema but not with the real volume name which lead to a boot problem when kiwi could not find the volume * Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.78 released * Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow ext4 as boot filesystem * Thu Apr 24 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Use existing credentials name for repositories * Don\'t add a credentials name to repositories if there is already one * Thu Apr 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed pxePartitionInputGeneric In case of a raid setup via pxeboot the required partition type \'fd\' is not explicitly provided in the PART line of the client config. Instead the raid information is given in an additional RAID variable. Thus the pxePartitionInputGeneric function has to set the partition type \'fd\' if the RAID variable is set too. * Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for partedGetPartitionID * return if no partition label could be detected * Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make partedGetPartitionID more robust * If we can\'t find a partition label for the disk don\'t proceed checking for a partition ID and return an unknown ID \'xx\' * Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message displayed in __checkCorrectRootFSPermissons LSB standard does not prescribe UID and GID values * Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __checkCorrectRootFSPermissons runtime check * Don\'t check for root/root permissions in root\'s home It\'s ok to have custom files with custom permissions there * Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed recovery grub2 setup * don\'t use fixed class and theme names * Wed Apr 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use suse parted \'type\' command extension to setup swap partition type. This is done because the upstream way of setting swap type is broken in the suse parted. * Tue Apr 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message displayed when the partition table is created/updated. Even in the case of creating a new partition table the message said something about repartition of the disk which is misleading. Thus the message changed to just tell the user about a partition process happening now * Tue Apr 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.77 released * Mon Apr 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed cache creation in --init-cache mode * Sun Apr 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed --bootcd post processing mode * Sun Apr 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed --bootusb post processing mode * Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.76 released * Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __hasBootDescription() runtime check for pxe type The type in the XML is \'pxe\' but the boot description is named \'netboot\' * Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.75 released * Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Remove suseCloneRunlevel calls from EC2 and Xen guest templates. They are obsolete since sysVInit has been replaced with systemd * Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update service support functions * remove obsolete suseCloneRunlevel and suseActivateServices * use chkconfig instead of insserv * enhance suseService to be called with on|off and sysVInit runlevels like chkconfig supports it. For systemd this value would be ignored * Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update baseSetRunlevel() function * support custom systemd target names * Thu Apr 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Use linuxefi/initrdefi grub2 commands only for EFI secure boot * Wed Apr 16 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- installed prod file parsing is not important anymore disable horrible code for openSUSE 13.2 and SLE 12 :) * Wed Apr 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.74 released * Wed Apr 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed legacy boot support for EFI install stick images (git #341) * Wed Apr 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build of install stick in EFI firmware mode (git #341) * Wed Apr 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update media collect code to match coding style and conventions as well as remove/rewrite comments which are obviosly wrong with regards to the current code * Wed Apr 16 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix parsing of product summary label on new openSUSE 13.2/SLE12 medias * Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.73 released * Tue Apr 15 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- drop .channel files for products, generate .report files instead The approach to generate _channel file for OBS maintenance is not working, since it requires the knowledge of OBS setup internas. There we drop this here, let kiwi generate instead report files which document which files got used. We can use them for diffing results, for tracking build results in OBS and obs worker can generate _channel files with knowledge of setup internas. * Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure lvm2 tools stay in oemboot for RHEL * Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Apply sleep for a while to wait for wwids to other architectures boot code * Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- sleep for a while after multipathd and udev events are processed. it seems the data in /etc/sysconfig is not in sync with udev * Tue Apr 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed invalid URL type log message * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.72 released * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed message logging * don\'t log message to already closed file descriptor * Mon Apr 14 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Removed done statement from last Kiwi message * The Done message at the last line was confusing, especially when KIWI exited with errors. To keep consistency and since the done message wasn\'t really needed because the last message is not a task it was also removed for the success messages. * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __hasBootDescription runtime check Code written by Tim Hardeck. The test looks up the required boot image description according to the selected build type if no such description exists the build exit with an error telling the user which rpm package is missing on the build machine * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed tests for KIWIRuntimeChecker code * for each test call the corresponding runtime checker function and not the container method which always calls all of them * added variable KIWI_NO_FS which allows to switch off runtime checks which accesses the filesystem. They can only be safely called if the filesystem environment is controlled too * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed __hasBootLoaderTools() runtime check to check for the bootloader tool if \'grub\' is selected * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Apply /etc/multipath directory exists when starting multipathd also to other architectures boot code * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for the URL resolver * really prevent LWP browsing calls * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup indention of templates and examples due to XML validation * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed URL pattern matcher and resolver * eval on an expression violates perl critic expression eval rule * avoid LWP browsing calls because this is often rejected * Mon Apr 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure /etc/multipath directory exists when starting multipathd inside the kiwi boot image (initrd) * Fri Apr 11 2014 thardeckAATTsuse.de- Show an error message for missing bootloaders * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.71 released * Thu Apr 10 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not write binary arch as channel scheduler arch- write full input file into channel files * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"Change repo of current openSUSE 13.2 to point to openSUSE-current\" This reverts commit ee40f60594fa. We will use the final repo path and point via commandline options to openSUSE-current as long as it\'s not released * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.70 released * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Merge latest changes from oemboot suse-dump to rhel-dump * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Extend getDiskID function to work correctly for device mapper devices pointing to /dev/dm-X * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Extend device search in identifyDevice to by-uuid by-label and /dev/mapper for multipath devices * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed wrong comment in schema for the lookup path of the oem-unattended-id device name * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins product.sh script Support a hop host to allow searching for build results * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE11 JeOS template, use SMT repos * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins build.sh script Allow to pass additional parameters to the build * Thu Apr 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Change repo of current openSUSE 13.2 to point to openSUSE-current This distribution is currently under development. Thus the repo path will change right before GA. This fixes the jenkins build test for 13.2 * Wed Apr 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added support for multipath devices true|false by default the scanning for multipath devices is turned on. The code in the initrd looking up multipath devices also checks for preconditions like the ability to start the multipathd and use the multipath tools. If you don\'t see the multipath devices in the selection list but expect this according to the oemconfig setup please refer to the kiwi boot log file for further details * Wed Apr 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed diskOffset() function In case of DASD devices over a loop, fdasd needs to be used to get the offset to the first partition. In addition improve error handling and logging of the calls * Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t remove unconditionally the gconv directory in basestripLocales function * Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.69 released * Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update livestick kiwi tool * Use \'upstream\' branding by default * fixed grub2 config, keep the gfxpayload livestick allows to deploy kiwi live iso images to the USB stick without destroying any existing data on the stick * Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure overlayfs kernel module is part of vmxboot * Mon Apr 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of disk image if filesystem type is set to \'squashfs\'. In this mode a read-only root partition is required but the flag to indicate it was not set with this filesystem name * Sat Apr 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.68 released * Sat Apr 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Call fdasd with force option to allow to work with loop devices * Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- return early with error from setStoragePartition if tool to create the partition table can\'t be found * Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.67 released * Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed runtime check __hasBootLoaderTools check for grub2-bios-setup only if the firmare is set to: bios * Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Avoid use of fixed 512 byte blocksize (bnc #864285) * in order to just zero out some space where it does not matter if it\'s 512byte or more, use 4k instead. This is to stay compatible with 4k storage devices * in order to write the correct zipl.conf for targetbase and targetblocksize check for the real physical blocksize and don\'t assume 512byte * Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow the partitioner to also be set as part of the XML description (bnc #864285) Example: parted|fdasd * Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.66 released * Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- By accident the wicked package was added to 12.3 boot image descriptions, but wicked does not exist there * Fri Apr 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Be more clear on the error message displayed when there are not test cases defined for the given image type * Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added better information about test results when calling os-autoinst tests. There is a json formatted results.json file which contains an overall test result information. * Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 and SLE11 JeOS os-autoinst tests * Added a needle for the console picture to match * Mark test as \'important\' in the test flags section * Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.65 released * Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file arch flag for kiwi-desc- *boot packages Depending on which architecture the package is build the contents of the kiwi-desc- *boot packages differ. Thus they are not architecture independent * Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added os-autoinst test case for SLE12 JeOS In addition update the test cases to the latest os-autoinst version * Thu Apr 03 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support new directory of appdata for products when building in OBS 2.5 * Thu Apr 03 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Print epoch for .packages listing * Thu Apr 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- In preparation of multipath support make sure the tools and libs are part of the initrd for SLES12 and SLES11 * Wed Apr 02 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.64 released * Tue Apr 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS * use correct product name \'SLES\' * use Minimal pattern * Tue Apr 01 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.63 released * Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Prefer switch_root over pivot_root * Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.62 released * Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- UDEV_LOG env variable behaves differently between udev versions. Thus don\'t explicitly set it and take the default * Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure sshd service is activated in SLE11 JeOS * Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12 product detection in kiwi software analyser * Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make setup of repotype an optional value: * the section is now allowed to be specified without a type attribute * the --set|add-repo commandline switches are now allowed to be specified without --set|add-repotype if zypper is used as package manager and no type is set for the repository the zypper auto detection is used. In case of any other package manager the default repository type rpm-md is used. An information about the selected type is printed if no type is explicitly set In a sequence of repositories added via commandline arguments using --add-repotype still requires to specify the type for all given repositories in order to be able to correctly assign the type to the added repository in the same way as this is required for alias and priority information * Mon Mar 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- removed zypper version check from KIWIManagerZypper backend * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.61 released * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed udevPending, make sure access to proc is granted * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure pidof command exists in preinit phase even if sysvinit-tools was not installed as part of the system image * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure pidof tool is part of the initrd. This tool is provided in sysvinit-tools thus had to fix the boot image descriptions for SLE12, openSUSE 13.2 and RHEL * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed start of udevd * prefer systemd-udevd if it exists * provide only one function to actually start the daemon * set UDEV_LOG level to info * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed startPlymouth to reset the console after plymouth has messed with it using console_init provided by udev * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t unconditionally set splash=silent * this conflicts with a possible value set in the kernelcmdline attribute * splash=silent impacts \'plymouth show-splash\' in SLE12 not showing any splash which is not the desired behavior * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added jenkins test script for testing OBS product results * Fri Mar 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins tests * added information about possible execution parameters * make sure osc tool will be installed in prepare * Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins/prepare.sh to be more robust with regards to local changes in the kiwi git checkout. basically the checkout is not meant for anybody to perform local modifications * Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added overlayfs to be present in oemboot initrd * Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed documentation about displayname * Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL JeOS * fixed repos for CentOS profile * Added Oracle profile * Thu Mar 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update RHEL JeOS to newer version of yum-utils * Mon Mar 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.60 released * Mon Mar 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12 JeOS image description * exactly state which release package should be installed I decided for sles-release-DVD * Mon Mar 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t waste too much time for waiting on link up. In addition wicked\'s dhcp client does that more efficiently * Mon Mar 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed SLE12 JeOS template description * module-init-tools is not part of SLE12 media * release package is called sles-release * Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.59 released * Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file typo * Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.58 released * Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupNetworkWicked * check for the exit code from wicked_dhcp4 * use debug and --test-output options for calling wicked_dhcp4 * add sleep between ip up and dhcp call * Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for creation of %mysystems macro * Add some comments which explain why we build the macro that way * Restructure the conditions to be more readable * remove building %mysystems macro for sle10 * Fri Mar 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Support creation of install iso images > 4g * Thu Mar 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.57 released * Thu Mar 20 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Allow newer versions of kiwi to be built in SUSE internal build service for older versions of SLE + SUSE internal build service does not define the sles_version macro, need to do ugly nexted if conditions. Luckyly we no longer build openSUSE versions that have the same version identifiers as older SLE versions * Thu Mar 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed fixupOverlayFilesOwnership function The matching of files mentioned in passwd was broken * Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed invalid conversion in printf call * Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed block size used to check for boot sector code in the MBR after legacy grub has finished the installation * Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.56 released * Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use Miscellanea::RequireRcsKeywords in perl critic This module is not provided with the current perl-Perl-Critic packages. * Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Reduce size of boot images for SLE12 and openSUSE 13.2 * packages installed by requires python and dracut are not required inside the kiwi initrd on first boot * Wed Mar 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Display license(s) only if this was explicitly configured with statements in the XML description * Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added jenkins test script for running build jobs * Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-13.2-JeOS template The same changes with regards to products and patterns like on SLE12 applies to this distribution as well * Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.55 released * Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of support * the value was not correctly added to the .profile environment * In addition is often used in combination with the repository attribute prefer-license which downloads the license information and unpacks it below /etc/YaST2/licenses/base In order to let the displayEULA() function in the boot code find this files we had to extend the license search path * Tue Mar 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Simplify jenkins codebase job script * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update jenkins prepare worker script * install kiwi on worker to allow validation and building * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed Makefile * target \'valid\' should return non zero exit code in error case * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins prepare worker script * typo in path name * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins prepare worker script * don\'t use relative path names, we don\'t know where we are * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins prepare worker script * make sure it exits with an error if there was an error * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed jenkins prepare worker script * path to git repo checkout was wrong for pull * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure jenkins/codebase.sh update the git before calling the job * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added jenkins scripts: * jenkins/prepare.sh: setup a worker * jenkins/codebase.sh: allow to call unit/validation and critic tests * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.54 released * Mon Mar 17 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- patterns are handled via rpm dependencies now. drop the plugin to extract old suse-style patterns * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixup KIWICollect.pm for coding style and code comments There is a lot more to do in this module to make the code more readable and understandable. Thus this is just a start * Mon Mar 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Provide more verbose warning message in __checkVMConverterExist * Sun Mar 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed clicfs from RHEL boot descriptions Switch to a split ext3+squashfs live iso type instead * Sun Mar 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed rhel-06.0-JeOS template * allow easy overwrite via --set-repo of the RHEL distro repo * yum-priorities listed twice * Sun Mar 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE11 and RHEL6 JeOS templates to use same source pool from the Virtualization:/Appliances project * Sun Mar 16 2014 magist3rAATTgmail.com- Dramatically reduce creation time of persistent storage. Also disable journal and use ext4 instead of ext3 to enable unibit_bg option * Sat Mar 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file: directory /srv/tftpboot listed twice * Sat Mar 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requires to be valid for rhel and fedora builds * Fri Mar 14 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix package names for subpackage containers * Fri Mar 14 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- use correct attribute for supportstatus * Fri Mar 14 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix missing space for channel file * Fri Mar 14 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- call create_sha1sum also when descrdir is not set * Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.53 released * Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure empty directories still appear as directory node on the kiwi analyse report page * Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed accounting of items in subtree at KIWIAnalyseSystem * Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t display a link to a non existing page on the report page * Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added openssh to the suse-SLE12-JeOS template * Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed product detection in kiwi --describe for SLE12 * Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed git check in kiwi --describe * Fri Mar 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- The installation of patterns and products in SLE12 requires the use of zypper for SLE12. That\'s because the repository metadata has changed with regards to the product definition and in addition patterns are now provided as extra packages. In order to stay compatible the suse-SLE12-JeOS template adds the installation of the base pattern and the SLES product by installing the appropriate packages and includes a comment describing that the definition of and only works if the build host uses the SLE12 zypper * Thu Mar 13 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- skip createpackagedescr and package translations for empty DESCRDIR case * Thu Mar 13 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- skip createsha1sums and directory.yast creation if DESCRDIR is not set * Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added compatibility mode for EFI images on SLE11 * SLE11 supports EFI only via the elilo bootloader with one exception which is secure boot. In that mode the grub2 signed module is used and the functionality is hidden behind an elilo wrapper program so that all tools e.g yast doesn\'t have to really support grub2. In order to leave a SLES image in a supported state it was required to adapt to this layout in kiwi * Thu Mar 13 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- use cloud-init + cloud-init works for us now, we no longer need to depend on the acient sles-ami-tools scripts. * Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.52 released * Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed handling of volume size if no size/freespace is set In this case a default freespace of 20MB applies * Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added \'pvscsi\' and \'lsisas1068\' as allowed disk controller types * Thu Mar 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t set partition type if the default 0x83 type is requested In that case it\'s not needed to set a partition type because the parted default type is the same. In addition this workarounds the problem that the SUSE \'type\' extension is no longer present in parted 3.x * Thu Mar 13 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Don\'t force ovftool for ova. * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add wicked to isoboot boot descriptions for SLE12 and openSUSE 12.3- Add wicked to oem|netboot descriptions for SLE12 on ppc and s390 * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed dhcpcd from isoboot descriptions. wicked is used instead- Removed memtest86+ from isoboot descriptions. It\'s not on the media if you need memtest add it as bootinclude to the system image XML * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Code cleanup, shorten long lines * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of efi suffix to control when linux/linuxefi and initrd/initrdefi commands are used in the grub.cfg file * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 core image creation Make sure we use the grub modules from the target distro and not the ones from the build host * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Activate bootloader graphics for secure boot * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 legacy bios prefix setup If firmware is set to efi the prefix for the legacy bios grub.cfg was also set to the efi path which was wrong * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-SLE12-JeOS image template Use EFI setup by default, kiwi uses parted\'s bios_grub flag to stay compatible with the legacy BIOS * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed clicfs from boot descriptions for SLE12 and openSUSE 13.2 With overlayfs there is a successor provided with the kernel. In order to use clicfs add the package with the bootinclude attribute as part of your system image description * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed clicfs from boot images for ppc and s390 * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-SLE12-JeOS image template Update packages names for plymouth, grub2 and gfxboot branding packages Update theme name, for SLE12 it\'s \'SLE\' * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added \'fs/isofs/ *\' to the boot image descriptions for SLE12 and openSUSE 13.2. The kernel people decided to build ISO9660 support as module now (bnc #867834) * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed netboot overlay setup code Make sure setupUnionFS is called if UNIONFS_CONFIG is set In addition correctly update the devices set in the variable by the setupUnionFS function and make sure unionFST has a value in all union modes * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed master-boot-code to be a required package The mbr provided with this package is only used if kiwi is called with the --grub-chainload option and the concept also only works with legacy grub which is on its way to becoe obsolete * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed listImage() to print a message if no templates can be found * Wed Mar 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup/Improve usage output If you just call kiwi without any arguments you got the long usage list which is not very helpful. Thus this has changed to print a message what you could do next including a list of currently available templates * Tue Mar 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed unionfs-fuse from package list of netboot images because it\'s not part of the medias. If you need the support add the package in the system image XML as follows: * Tue Mar 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed templates for rhel_5. Due to the latest move of RH with regards to CentOS we focus on supporting CentOS/RHEL starting with version 6 * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.51 released * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, use fdupes for SUSE only * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete run-init tool from kiwi-tools * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.50 released * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete lxc requires (bnc #867394) * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update suse-SLE12-JeOS template * build UEFI capable image by default * build hybrid capable install image by default * activate SLES boot graphics for ISO type * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed indention and variable quoting in the functions baseStripAndKeep and baseStripTools of KIWIConfig.sh * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added gettext in RHEL boot image descriptions * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build, make sure setctsid is provided in kiwi-tools for distributions which doesn\'t provide it * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed initrd creation tool call dracut vs. mkinitrd Merge the two function into one setupInitrd function and remove code duplication. Also prefer dracut if installed * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.49 released * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed obsolete comment from suse-SLE12-JeOS description * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed media collect code to match required perl critic level * don\'t define scope of variables more than once * return properly from functions * use FileHandle * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup unit test code * remove obsolete ec2 tests * fix Common/ktTestCase.pm to include required perl unit test perl modules * Mon Mar 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added \'make critic\' target for kiwi which calls percritic on the code. This will be used as one test in the integration testing system we currently setup * Sun Mar 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed createCustomDataForType in analyser code Don\'t ignore empty directories- Added custom strip implementation in __stripCustomData which provides only the name of the directory if all data below this directory contains only custom files. Problem is that other types of data e.g repo checkouts might vanish from the report which is imho unwanted. Therefore the code is currently deactivated * Fri Mar 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.48 released * Fri Mar 07 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support for user defined subdirs for susetag meta data written by Rudi * Fri Mar 07 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support generation of support flags into channel files, if defined via .kwd file format * Fri Mar 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed misleading error message in setupReadWrite (bnc #867174) The function uses \'mount\' to test if the read-write location can be mounted. If not or RELOAD_IMAGE is set the read-write part is created from scratch and that action is logged accordingly. The possible error message from the mount call is a false positive information here and just makes people nervous :) Thus should not be logged * Fri Mar 07 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support non-standard rpm directories for products Can be used to create pool channels without a suse/ subdirectory. Written by roAATTsuse.de * Fri Mar 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi completion. Don\'t loose default completion * Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.47 released * Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed getNicNames in kiwi boot code (bnc #867148) * The function should ignore the loopback nic \'lo\' * The network code should not deal with any fixed interface name like \'eth0\' * Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure \'ip\' and \'fuser\' commands also exists for the boot descriptions for s390/ppc and arm architectures * Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure package providing \'fuser\' command is installed in all boot image descriptions * Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure package providing \'ip\' command is installed in all boot image descriptions because the code using the obsolete ifconfig tool has been replaced by using the \'ip\' command * Thu Mar 06 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- create channel file templates for products This is replacing the .packages generation code since it is similar, but the channel files are better defined and structured. * Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Add check for EFI fat image on iso media in makeIsoEFIBootable If the EFI fat image already exists don\'t recreate it. When building product media the image is provided by the installation-images- * package thus no need to create the same thing again. Also add a loginfo entry in this case * Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in function call for addBootLive It does not receive a parameter * Thu Mar 06 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow Expand/Collapse of section in the kiwi --describe report page * Wed Mar 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.46 released * Wed Mar 05 2014 cooloAATTsuse.de- Skip invalid appdata files in KIWICollect For this we parse the XML and if it succeeds, we rewind and continue concat the XML snippets * Wed Mar 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.45 released * Wed Mar 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure GATEWAYS information from the wicked dhcp request is used to update the default route accordingly * Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added bash completion script * completes all long commandline options * completes option values for --build|--prepare and --type * Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup options list format long option first, short option next, option constraint last * Tue Mar 04 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support appdata rpmmd repos- skip sqlite databases in rpmmd- default to sha256 checksums * Tue Mar 04 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- support creation of repoid tags inside of rpmmd repos- sync 13.2 code base with SLE 12 * Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of add-repoprio and add-repoalias options If either a repository priority or alias is specified on the commandline it must be specified for all added repositories in order to make clear for which repository the parameters should apply (bnc #865230) * Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.44 released * Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS template There is still no product definition in the DVD repo * Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized value $logdata If there is an undefined value passed as log data we should no do anything with it. In addition fixed a typo for the subsequent error message, missing newline * Tue Mar 04 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- GRUB2 binary got renamed to fit HFS 8.3 We should have grub2 binary compatible with HFS\'s 8.3 format Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Tue Mar 04 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Adapt to ppc media layout change Media layout for ppc now looks like media layout on other arches Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Tue Mar 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed order of fstab entries created by updateBootDeviceFstab If /boot/efi is first it will be covered by /boot. Thus the order must be /boot first and /boot/efi second * Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in kiwi-media-requires recommends list \'K\' vs \'k\' * Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.43 released * Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"- the controller type \'scsi\' does not exist for VMware\" This reverts commit 78077282df830e1f7d7b4e47f0953246186cca15 I did something stupid here and changed the key name of the config file which makes the config file invalid * Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make git a recommended package in the spec file Modularize analyser code to work with and without git * Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suseGFXBoot graphics boot setup with gfxboot-devel Because of the change which uses isolinux as loader for install ISO media and not the configured disk bootloader as eltorito alternative loader we need both boot graphics formats available the one for isolinux as well as the one for the selected system bootloader. The code in suseGFXBoot reflects this for the boot graphics provided by packages but not if the user provides a custom tarball for use with gfxboot-devel * Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed misleading function names getInstallFailsafe -> getInstallProvideFailsafe setInstallFailsafe -> setInstallProvideFailsafe This is all about if a failsafe menu entry should be provided to the image boot configuration or not. Thus the function names should describe this and not lead to the assumption that one can select the failsafe entry from the boot menu which is actually done by the installboot=\"failsafe-install\" attribute * Mon Mar 03 2014 msAATTsuse.de- the controller type \'scsi\' does not exist for VMware lsilogic and buslogic define scsi controllers. Thus use lsilogic as the default scsi controller * Sat Mar 01 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Fix installiso for oem image type. * Fri Feb 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.42 released * Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed createS390CDLoader() for s390 media creator The s390 loader file cd.ikr was created on demand but the new installation-images packages provide this file. Thus there is no reason to create it if it already exists * Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed custom files analyser More intuitive and not only directory based level 1 search in / Fix for rpm directory strip, expression would match e.g /emil in the same way as /emil1 which is wrong * Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.41 released * Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed build for ppc and s390 Accidentally leaving broken links in the vmxboot descriptions * Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.40 released * Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file kiwi-tools should specify the %{_defaultdocdir}/kiwi as a directory entry otherwise we might end up with the directory not belonging to any package but files inside do belong to a package * Thu Feb 27 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupNetworkWicked Use bin/wickedd-dhcp4 instead of the mainstream wicked program wicked relies on dbus which is not helpful within an initrd environment. Fortunately there is the wickedd-dhcp4 helper which just asks for the lease from the DHCP. The setup of the network interface and routing is then done by setupNetworkWicked but will change in the future if wicked becomes more mature * Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure ip command is part of the oem and netboot image descriptions starting with openSUSE 13.2 and SLE12. Instead ifconfig is no longer part of these descriptions * Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure wicked is part of the oem and netboot image descriptions starting with openSUSE 13.2 and SLE12 * Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added SLES12 boot image descriptions for s390 and ppc * Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update netboot/suse-SLES12 boot image descriptions Package nbd does not exist on SLES12 * Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added command call information into kiwi log * Wed Feb 26 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file * Summary is first line after %package * Summary texts more clear and not specific to openSUSE * Update recommended list of packages for kiwi-media-requires * Correct url for submitting issues * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWILinuxRC boot code fixes * Added support for setting up the network with wicked Used by the PXE boot code in kiwi: setupNetworkWicked * Eliminate the use of ifconfig in the boot code. write functions based on ip instead * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update unit tests to work with new schema version * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update all templates and examples to new schema version * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update schema version from 6.0 to 6.1 * added xslt stylesheet auto updating the schema version * added xslt stylesheet auto updating opensuseProduct to product section * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Rename misleading to section Something like was weird * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file recommends db45-utils and db48-utils should be recommended in a row * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update list of recommended packages in spec file Problem here is that by default SUSE installs with recommended packages which in case of kiwi will cause a huge workload because e.g the recommended jing package pulls the entire java stack. Because of that the list of recommends has been reduced * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added virt-utils requires for kiwi-instsource package qemu-img is used for building products (bnc #865242) * Tue Feb 25 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed call of file search method used with grub2 * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.39 released * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure makeIsoEFIBootable is called in the SUSE/SLE installation media creator aka: KIWICollect (bnc #865242) * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up fix for makeIsoEFIBootable (bnc #865242) Architecture string was not correctly validated * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Moved creation of isolinux efi fat image into its own function KIWIIsoLinux::makeIsoEFIBootable() and reduce code duplication. Related to (bnc #865242) * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.38 released * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update netboot boot descriptions for 13.1 and 13.2 Added unionfs-fuse package by default (bnc #865229) * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow to use --add-package option also when building boot images. This is related to (bnc #865229) * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update NBD documentation (bnc #865237) NBD has changed their negotiation style from port to name based * Mon Feb 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed nbd-client invocation in netboot (bnc #865237) nbd has changed it\'s negotiation style from port based server to name based exports. Thus the client has to connect to an export name and not a port the server listens to Example NBD server config: [generic] user = root group = root [export1] exportname = /some/file Example NBD localhost test: nbd-server -C config-file nbd-client -N export1 localhost /dev/nbd0 * Sun Feb 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure overlayfs and ext4 are part of the netboot boot image descriptions for 13.1/13.2 SLED12/SLES12 (bnc #865229) * Sun Feb 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up patch for commit (bnc #865229) The copy of the initrd to /run/initramfs has to skip the special paths used for overlay filesystems * Sat Feb 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follow up patch for last commit (bnc #865229) Call resetBootBind only if NETBOOT_ONLY is _not_ set * Sat Feb 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setupBootPartitionPXE in a NFSROOT setup the variable imageRootDevice is not empty but does not point to a real local device, it points to an nfs root mountpoint. Thus we need to leave the function early because setting up a boot partition doesn\'t make any sense (bnc #865229) * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed kiwi --info * if there are solver problems, display the error information * added object destructor to cleanup repo loop mounts * exit with error if requested information can\'t be delivered * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.37 released * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of custom.files * target directory was not set correctly * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.36 released * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file requires and recommends * lxc doesn\'t need to be recommended because the plain building task does not require lxc to be around * clicfs has a successor with overlayfs and should no longer be recommended * lvm2, squashfs and master-boot-code are relevant requires for building disk based images. Thus they are needed along with the kiwi-desc-vmx|oemboot sub-packages but not with the kiwi base package * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Compatibility fix for the \'git init\' call older versions of git do not accept a directory as parameter like the version we have in SLE11 * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.35 released * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed writeXML * The creation of the package items should use the native XML methods and not directly hook into the internal data structure * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed code reducing a package list to the minimum required solver list. The result is correct but it takes long if many packages are installed and the result is not uniq * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.34 released * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed creation of kiwi template description in kiwi --describe * use a fixed bootstrap section as default to avoid solver problems when building a new system from scratch * add analysed packages and patterns to the image section and not to bootstrap so that they will be installed by the native installer inside the chroot * instead of adding items to a delete section add them as ignore this will make use of the zypper al feature and is the better approach * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed capability check for old satsolver perl binding * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.33 released * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added git clone url to the result of kiwi --describe * also added a function getIPAddress which is used for the clone url as well as for the custom files sync script * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed return value for getHardwareDependantPackages if no such packages was found the function should return undef instead of a pointer to an empty data structure * Fri Feb 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed udev rule for suse-SLE12-JeOS lan0 nic name the match for KERNEL was still based on eth * * Wed Feb 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.32 released * Wed Feb 19 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added lan0 persistent nic interface name based on a udev rule and a dhcp interface configuration for it to the SLE12 JeOS template * Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed calculation of rest items on a leaf * Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Flag hidden directories as \'hidden-directory\', hidden file as \'hidden-file\' and a file in a hidden directory as \'file-in-hidden-path\' * Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make max_child an argument to createCustomDataForType Set max_child to 5 items for the big text files view but don\'t set a limit for binaries and modified files * Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added wicked as package for SLE12 JeOS * Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed report page, not all views got a hyper link * Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Changed the way how custom files are populated in kiwi --describe * Formerly this was done by creating a hard linked list below a directory called custom/ But this has bad effects e.g on programs checking how many hardlinks exist on a config file like it is done by e.g postfix. Thus we now store a file custom.files instead of an entire tree containing all custom files as input to an auto generated rsync script custom.sync On the report page the script is described and the user can now either sync all of its custom files which is in most cases not wanted or adapt the custom.files prio to the sync. Later there might also be a more convenient way to fiddle with custom.files * Tue Feb 18 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Stop D3 displayed items at max_child = 5 and display the information how many more items exists * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure to canonical encode the perl hash to json * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typos in analyser code * git user.email instead if user.mail * don\'t forgot to close open file descriptor * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure analysis report page builds the menu in the correct sort order * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure RPM modified files get their own D3 report and land as custom files in the custom directory * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed setup of git repo for analysis report * transaction commit was not done after successful analysis * git user and email were missing * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added warning message if no repos are configured on the analysed machine when using kiwi -describe * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of uninitialized values in analyser code * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added SLE12 as target for the kiwi system analyser * Mon Feb 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update SLE12 JeOS image description Fixed a type referencing an openSUSE branding package * Fri Feb 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.31 released * Fri Feb 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed call of distro initrd tool * don\'t rely on run-init helper program, does not exist with dracut and therefore not on SLE12 or RHEL * add generic setupInitrd function which checks for either dracut or mkinitrd and prefers dracut if present * Fri Feb 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fix suse-SLE12-JeOS description to work fur current Alpha Release * Patterns are broken at the moment. They contain packages not part of SLE12 at the moment, e.g yast2-mouse. Thus comment out use of base pattern for the moment * There are no SLES12 branding packages available. Thus comment out grub2 and plymouth branding * Thu Feb 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Improve searching for custom files Make the code more readable, also skip proc/devpts/sysfs filesystems Along with that search in junks and make sure the xargs limit is not exceeded. Also reduce the list of searched directories with regards to the recursive search done by find * Wed Feb 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of config-yast-autoyast.xml If this file is present in the kiwi configuration directory, kiwi setup an environment which activates the call of autoyast on first boot. The file install.inf controlls this environment. With this patch the parameter \'Textmode\' will be set to \'0\' which activates the start of yast on a X-Server and falls back to ncurses mode if no X-Server can be started * Wed Feb 12 2014 dvaleevAATTsuse.com- Bless grub2 binary for pmac Signed-off-by: Dinar Valeev * Tue Feb 11 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure xfs_db is not deleted from initrd * Mon Feb 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.30 released * Mon Feb 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Incorporate KIWICollect patch by roAATTsuse.de downgrade isohybrid error to warning, this does not work on all architectures * Mon Feb 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.29 released * Fri Feb 07 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- handled the very special SLE 12 case for requires * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.28 released * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.27 released * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file KIWIIsoLinux-AppleFileMapping.txt was moved * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.26 released * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Moved KIWIIsoLinux-AppleFileMapping.txt to metadata directory In addition change the prefix to .map * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Present custom files view links in a table * Fri Feb 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed .changelog helper tool don\'t include conflict and merge commits * Thu Feb 06 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Print user/group IDs. * Wed Feb 05 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added preCallInit hook call to netboot boot image descriptions This hook already existed in oem and vmx boot images and was still not added to netboot * Tue Feb 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkYaSTenvironment() runtime check With this check kiwi searches the given package list for entries starting with \'yast2\' in order to make sure the user has at least added one yast client module if either the use of autoyast or the yast2 firstboot service was requested as part of the image description. It has turned out that people using autoyast in kiwi often forget to add the required YaST client packages. This check cannot make sure that the autoyast profile works correctly, it also does not know which client packages are required but it at least gives a hint if no yast stack is installed * Tue Feb 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed JeOS image descriptions Added a function suseRemoveYaST which removes the yast packages if they are not needed by e.g autoyast or firstboot service. Replaced the unconditional remove of yast packages in all JeOS config.sh scripts by the new function * Tue Feb 04 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Implementation of new analyser code. Refactor the existing code to run faster and removed unused analyser code. In addition some tasks are done by shell scripts with regards to be able to use the same code in the Alfred project * Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t limit suseInsertService to .service suffix for systemd * The service file is now searched in several directories and as suffix .system and .mount is allowed * Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.25 released * Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupNetwork() function in order to assign a network interface according to the BOOTIF MAC address information kiwi searches through a list of mac addresses and if found assigns the appropriate interface. This search was broken because the MAC from BOOTIF is lowercase whereas the mac list contains upper case data. Thus the mac list data is turned into lowercase to allow a correct matching * Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Make sure image is filled with random data prior to the creation of a luksFormat on it * Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __hasBootLoaderTools runtime check With this check we test if the tool chain to install the requested bootloader is installed on the image build machine * Fri Jan 31 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added type attribute This attribute allows to select a specific set of options passed to the cryptsetup call in order to create a consistent luks format supported by the capabilities of the selected distribution. With this commit luksOS=\"sle11\" will be supported * Fri Jan 31 2014 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- Added fedora deps. * Thu Jan 30 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.24 released * Wed Jan 29 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseTemplate * use single quotes for URL and Alias when setting up repos in the auto generated config.sh template. This is needed if the URL uses special characters which are evaluated in the shell * Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware * added analyser for packages to become deleted. when inspecting the system the code now also compares the result of the solved required packages list with the currently installed packages. packages required by the solver but not installed are treated as unwanted and put into a delete typed packages section * Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Remove desktop profile from SLE12 boot image descriptions (bnc #860792) * SLES12 will not provide a kernel-desktop package * Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed volume setup * make sure non existing mount point directories are created * allow the volume name .snapshot(s) to be a valid name * Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkHaveTypeToBuild runtime check With this check the presence and selection of a build type is checked * Tue Jan 28 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added __checkCorrectRootFSPermissons runtime check With this check kiwi validates the consistency of the created unpacked root tree while calling the create step. Consistency means a number of LSB toplevel directories is checked for their correct root/root owner and group name. Recently people using NFS or ZFS as image target directory ran into the problem that the filesystem stores files under the nobody user identity even if the caller was root. The result is a completely broken system which should be prevented by this runtime check * Mon Jan 27 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- generate \"scsi\" as the device type prefix for all controllers except for ide in the .vmx file * Mon Jan 27 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- support a boottimeout value of 0 + at present we checked for boottimeout value to evaluate to true, but in Perl the string \"0\" evaluates to false although the string is not empty, thus the truth test failed an we used the default of 10 * Fri Jan 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.23 released * Fri Jan 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed GRUB_TIMEOUT setup in etc/default/grub the kiwi boot code did not hand over the value from the XML space to the appropriate grub config file so that grub2-mkconfig did not incorporate the value * Fri Jan 24 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed invocation of oemboot::postImageDump hook script The hook should be called in any case no matter which other oem install options are defined * Fri Jan 24 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- ec2 example for 13.1 + forgot to commit this with the doc changes in 87b49253440eda * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.22 released * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure /var/cache/kiwi/satsolver exists when running a solver job * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, cleanup and update package descriptions * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, cleanup obsolete build requires * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec, starting with openSUSE 12.1 libsolv is used * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, the perl requirement should not be strictly set on a specific perl version, >= the distro version is more accurate * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, db45-utils should be a generic recommendation * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, squashfs exists on all supported versions no suse_version check needed anymore * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file, clicfs is not a requirement * Thu Jan 23 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added libsolv support to KIWISatSolver The class supports libsatsolver and libsolv, if libsolv is present it is preferred because it\'s the successor of libsatsolver * Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- restructure KIWISatSolver class In preparation to support libsolv the satsolver class has been redesigned to work with both the libsatsolver and the libsolv implementations. Support for libsolv will follow soon * Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of system installed solvables in KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware * instead of reading all existing solv files in /var/cache/zypp we only use those which are enabled in the zypper repo list * Wed Jan 22 2014 adrianAATTsuse.de- add new mediastyles openSUSE 13.2 and SLE 12 to support handling of cpeid tags * Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in suse-12.3-JeOS/config.xml * accidentally committed an attribute change which was only meant to test a runtime check * Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- some changes to the arm suse-13.2-JeOS template and code * currently suse-13.2-JeOS contains only a profile for raspberry * the vboot support uses no gpt if the berryboot loader is set * vboot + berryboot creates a boot setup which let the standard raspberry loader chainload our uboot which then loads the kernel and initrd from a linux ext2 second partition * Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * updates EC2 chapter, kiwi uses disk images instead of flat filesystem images now to support EC2 * Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed docbook syntax for changes recently done in kiwi-doc-ec2.xml * Wed Jan 22 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWISatSolver to work with new solvables Unfortunately I was told that the current solver bindings provided with the perl-satsolver package will no longer be maintained. Instead there will be a new lib and package called libsolv. kiwi needs to adapt to the bindings for libsolv in order to stay compatible with the solver results of the zypper package manager. At the moment the problem of the new \"self-conflict\" feature could be solved by setting set_allow_self_conflicts in the old satsolver library, which is what this patch does. For the future we need to support libsolv though * Tue Jan 21 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- final touches for EC2 changes + let kiwi add root= to the kernel command line for EC2 images this is needed to get the drivers to load properly + consider installfailsafe setting for grub vmx images * Tue Jan 21 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update the documentation for the EC2 image build + document new commands to use for uploading images aws-cli vs ec2- * commands + changes due to the new way of building images- we no longer create the bundle in kiwi _ adjust for removed XML elements- update the examples to reflect the new type element setup for EC2 * Tue Jan 21 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix spelling EC2 not Ec2 * Tue Jan 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for KIWIGlobals::mount() method let the check for disk or filesystem also work if blkid does not support PTTYPE detection. In this case we assume a disk if we don\'t get any blkid information. Older versions of blkid don\'t support partition table type detection * Tue Jan 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed vmx type definition for EC2 usage in all templates * use ec2 and ec2k boot and kernel profiles * Tue Jan 21 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update oem/vmx boot image descriptions to allow selecting an ec2 setup profile and an ec2 kernel profile * Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Support creation of install CD images for Xen dom0 oem type * Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed KIWIGlobals::mount() method The detection for a disk device is now done by checking for PTTYPE using blkid * Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo, missing result flag * Mon Jan 20 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Change the way we create an EC2 image + Previously we created an EC2 image as a flat filesystem image this requred some special codeing and we ended up calling mkinitrd from within kiwi. As mkinitrd evolved to require a live root filesystem and with the impending move to dracut we need to start using a kiwi generated initrd. Therefore, EC2 image will now be created as disk images just like other vmx images. We also drop the use of the external ec2-ami-tools. Creating abundle is relatively easy and this functionality requires people to add thei EC2 credentials to the config file. That makes it easy to accidentally share private information. + Remove XML elemnts ec2config and its children ec2accountnr, ec2certfile, ec2privatekeyfile, ec2region + Introduce \"ec2\" as a firmware option we need this to set the partition table to be gpt instead of msdos + Print an error message for format=\"ec2\" during XML validation we maintain format=\"ec2\" in the schema for now to allow us to generate a more sensible error message than the parser would. This is an incompatible schema change + Remove EC2 region check in Validator + Remove KIWIEC2Region.txt + Update unit tests + Properly pass the boottimeout setting to the initrd config + Remove the XMLEC2Data object and its unit tests + Remove special code for EC2 initrd creation calling mkinitrd * Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed ec2 kernel profile for 13.1/13.2 and SLE11/12 the required xen drivers were not added when using ec2 profile the xen package must not be installed when using ec2 profile * Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added ec2Flavour profile to create EC2 VMX disk image types along with this change the examples using format=\"ec2\" were adapted to disk layout instead of flat (filesystem) layout too * Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed spec file Provide a better and more detailed description about the use and scope of the kiwi-tools sub-package * Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Follup fix for suse-13.2 arm JeOS image template, again repo setup * Mon Jan 20 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed suse-13.2 arm JeOS image template, repository setup * Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.21 released * Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed typo in output message, wrong indention * Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed call of setBuildType in KIWIBoot Do this only if a system image/directory is passed to the object * Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Print information about which kernel is extracted from the initrd * Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Changed SLES/SLED boot image descriptions to install all packages in one host zypper controlled bootstrap step. This allows using these descriptions also with older SLES products which provides a not supported zypper version * Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed misleading error message when mapping the kernel file name to a common name. If a file with this name alredy exists we print an error but there is no error. * Fri Jan 17 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update template/armv7l/suse-13.2-JeOS * fix source path for Factory ARM, remove obsolete driver data * Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.20 released * Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed use of new KIWIFilesystemOptions object There were still references using fsopts as array and not object reference * Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.19 released * Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- handle packages marked as bootincluded in the bootstrap phase of the image build and not in the image phase. * Thu Jan 16 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Update arm JeOS image descriptions * Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed labels configured in isolinux.msg The isolinux.msg is the text file displayed if no graphics theme could be displayed in the isolinux bootloader. In that message file the label \"Boot from Hard Disk\" was missing * Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIManagerZypper, allow package locks Using an ignore statement in the section like this did not had an effect because kiwi did not set a zypper add lock on the specified items. This patch now takes care for the ignore setup and allows to prevent the installation of packages even if zypper would have selected them. If a hard required package e.g glibc is set to become ignored this of course will cause a non solvable conflict and the process exits with an error * Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added install ISO compatibility link for non standard EFI firmware EFI/Boot -> EFI/BOOT * Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Fixed grub2 prefix setup in grub.cfg. if $root is changed by a search it\'s important to update the prefix accordingly- Fixed grub2-bios-setup call If the install disk is loop mounted while calling grub2-bios-setup the call fails the install command can\'t deal with disk devices mapped in /dev/mapper * Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIImageFormat fixed use of qemu-img adapter_type option. If controller ist set to \'ide\' no adapter_type needs to be specified because ide is the default * Wed Jan 15 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Allow vmxboot to boot Xen EC2 instances In order to do that the boot device setup code now also searches for the presence of the \'root=...\' information from cmdline as it is passed when booting via EC2. If found the given device is used and the system boots in LOCAL_BOOT mode * Tue Jan 14 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware use system installed solvables from /var/cache/zypp/solv. This speedup the system inspection task (kiwi --describe) * Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.18 released * Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- diffChangedConfigFiles Be more verbose if a content diff for a modified configuration file can\'t be created * Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseSUSE.kiwi use international standardized example domain and names * Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware * added a post solver task which reduces the full solved list of packages into a list of only needed packages with regards to the package requirements * Mon Jan 13 2014 msAATTsuse.de- KIWISatSolver * The quiet parameter was not evaluted correctly and caused a wrong code workflow and broke the solver result * Improved performance of the solver. The preparation of the pool should happen only once * Sun Jan 12 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Fri Jan 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Removed static eth0 dhcp network setup from JeOS 13.1/13.2/SLE12 templates. Reason for the change is that network device names are no longer persistent starting with openSUSE 13.1. Thus we don\'t know about the device at build time and cannot safely provide an ifcfg- configuration. * Fri Jan 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- Added in code debug switch for grub2 Currently grub2 debugging is switched off by default but for getting more information while grub2 loads it\'s useful to activate the debug flag by commenting out the line in the code * Fri Jan 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added gfxboot-branding-SLES package to SLES JeOS image template when building install media we want graphics :-) * Fri Jan 10 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added cleanup code for /var/cache/kiwi/zypper/repos kiwi should only use the relevant .repo files according to the repositories specified in the XML description * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- mount isofrom location with -o nolock (bnc #857824) * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- update all templates to schema version 6.0 * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- added XSL stylesheet to auto update from 5.9 to 6.0 * oem-align-partition element will be deleted if present * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- increase schema version from 5.9 to 6.0 * oem-align-partition has been deleted * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- DB: remove information about obsolete oem-align-partition * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete oem-align-partition setup in oemconfig section * partitions will always be aligned * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.17 released * Thu Jan 09 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of $hybrid variable in createImageLiveCD The value is an integer not a string, thus checking for \"true\" will not cause the correct effect. This fixes the problem that isohybrid was not called even if the hybrid attribute was set in the XML description * Wed Jan 08 2014 msAATTsuse.de- make sure mountpoint and checkproc tools stay in initrd (bnc #857824) * Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed test for mounted directory in unit test ktTestCase.pm helper module * if /kiwi is a mountpoint the script takes the wrong decision * Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- compatibility fix for prove command on older versions of perl * the option -f does not exist on older versions of prove * Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed test for mounted directory in unit test cleanup helper * if /kiwi is a mountpoint the script takes the wrong decision * Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.16 released * Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KTFilesystemOptions unit test the Test::Unit::Lite framework is used for kiwi * Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed .changelog helper tool to allow transformation of git commit style comments into suse package changelog format * Tue Jan 07 2014 msAATTsuse.de- fixed push to array to work also with older perl versions * Sat Jan 04 2014 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- move the filesystem options into an Object + eliminate a method in the Globals singleton that is FS independent, confusing and returns data structure that gets indexed, making data access error prone + first step to moving filesystem options into XML and unifying it with existing ZFS setting in the XML + we should not have disconnected ways of dealing with filesystem options + this will help with the implementation of *Builder classes for the various filesystems- fix type in the command line test trigger- fix inconsistency when applying tune options for ext file systems for the root file system + previously it was possible that both user specified tune options and built in kiwi option were passed to tune2fs. The tune2fs manpage does not specify the behavior when the same option is specified twice * Thu Jan 02 2014 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- Switch to kmod-compat Otherwise you\'ll get a conflict in the build service: conflict for provider of module-init-tools needed by kiwi-desc-oemboot-requires, (provider module-init-tools is conflicted by installed kmod-compat) * Fri Dec 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.15 released * Fri Dec 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Cleanup isoboot code * prevent use of fixed loop device name * Fri Dec 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup variable setup for oemboot * remove unused variable required for isoboot only * Fri Dec 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot of split systems * the loop device setup for the read-only squashfs part was broken * Wed Dec 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyeCustomData: Create a custom.json file in addition to the custom dir tree The custom.json file contains the name, directory, binary and permission information for each file we found and categorized as unmanaged * Mon Dec 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.14 released * Mon Dec 16 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- Add templates for ppc64le * Mon Dec 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: berryboot fixes * berryboot can\'t read directories, thus we have to keep kernel and initrd and all other files on the toplevel of the fat32 * berryboot does not pass ATAG_INITRD2 to the kernel, thus we have to set address and size ourselves * Mon Dec 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure gfxterm and gfxmenu are embedded into grub loader module * Fri Dec 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make sure the fat32 filesystem is created with the -I option + See mkdosfs for details on the -I switch. This finally fixes the boot problems on the Raspberry-Pi boards * Fri Dec 13 2013 guillaume.gardetAATToliseo.fr- Update copyBootCode function * Add support to check for /boot/dtb/ since DTB files will be stored in this folder * Fri Dec 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make sure there is no x86 boot code in MBR * Fri Dec 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupBootLoaderStages grub module setup (bnc #847912) * prevent the use of insmod and put them into the grub2 loader module directly. For secure boot dynamic loading of modules is not allowed and we also fix the undefined symbols problem as described in the bug * Fri Dec 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed dn() function to work correctly with loop devices (bnc #855288) * Thu Dec 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Update all JeOS templates to include the gfxboot-branding if the selected image type is \"oem\". This is done to have a graphics boot menu for install iso images * Thu Dec 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Use isolinux to boot an install CD + Instead of using the bootloader selected for the image raw disk to boot the install iso we use isolinux which is the correct loader for an iso. In addition this now also allows to create hybrid install iso images * Wed Dec 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- on construction of a KIWIXML instance, return early if no pointer to the image configuration directory is defined * Wed Dec 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added better comments describing what eltorito boot image is used for an install ISO * Tue Dec 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.13 released * Tue Dec 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of report page in kiwi --describe * better information about gem list, only system gems are listed * clean list view, no empty lines * Tue Dec 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.12 released * Tue Dec 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Added better in-code documentation in KIWIAnalyseCustomData and improved the code flow by reducing the set of unmanaged data with the rpm managed data in the first place- fixed all KIWIQX::qxx calls which are called in list context The result of KIWIQX::qxx is always in scalar context, calling in list context will put the result as one element of the list * Tue Dec 10 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- cleanup the evaluation of kiwi_ variables inside the initrd + the following elements/attributes accepts true|false values: , compressed, hybrid, hybridpersistent and ramonly These settings are propagated without changes to the linuxrc code that evaluates the variable to decide whether or not to perform an action. The evaluation in the shell code was based on yes|no an old relic that used to be use in the XML a long time ago. This update changes the evaluation in the shell code to true|false. * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.11 released * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update releasetags helper tool * list all committed versions which hasn\'t been tagged and print the git tag command to tag it. stop at the current version which has been tagged * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.10 released * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of size of boot partition of an install stick * the original code just uses the size of the initrd to estimate a size for the boot partition of the install stick. But this might be too small. Thus the function __getBootSize which also evaluates the value of the bootpartsize attribute is used * Mon Dec 09 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- Added ppc64le link to system/repo * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.9 released * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: fixed suse-13.1-JeOS for Raspberry-Pi * there is no MLO for raspberry, thus no need to check for it * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: berryboot fixed setup in config.txt * The initial kiwi initrd and the kernel are in boot/ * Mon Dec 09 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- fixed instsource-plugins support for kiwi v5.06.8 * the change in the KIWIQX module no longer exporting qxx had an impact on the instsource-plugin code. This patch changes the call to a class method call KIWIQX::qxx * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWIRuntimeChecker::__checkSystemDiskData * if a mountpoint with a custom name is given for a volume the check incorrectly used the name as path but it should use the mountpoint as path in this case * Mon Dec 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: berryboot fixes: * make sure KIWIConfig::suseGFXBoot copies all required firmware and loader files from the boot image to the system image below /image/loader * Sun Dec 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed simple initrd creation mode (bnc #854321) * in this mode the inheritance of data from a system to the boot image is not needed because there is no system image just the boot image description. This fixes the handling of profiles passed on the commandline * Sun Dec 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed simple initrd creation mode (bnc #854321) * in this mode no image type was passed because the default build type from the configuration \'cpio\' should be used. Depending on the type the selection to build a boot image or not is done but at the time of the selection the selected build type variable was not set * Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed copyBootCode method * if no jump partition is set the function still has to proceed in order to check for boot code which needs to be copied if other bootloaders e.g uboot/berryboot are in use * Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.8 released * Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- berryboot fixes: * make sure the boot partition indicator is set, because we need a fat32 boot filesystem to boot * Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added openSUSE 13.1 JeOS template for raspberry Pi * Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for berryboot bootloader * This loader is used on arm Raspberry-Pi systems * Fri Dec 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized variable $screenLogs * if logging to the terminal is requested this variable is empty * Thu Dec 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Simplify and cleanup the command executor module KIWIQX * There is no code creating instances of KIWIQX, thus we only need class methods and should call as such * If called within the package context the exit status will stay but can still be evaluated as part of the package. That way we can keep the backtrace feature and can better check if enough resources to call the command existed * Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed extending the LVRoot volume * if the size of the root volume is set via the AATTroot attribute in systemdisk and no other allfree volume was specified the LVRoot volume was extended twice times. first with the specified size which is ok and later to the full space because no other volume was specified to take the rest space. The last resize is unwanted in that case. * Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update kiwi man page * added information about new options added in previos commit * Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Added the following options to the analyse custom files code 1. [ --skip-gem-lookup ]\ \"; Don\'t check for files managed by gem. Files managed by gem will then appear as unmanaged files 2. [ --skip-rcs-lookup ] Don\'t check for files managed by revision control systems like git, svn, osc, etc... Files from such repositories will then appear as unmanaged files. 3. [ --skip-augeas-lookup ] Don\'t check for files known to augeas. Files managed by augeas will then appear as unmanaged files. * Wed Dec 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwi analyser default skip list * proc, sys and others were not excluded because of an invalid search pattern * Wed Dec 04 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- Enable ppc64le architecture * Enable powerpc64le architecture, which is almost the same as powerpc64 but little endian * Wed Dec 04 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- kernel-ppc64 -> kernel-default * Starting with openSUSE 12.3, powerpc doesn\'t have special kernel flavor anymore. * Tue Dec 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update example image descriptions in doc/ to make use of suseConfig again as long as we don\'t have a solution to use the systemd tools inside a chroot without affecting the host system setup * Tue Dec 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- deactivate the use of systemd helper tools * The following functions have been disabled because they use the systemd tools timedatectl and localectl. Problem is that these tools doesn\'t work correctly from within a chroot environment. They access the dbus daemon from the host system and thus they change the currently active configuration on the host system which is unwanted setupHWclock setupKeyboardMap setupLocale setupTimezone Instead the old suseConfig kiwi function is used again This function simply changes the configuration files inside the chrooted system tree. suseConfig is called as part of the config.sh kiwi script * Mon Dec 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure search via \'type -p\' has a full path list- make sure the --nocolor option is used with the spin indicator * Fri Nov 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.7 released * Thu Nov 28 2013 magist3rAATTgmail.com- Improve squashfs compression for overlayfs option * use architecture specific compression filter * Wed Nov 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate the use of which in boot code * which is an extra tool, it was packages, splitted, dropped and is handled differently in the pool of distributions. Instead type -p provided as shell builtin is used * Sun Nov 24 2013 magist3rAATTgmail.com- Added xz compression support for initrd * by default gzip compression is in use but you can switch on xz compression with the following entry in the .kiwirc file our $IrdZipper = \"xz\" * Fri Nov 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check for empty destination in cloneImage function * Fri Nov 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OVA creation * when using ovftool extract the created vmdk image and manifest files from the created OVA. This is required to produce streamOptimized vmdk images which can\'t be generated with qemu * fixed Invalid value \'MB\' for element \'VirtualQuantityUnits\' for vSphere 5 in the .ovf file * fixed allocated units set in the .ovf, vSphere 5 requires a value here * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- print a name sorted list when calling \'kiwi --list\' * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- support for SLE 10 is now deprecated * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added templates and boot-descriptions for SLE12 * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete fbiterm font files from boot descriptions * the bug in fbiterm which provided broken fonts is fixed * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- support for openSUSE 12.1 is now deprecated * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added templates and boot-descriptions for openSUSE 13.2 * Thu Nov 21 2013 thardeckAATTsuse.de- improvements to KIWIAnalyse: + added functions to create a diff of changed configuration files all config files are checked against the rpm database and if they have changed the original packages are downloaded and a diff of them is created. The original config files are stored in the cache to prevent another download of the packages at next invocation. The result is stored in the file \'changed_config.diff\' * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- prevent the use of which in the boot code * use type -p instead and provide a function called lookup() * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of /boot/efi directory * instead of checking for boot/efi check for the label EFI in the kiwi_JumpPart partition * even without a seperate boot partition there might be a an EFI partition which should be added into fstab * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWIIsoLinux genisoimage paramter list * if createLegacySortFile does not return a sort file the option -sort should also not be part of the commandline call * Thu Nov 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Nov 20 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add missing \" in element doc- fix attribute name in element description * Mon Nov 18 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- add default gfxmode for GRUB2 if no vga mode was set * Mon Nov 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed gfxmode/gfxpayload setup in kiwi grub2 setup * it\'s possible to set vga=\"0x* Mon Nov 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed company name in analyse report page * Fri Nov 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.06 released * Thu Nov 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- enhance pxeSetupDownloadServer * if the image download server ip is not configured by $kiwiserver the function now also checks for the contents of the $ip variable which exists if pxelinux booted the kernel with \'IPAPPEND 1\' only if we did not get information from $ip the default name tftp.$DOMAIN applies as it was before * Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed broken symlink due to move of results from intermediate build directory to final result directory * Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use ovftool to create an ova format/archive * unfortunately only ovftool supports the full featureset e.g streamOptimized images * added a runtime check to search for ovftool if the format=\"ova\" is requested * Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed support for controller=\"scsi\" in KIWIImageFormat and adapted the runtime checker as well as the unit test * Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update all image descriptions to schema version 5.9 * Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update kiwi schema to version 5.9 * removed scsi as allowed value from vmdisk controller attribute * Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added new xsl stylesheet 5.8 -> 5.9 * the controller type \'scsi\' does not exist for VMware. lsilogic and buslogic define scsi controllers. Thus this attribute value is moved back to the default \'ide\' value Using new controller types requires a specific version of qemu-img which means the only safe translation is back to ide * Wed Nov 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OVF file diskname: file has to be the .vmdk in reference and not the .ovf * Tue Nov 12 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- make sure etc/sysconfig directory exists before temporary copying the proxy configuration into the chroot * Mon Nov 11 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed nested File::Find method fixupLinks in cloneImage * entities found in $File::Find::name always exists, thus it\'s not needed to check their existence * moved the code searching for links with relative pointer into a perl closure method named findLinksRelative * moved the code fixing broken relative links into its own code block * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of rpmsort cache data in KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware * the data was stored as reference but the reference was changed during the process * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove the satsolver cache when running kiwi --describe * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- open custom directory tree browser in a new tab * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of toplevel menu in kiwi analyse * the menu should only contain items found by the analyser * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.05 released * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed push to array to work also with older perl versions * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.04 released * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added new CSS and menu for the kiwi --describe report * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed createDatabaseDump to force compression of database dump even if there is an older dump available * Mon Nov 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- replaced static links by relative ones in the custom data report * this should allow to access the report in a different directory than the default one * Mon Nov 11 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- if format is set to ovf or ova it makes sense to create the standard VMware machine config file (.vmx) too- rename log message from \"Starting\" to \"Creating\" * Sun Nov 10 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- added missing gfxmenu module for grub2 * This prevents the default boot screen to show a broken menu * Sun Nov 10 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed temporary setup of DNS/proxy if cache is used * the code returned before we could copy the appropriate files from the host to the chroot tree if in cache mode * Sun Nov 10 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed cloneImage function * if there are symlinks pointing to a relative destination we fixup the link still pointing to the right location with regards to the new origen of the cloned description * Sat Nov 09 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed openSUSE 13.1 boot descriptions * the default repo setup pointed to 12.3, but should point to 13.1 This is just for completeness and does not hurt because the repo setup for the boot image is inherited by the repo setup from the system image. But for standalone boot image builds it\'s corrected now- arm: fixed openSUSE 13.1 JeOS motd file * printed some old information about 12.3 * Sat Nov 09 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- fixed kiwi --init-cache to find the required typeinfo * Sat Nov 09 2013 cshorlerAATTgooglemail.com- added VDI support for VirtualBox * support format=\"vdi\" in the kiwi type specification * Sat Nov 09 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- partial fix for initrd creation for EC2 images + With the latest release of mkinitrd the multipath.sh script no longer exists. We need to check for it\'s precense before moving it * Fri Nov 08 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- fixed OVF format creation * Rasd entries must be in alphabetical order * Fri Nov 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.03 released * Fri Nov 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for spec file (bnc #845853) * in distributions <= openSUSE 12.2 groupadd/useradd is provided by the package pwdutils and not shadow * Fri Nov 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.02 released * Fri Nov 08 2013 jamesAATTbear454.com- update openSUSE 13.1 JeOS template * update etc/motd * Fri Nov 08 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- enhanced controller type setup in section for vmdk * added support for scsi, lsilogic and legacyESX * call qemu-img convert with correct adapter_type option and check if the installed qemu-img suports the option * write correct virtualDev entry for VMware machine setup * Thu Nov 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file (bnc #845853) * the PreReq\'s for kiwi-pxeboot were missing the shadow tools this is needed because the %post of kiwi-pxeboot checks for the user and group tftp and requires the tools useradd/groupadd to be installed at that time already * Wed Nov 06 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- added support to specify vmdk diskmode in section * monolithicSparse * monolithicFlat * twoGbMaxExtentSparse * twoGbMaxExtentFlat * streamOptimized * Wed Nov 06 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- need to turn off multipath setup in device-mapper for EC2 images + with multipath enabled EC2 images will not boot * Wed Nov 06 2013 schwabAATTsuse.de- added basic dir structure/support for m68k architecture * Wed Nov 06 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- unbroke manifest.mf file: * exclude new line between entries * Tue Nov 05 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- fixed .ovf xml format * need a space as separator between attributes * Tue Nov 05 2013 Kanstantsin_ShautsouAATTepam.com- fixed building of ova format * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- keep error messages from db_test_cmd in createDatabaseDump under perl control * Mon Nov 04 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- move the vmx guest example forward to 13.1 * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.06.01 released * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- branched off kiwi for openSUSE 13.1 * therefore rebuild documentation for next cycle starting at 5.06 * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix to prevent call of setupBootPartition (bnc #847893) * if the hybrid RW partition can\'t be created HYBRID_RW will be unset, thus setupBootPartition would be called but we are still in a hybrid mode. In order to make that clear a new variable skipSetupBootPartition is set to handle all cases * Mon Nov 04 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove %arch as alowed value for the arch attribute of a element + OBS does not subsitutue this use of %arch + kiwi has no substitution mechanism- Implement consistency check for ovf type + when the format of the is specified as ovf the ovftype attribute of the element must be set * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed system to boot data inheritance: * make sure the value for rpm-check-signatures is moved * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed zypper package manager backend: * make sure the value for rpm-check-signatures is used * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in kiwi --help usage message * --recycle-root doesn\'t take an argument * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.44 released * Mon Nov 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test data: patternTattrConsInvalid_2.xml * both profiles my-first and my-second were invalid. this caused either the one or the other error message which could lead to a successful or failed test result. I changed the test data to be clear on the error condition * Fri Nov 01 2013 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- print nicer KIWICollect messages * round minutes to integer * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.43 released * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __checkPatternTypeAttrConsistent test * the test checks for inconsistent patternType combinations in specified profile groups incl. the default group.- changed the function getInstallOption() to decide for the patternType with the highest priority according to the selected profile group(s). The behavior before was to ignore the patternType if it was not the same value over all selected packages sections. This is imho too restrictive- update the unit tests accordingly * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- on arm uboot can only boot with a uImage or a zImage thus in case of the zImage kiwi should make use of it * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyse: added function importDatabases() to KIWIConfig.sh in order to allow the import of complete database sets. This is the counterpart for the recently added KIWIAnalyseCustomData function createDatabaseDump()- the config.sh created by KIWIAnalyse will automatically add an entry to call this function to allow the reimport of the databases during image creation * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyse: use `mysqladmin ping` instead of a netstat+grep to check for running mysql database * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIAnalyse: store exported dbs in /root/var/cache/dbs so they will be imported automatically * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed postprocessing modes * an empty configuration directory was passed * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed usage information about --check-kernel option * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make the checkKernel() function a real check and don\'t try to fix a detected kernel inconsistency. The check for the kernel consistency between the system image and the initrd still needs activation via the commandline option --check-kernel * Thu Oct 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in openSUSE 12.3 JeOS for arm * wrong reference to boot image description * Wed Oct 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.42 released * Wed Oct 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suse-12.3-JeOS for arm * insserv and pwdutils does not exist/renamed * update repo paths * Wed Oct 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added origenFlavour profile in 12.3 JeOS for arm * Wed Oct 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"added origenFlavour profile in 13.1 JeOS for arm\" * this was for the wrong distribution, there is no dtb for the Exynos 4210 CPU on 13.1, thus we can only use the kernel with the old board descriptions. This reverts commit 4c9dc8bb29 * Wed Oct 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added origenFlavour profile in 13.1 JeOS for arm * Wed Oct 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for the kernel search on arm * even if a zImage exists we use the vmlinux.gz like mkinitrd on arm does it at the moment. If this changes in the future that part in kiwi needs adaption as well * added a warning message to the log if the kernel mapping has failed * Tue Oct 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- prefer the vmlinux-$VERSION.gz kernel file on arm * Tue Oct 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed partition alignment for image and repartitioning * images with more than one partition are not aligned for optimal performance except for the first partition This patch fixes this and also make sure the repartition code creates an aligned table too * Tue Oct 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed arm openSUSE 13.1 JeOS image description + some packages e.g insserv does not exist anymore + update kernel used for panda and beagle boards + update buildservice repository paths * Mon Oct 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed augeas import: * check for unknown escape sequences in the value * make sure values are embedded in a single pair of \"...\" * Mon Oct 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in setupAugeasImport * Mon Oct 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed output path in createDatabaseDump * Mon Oct 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- build a more self explaining target database export file name in the createDatabaseDump function * Mon Oct 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed .locale helper tool to operate on real .po changes only * Mon Oct 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- add method createDatabaseDump() to KIWIAnalyseCustomData to check for running db\'s and if they are available try to export the entire content. Right now only Mysql is supported * Mon Oct 28 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- added live ISO image example for 13.1 * Fri Oct 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.41 released * Fri Oct 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- deactivate the use of lxc to run custom scripts (bnc #845617) * some tools e.g groupadd requires access to subsystems like PAM which did not work inside the lxc container because the required precondititions were not added while starting the container. Thus only simple scripts not accessing PAM, udev and other subsystems will work. In addition to that the environment the lxc container itself is started often does not provide the required subsystems e.g support for cgroups. All in all there are more problems than solutions with this concept which is the reason why I disable it for now * Thu Oct 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.40 released * Thu Oct 24 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix use of uninitialized variable * Wed Oct 23 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add the live USB stick example for openSUSE 13.1- adjust verification for firstboot logic install check + in 13.1 YaST has been converted to Ruby and firstboot is now a systemd service, thus we need to check for the new implementations as well- eject conflicts with util-linux in 13.1, remove it from oemboot image * Wed Oct 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed postprocessing modes * e.g the --installstick mode did not work because an XML object was created before the preconditions to do that were fulfilled * Tue Oct 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.39 released * Mon Oct 21 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix setup of target image + at present the build image settings for keymap, timezone and other configuration settings are changed instead of applying the settings to the target image. This fix addresses this bug. * Mon Oct 21 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not ignore addarch, if also the base architecture got added * Mon Oct 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added custom bootkernel profile (bnc #846068) * with the bootkernel=\"custom\" profile one can prevent the installation of a kernel in the kiwi boot image (initrd) This makes sense if a non profiled kernel or a specific version of a kernel is used as part of the system image XML description. Examples: ==> version pinned kernel: ==> non profiled/custom kernel: If the custom bootkernel attribute is used it\'s required to mark the kernel in the system image XML with bootinclude=\"true\" If this is not done the initrd will not have a kernel/modules which is in most cases unwanted * Sat Oct 19 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix repository image inclusion behavior + adding imageinclude=true did not have the desirec effect of adding the specified repo to the image permanently. This changes fixes this problem * Fri Oct 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.38 released * Fri Oct 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file for kiwi-pxeboot sub-package (bnc #845853) * kiwi-pxeboot creates files which belongs to user/group = tftp but it might be the case that the user/group does not exists Thus this patch as a %pre section taking care for this * Thu Oct 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- revert accidentally added test systemdisk section in suse-12.3-JeOS XML description * Thu Oct 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed missing mount and fstab entry for allfree volume * the volume flagged with freespace=\"all\" was ignored in the mount and fstab setup code * Thu Oct 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed partids for LVM setup: * The value kiwi_RootPart must always be a number, whereas in case of LVM we also provide kiwi_RootPartVol which takes the name of the root volume * Thu Oct 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added better information about disk Volumes * Thu Oct 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow standalone building of initrd images like in older version * The image type \'cpio\' was handled as initrd image type but newer versions of kiwi just use it as an archive type for the system image. This is a bad incompatibility and also prevents us from just building kiwi initrd images * Wed Oct 16 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix cut and paste error of comment in the oem-recovery-part-size element definition + comment is displayed in the generated doc and was misleading- add unit test for {g,s}etAtaRaidScan method on OEMConfig class- add unit test for {g,s}setRecoveryPartSize method on OEMConfig class- fix bug regarding oem_recoveryPartSize + the value was never set as member variable thus the get method always returned - fix naming inconsistency between the get and set method for the recovery partition size- add value check for the recovery partition ID + must be a 2 digit hex value + also add unit test for this verification * Tue Oct 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 recovery menu entry * in EFI mode chainloading is not possible, thus we use grub2 to load the loader configuration from the recovery partition this requires at least a non destructed EFI boot partition * Tue Oct 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed partition to search for kiwi initrd in recovery setup * Tue Oct 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- apply changes from commit: d9d0f3bee also to rhel-repart * Tue Oct 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- always make sure devpts is mounted with mode=0620,gid=5 (bnc #845231) * Tue Oct 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwi-desc- *boot-requires for openSUSE 13.1 (bnc #829429) * kernel-xen is supported on x86_64 only * Mon Oct 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OEM repart/install code for EFI images * fixed creation of etc/grub.d/40_custom script to let grub2-mkconfig correctly create the Recovery menu entry * fixed partition ID\'s for repart operation. instead of incrementing kiwi_BootPart we should use the correct values for root,read-only,read-write,lvm as they are written into config.partids * Mon Oct 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- rebuild schema from rnc to rng * Mon Oct 14 2013 mmarekAATTsuse.cz- fixed project changelog creation tool: * avoid localized dates in the .changes file * Mon Oct 14 2013 mmarekAATTsuse.cz- fixed project package tools: * instead of removing the .git directory when generating the tarball for the package, use tar\'s --exclude option * Mon Oct 14 2013 mmarekAATTsuse.cz- Do not require graphical grub data for setting up the recovery data because e.g SLE11 does not provide this data * Sat Oct 12 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add consistency check, the version element is required + bad things will happen in the code if there is no version we assumed the version is always present in many places in the code- expand the validator unit tests- add a trigger to rnu XML and XML Validator tests when the schema changes * Fri Oct 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.37 released * Fri Oct 11 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement consistency check for install media (bnc #845490) + using installstick=\"true\" and hybrid=\"true\" is inconsistent and will generate an error during XML verification * Thu Oct 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed installstick image boot code: * there was a name conflict in the config.partids information actually we have to distinguish between the image root part and the install root part of the stick disk layout. That\'s why I introduced a kiwi_InstallRootPart variable to make that clear * Thu Oct 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed netboot setupNetwork code * variable prefer_iface is local but used globally * variable DHCPCD_STARTED needs to be initialized with an empty string to avoid improper use * handle prefer_iface as array because it was assigned from array ${dev_list[ *]} * Thu Oct 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu Oct 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed opensusePattern vs. namedCollection * Thu Oct 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved __checkType function into the global space (checkType)- fixed checkType function and set an isolinux compliant bootloader if the user requested a hybrid setup for any other than the iso image type- make sure checkType is also called in KIWIBoot because this module reads the image description again from scratch which is needed to support postprocessing modes e.g --bootvm * Wed Oct 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed call of augtool print command in __populateCustomFiles * missing / in files source path * Wed Oct 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.36 released * Wed Oct 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed iso hybrid partition table for 32bit live iso images * if firmware=\"bios\" is set the offset and table setup was incomplete, which results in a broken hybrid persistent partition if the iso was used as disk on e.g a USB stick This fixes (bnc #841392)- fixed KIWICollect::addToReportFile function * perlcritic reports no return value set for this function * Tue Oct 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file (bnc #844538): * missing obsolete information for old package kiwi-desc-xenboot * Mon Oct 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed writing preferences data from the system to the boot image * getPreferences returns a new KIWIXMLPreferenceData object containing combined information. Thus it\'s required to set the changed object back into the KIWIXML space * Sun Oct 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- do not filter out packages marked for deletion prior to the installation of these packages. If one don\'t want to install a package it sould simply not be part of the packages list. But the reason for the delete list was to be able to remove packages installed but unwanted e.g by a pattern or by an invalid/unneeded requirement * Wed Oct 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- protect packages from being deleted if they are explicitly stated to become installed by a bootinclude attribute * Tue Oct 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update false positive list in KIWIAnalyse.skip * Tue Oct 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed livestick cleanup code: * make sure stick mount will be released * Tue Oct 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- remove pmtools package from the delete section of the oemboot/suse-SLE descriptions * Tue Oct 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in function name, duplicate \'Boot\' in name * Fri Sep 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.35 released * Fri Sep 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t call setupBootPartition if HYBRID_RW is set (bnc #827520) * hybrid iso images contain a partition table written by isohybrid if such an iso is dumped on a disk and used in hybrid persistent mode we have to prevent the setup of the boot partition because there is no real boot partition in hybrid mode * Thu Sep 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed code block running with imageinclude=\"true\" * in case the repo already exists, kiwi just updates the path with regards to chroot/non-chroot calls. In that case the imageinclude should not add a repo which is already there * Tue Sep 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.34 released * Mon Sep 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- improvements to KIWIAnalyse: * move KIWIAnalyse.txt to KIWIAnalyse.systems, stores system ID\'s * add KIWIAnalyse.skip, provides exception list for false positives * fix creation of custom tree, don\'t create empty directories * fix handling of progress for empty lists, division by zero * Mon Sep 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file requires: * the new KIWIAnalyse modules requires git to apply version control to the result of the created system description * Mon Sep 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed createHybridPersistent: * the function has to return if it detects that persistent writing is not possible and leave the block without setting HYBRID_RW that fixes (bnc #841662) * Thu Sep 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the repo cache is cleared before running a new analayse process * Thu Sep 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- enhance KIWIAnalyseReport: find if current active kernel version doesn\'t match any installed package and put that information in the report * Thu Sep 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed reading cache in KIWIAnalyse * Thu Sep 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed base path setup in __populateCustomFiles * use of uninitialized value after handling that case * Thu Sep 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed bios partition type setup: * upstream parted supports \'set partition flag state\' whereas flag can\'t be a hex id as we need it when setting e.g a fat partition type. Thus we use the suse extension as fallback which allows to set: \'set partition type hexid\' * Wed Sep 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added some notes in the KIWIAnalyse code: * it would be good to move packagemanager related calls into the KIWIManager abstraction class and support more than only zypper * Wed Sep 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure zypper calls runs in POSIX locale * Tue Sep 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow bootinclude to be processed for bootstrap packages too * Tue Sep 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- add more information to assert_array_equal in unit testing framework * Tue Sep 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- split code in KIWIMigrate into classes: * KIWIAnalyse * KIWIAnalyseCustomData * KIWIAnalyseManagedSoftware * KIWIAnalyseReport * KIWIAnalyseTemplate * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.33 released * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cache handler in KIWIMigrate * if cache is invalid it\'s a bad idea to store the path to the old cache * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for the IFS restore in kernelCheck function The local scope of IFS is visible to functions called from inside this block. Thus localizing IFS does not help, we have to reset the value inside the function (bnc #838921) * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation, smoother pictures * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation about kiwi\'s caching system * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for custom LVM volume names (bnc #815204) * There is now an additional and optional attribute \'mountpoint\' in the volume section. If a mountpoint information is provided the name given in the \'name\' attribute can be any name according to the LVM logical volume name conventions. Example: this will create the logical volume \'bob\' mounted to /tmp. If no mountpoint information is given the information in name is handled as before which means it\'s a path and a name information. Example: this will create the logival volume \'LVtmp\' mounted to /tmp. Thus this feature is fully backward compatible. With this implementation we solved one item on the feedback list. * Fri Sep 13 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove the superfluous getPriority method in the child class + the parent calss has the exact same implementation * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed kiwi man page description for conflicting option * Fri Sep 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed option clash in getopt list * Fri Sep 13 2013 tom_schrAATTweb.de- DB: Improved consistency, fixed typos, corrected spelling * Corrected capitalization in titles * Fixed whitspace in s * Fixed kiwi, oem, ... spelling * Thu Sep 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- improved caching in KIWIMigrate * store rpm based data, and re-use by the md5 sum of the database * added wait indicator for processing of files- update information about installed kernel and how to use another than the default kernel for the image- add ruby/gems to the ignore path, that\'s because we already provide gem information in the report by using gem directly thus the compiled gem data which is not part of the gem package taints the list of unmanaged data * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed detection of buildservice repos in KIWIMigrate * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make checking for empty directories fast in KIWIMigrate * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- add alternative \'kiwi --describe\' option * update kiwi usage message. Don\'t talk about \'migration\' Be more generic and talk about \'analyse & description\' because that\'s in fact what the code does. migration is just one path one can perform. * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation and man pages for KIWIMigrate * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure sort order stays consistent in KIWIMigrate * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for openSUSE-13.1 in KIWIMigrate * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for systemd service inspection in KIWIMigrate * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for git transaction log in KIWIMigrate * Wed Sep 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for detecting buildservice repos in KIWIMigrate * Tue Sep 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up patch for setting systemIntegrity for netboot deployments into a ramdisk. Along with systemIntegrity the partition code has to check for haveRamDisk too (bnc #839157) * Tue Sep 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up patch for fetchFile() function. handling of uncompressed value was broken due to the changes to support the \'xz\' compression (bnc #787400) * Tue Sep 10 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- add .packages support for product media * I am not proud of this code, but since we may need to backport it, it has to be minimal invasive. A general rework is needed anyway * Tue Sep 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- some improvements to the migration module * split D3 visualisation parts into extra files * added information about binary vs. text data (ELF header only) * added configuration information from augeas * update logo * Mon Sep 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure systemIntegrity is set correctly to \'clean\' for netboot deployments into a ramdisk (bnc #839157) * Mon Sep 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure IFS change in kernelCheck function will be applied only in local scope (bnc #838921) * Mon Sep 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for augeas into kiwi. The new function setupAugeasImport is called if the following file exists as part of the kiwi image description: config-augeas.xml The contents of this file follows the schema and format as it is provided by augeas. For an example check the output of the command: \'augtool dump-xml /files/ *\'. As example one can add another tty to /etc/securetty as follows: *\"> tty8 kiwi will make use of this feature in the migration module when it populates the current configuration of the system augeas will be used instead of a plain copy of the config file * Fri Sep 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.32 released * Thu Sep 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of overlay root files in migration mode * if the creation of a hardlink is not possible due to cross device references e.g /tmp not on the same device, we create a symbolic link instead. * Thu Sep 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed packages/collection setup in migration module * Thu Sep 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use the XML writer based on a template for the migration code * /usr/share/kiwi/modules/KIWIMigrate.kiwi forms the template * the migration reads in the template and operates on the xml object to add data. At the end writeXML() creates the new description file * Thu Sep 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed some typos in imageConfig comment block * Wed Sep 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added KIWIMigrate.kiwi template file for later use in KIWIMigrate when the XML writer will be used there * Tue Sep 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed writeXML * make sure __collectXMLListData works correctly with replaces data * make sure KIWIXMLPackageData::getXMLElement handle \'none\' value in replace data correctly * Tue Sep 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed writeXML * don\'t write duplicate package entries * fixed target file setup in tests/writeTester * Mon Sep 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- further enhance indent helper: * make sure kiwi.pl get the right permissions back after the change * make sure the xsl pretty printer also uses spaces and not tabs * make sure the schema RNG format is rebuild * Mon Sep 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support to specify the size of the recovery partition integer-value The specified size is ignored if it is too small according to the minimum required size. In this case a warning message is printed to the /var/log/boot.kiwi file on first deployment. This implements enhancement (bnc #836657) * Mon Sep 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update .indent helper to check config.xml and *.rnc files too * Fri Aug 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit tests due to changed message layout in c:d8405713 * Fri Aug 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- prepare fetchFile() function to be able to handle \'xz\' compressed files as well as \'gzip\' compressed files. This is related to the enhancement report in (bnc #787400) * Fri Aug 30 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fixed version number for openSUSE 13.1 boot images- added cdrkit-cdrtools-compat package for the openSUSE 13.1 isoboot boot description to get isoinfo back into the path * Thu Aug 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in message output, surplus \'\ \' prior to status flag * Thu Aug 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added indention helper, tab to 4 spaces * Thu Aug 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete modules/.test directory including unused and broken unit tests * Thu Aug 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.31 released * Wed Aug 28 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- add also noarch and armv6hl architectures * Wed Aug 28 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- add armv7hl and aarch64 as supported architectures * Tue Aug 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make the partition based installation smarter (bnc #836780) * the current implementation shows a list of partitions to select if there is a choice. however this could be done better by taking the size, partid and fs-label information into account. With this patch the user only has to choose a partition if there is really more than one partition which matches the size and partid and filesystem label constraints * Tue Aug 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of EFI capable USB stick install images * the code which makes use of the bios_grub flag was not applied there * Tue Aug 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.30 released * Tue Aug 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value $oem{\"kiwi_oemswap\"} in KIWIProfileFile.pm * Mon Aug 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- get the partition ID check back in OEMFindPartitions (bnc #836052) * if in oem-partition-install mode the function checked suitable partitions only by its size but not by its partition id. I had removed the support for it because the GPT doesn\'t have partition hex id\'s like the MBR table has it. But it has turned out this was a useful check. Thus I added it back by mapping GPT partition names to MBR hex id\'s. When installing a kiwi EFI image via the partition install mode it\'s important to name the partitions on the installation disk in the same way as it\'s done in the image. This is a small requirement for partition based EFI image installations. * Mon Aug 26 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwi instsource plugins: * added UEFI boot support * adapt to new data structure, deleting getImageTypeAndAttributes_legacy * Mon Aug 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added optional type attribute * the attribute value can be a comma separated list of ZFS options used on creation time of the ZFS pool. Thus the result are \'zfs set $option kiwipool\' calls which allows to set pool attributes like compression and others * Mon Aug 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved __quote function to the correct name space. It was formerly used as part of KIWIXML but due to the restructuring it\'s required in KIWIProfileFile now * Fri Aug 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.29 released * Fri Aug 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in product building * Fri Aug 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.28 released * Fri Aug 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added __checkProfileConsistent() runtime check if the specified profile(s) exists * Fri Aug 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed root=... setup if zfs is used, stay compatible with dracut * Fri Aug 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure bootprofile \'default\' is set if no other boot profile was specified * Fri Aug 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added KIWIURL::__realPath() helper function (bnc #836053): * the function translates existing local paths to its real path including collapse of path spec like /foo/../quux * Fri Aug 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- changed __getBootSize() helper to allow a min boot partition size of 100 MB * Thu Aug 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed split creation, wrong use of KIWIXMLSplitData methods * Thu Aug 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- finished XML restructuring and moved all XML handling into the new data structure. The code is now legacy code free. With the new internal structure in place data can also fly in from other protocols which might be needed in the future for e.g configuration management, CIM, cfengine * Thu Aug 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved product/instsource handling to the new data structure. The following legacy function were removed: * getInstSourceArchList_legacy * getInstSourceDUDInstsys_legacy * getInstSourceDUDModules_legacy * getInstSourceDUDTargets_legacy * getInstSourceMetaPackageList_legacy * getInstSourceProductInfo_legacy * getInstSourceProductOption_legacy * getInstSourceProductStuff_legacy * getInstSourceProductVar_legacy * getInstSourceRepository_legacy * getInstSourcePackageList_legacy * getInstSourceMetaFiles_legacy * getInstSourceChrootList_legacy * getInstSourcePackageAttributes_legacy * getInstSourceDUDInstall_legacy * clearPackageAttributes_legacy * getList_legacy * getPackageAttributes_legacy * __getInstSourceDUDPackList_legacy * Wed Aug 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved split tmp/persistent files handling to the new data structure Along with the change the following legacy functions were deleted: * getSplitPersistentExceptions_legacy * getSplitPersistentFiles_legacy * getSplitTempExceptions_legacy * getSplitTempFiles_legacy * Wed Aug 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- deleted writeXMLDescription_legacy * the old data structure allowed to write changes applied to the XML objects to be written persistently. With the new data structure the XML object has a method writeXML which allows to write the current data set in the XML format. The work on the XML writer is not yet finished. Thus the support for writing changes back to the XML will be added back at a later point in time. * Tue Aug 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved handling over to the new data structure * deleted: getImageSize_legacy * deleted: getImageSizeAdditiveBytes_legacy * deleted: getImageSizeBytes_legacy * Tue Aug 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved editbootinstall/editbootconfig handling to the new data structure * deleted getEditBootConfig_legacy * deleted getEditBootInstall_legacy * Mon Aug 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved getInstSourceFile_legacy into the global space. This function is just a file downloader and does not belong to the legacy code. Along with the change the function was renamed to KIWIGlobals -> instance() -> downloadFile(...) * Mon Aug 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 graphics boot for openSUSE 13.1: * gfxterm must be compiled in * Mon Aug 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- reduce the use of getPackageAttributes_legacy * Mon Aug 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- set a useful default for the bootloader when building live iso images * Mon Aug 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved handling of testsuite packages into the new data structure * deleted legacy function: getTestingList- moved creation of .profile environment file into the new data structure * deleted legacy function: getImageConfig_legacy * deleted KIWIProfileFile method: updateFromHash * Mon Aug 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved type attribute handling into the new data structure * renamed updateDescription to updateDescription_legacy * deleted the following legacy functions: + getImageTypeAndAttributes_legacy + __setTypeAttribute * Mon Aug 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added missing kiwi_oemskipverify variable to allowed variables in KIWIProfileFile * Mon Aug 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved use of getImageTypeAndAttributes_legacy into class method calls of the new data structure * Sat Aug 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed md5file setup in oem installpxe mode: the raw disk image is stored compressed thus the zblocks information is required when atftp is used for the transfer * Fri Aug 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved type attribute handling for the creation of the .profile environment into the new data structure respectively delete the handling from getImageConfig_legacy- combine the inheritance code which transfers information from the system XML to the boot XML at one place which is the prepareBootImage() function * Thu Aug 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.27 released * Thu Aug 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved handling for defaultroot attribute to new data structure and use the getPreferences() -> getDefaultRoot() access method The following legacy function were removed: * getImageDefaultDestination_legacy * getImageDefaultRoot_legacy * __getPreferencesNodeByTagName * Thu Aug 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwi script calls if they are done contained via lxc the callContained() function was changed to use the lxc-start tool to run the scripts instead of wrapping around lxc-init and calling lxc-execute (bnc #832337) * Wed Aug 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved handling of image data into the new data structure the following legacy function was deleted: * __setImageAttribute * Wed Aug 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved handling of preferences data into the new data structure the following legacy functions were deleted: * getBootTheme_legacy * getLicenseNames_legacy * getLocale_legacy * __setOptionsElement * __addOptionsElement * Wed Aug 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved LVM handling over to the new data structure the following legacy functions were deleted: * getLVMVolumes_legacy * __addVolume_legacy * Tue Aug 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved handling of oemconfig information into the new data structure along with the change the following legacy functions disappeared * getOEMAlignPartition_legacy * getOEMBootTitle_legacy * getOEMBootWait_legacy * getOEMKiwiInitrd_legacy * getOEMPartitionInstall_legacy * getOEMReboot_legacy * getOEMRebootInter_legacy * getOEMRecovery_legacy * getOEMRecoveryID_legacy * getOEMRecoveryInPlace_legacy * getOEMShutdown_legacy * getOEMShutdownInter_legacy * getOEMSilentBoot_legacy * getOEMSilentInstall_legacy * getOEMSilentVerify_legacy * getOEMSkipVerify_legacy * getOEMAtaRaidScan_legacy * getOEMSwap_legacy * getOEMSwapSize_legacy * getOEMSystemSize_legacy * getOEMUnattended_legacy * getOEMUnattendedID_legacy * __setOEMOptionsElement * Tue Aug 13 2013 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- fixed sat solver support for armv6l * the system (uname) might reports armv6l but the package meta data stores armv6hl for both armv6l and armv6hl cpu types. In order to set the right arch to the sat pool the arch name has to be adapted in this case- fixed the spec file setup for the myarch variable for armv6l/armv6hl. The script generating the requires list for the auto generated *boot-requires packages only deals with the arch name armv6l. * Tue Aug 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved handling of xen domain into the new data structure * Mon Aug 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make KIWICache code legacy free * Mon Aug 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- create a helper function __updateProfileEnvironment in the KIWIImageCreator code to reduce code duplication- prepareBootImage and createBootImage always run in a sequence thus it\'s not required to read in the boot image description twice. The XML description for the boot (initrd) image is now read in once in boot prepare and just re-used next in the boot create step. This also simplifies the handling of inherited data from the system into the boot image * Sun Aug 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed following legacy functions: * getTypeSpecificPackageList_legacy * getArchiveList_legacy * getBaseList_legacy * getDeleteList_legacy * getInstallList_legacy * getInstallSize_legacy * getPackageManager_legacy * setPackageManager_legacy * getURLHash_legacy * getRepoNodeList_legacy * addRemovePackages_legacy * getStripNodeList_legacy * getBootIncludes_legacy * addPatterns_legacy * addPackages_legacy * addImagePatterns_legacy * addImagePackages_legacy * addArchives_legacy * Fri Aug 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- move KIWIXMLInfo module to use new data structure. The following legacy functions are not in use anymore: * getInstallSize_legacy * getURLHash_legacy * setPackageManager_legacy * __createURLList_legacy * Fri Aug 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- improved information provided by .releasetags helper tool * Fri Aug 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- change processing order of upgrade request: * handle the requested deletion of packages last * Fri Aug 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- move package/archive handling into new data structure * remove getReplacePackageDelList/getReplacePackageAddList * implemented for kiwi\'s prepare, create and upgrade modes * reduced the use of the following legacy functions: + getArchiveList_legacy + getDeleteList_legacy + getBaseList_legacy + getTypeSpecificPackageList_legacy + getInstallList_legacy * Thu Aug 08 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- new tests to cover the newly implemented methods related to VHD tagging * Wed Aug 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- remove obsolete kiwi_fixedpackbootincludes from .profile env * this information was used in the functions basePackBootIncludes and baseUnpackBootIncludes to preserve boot included data from being removed by kiwi\'s initrd strip processing. With the new system based and the section and also documented in: http://doc.opensuse.org/projects/kiwi/doc/#sec.bootcustomization these functions became obsolete. * Wed Aug 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getDomain() call on undefined object reference * Tue Aug 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed use of getXenConfig_legacy: * use new KIWIXMLVMachineData object to handle this part * Tue Aug 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update pre-commit hook: * add information about perl code verification * skip the unit test perl code from being verified by \'perl -w\' * Tue Aug 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update openSUSE 12.3 JeOS * make sure kernel-desktop is not installed by default if the xen profile is active. For some strange reason zypper always installs kernel-desktop which is unwanted * Tue Aug 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup KIWIImageFormat class: * make the format code legacy code free * Tue Aug 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added .releasetags helper script to find release commits * Tue Aug 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added disk tagging support for Windows Azure (bnc #815809) * added function writeVHDTag called in createVHDSubFormatFixed * added attribute \'vhdfixedtag\' to store the tag following the pattern: \"[0-9a-f]{8}-([0-9a-f]{4}-){3}[0-9a-f]{12}\" * Fri Aug 02 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Create KIWIXMLDefStripData object: * encapsulate the KIWI defined default strip data * Use the new object in the ImageCreator to update the bootXML description accordingly plus some minor refactoring to avoid code duplication for the bootXML update * Implement unit tests- Remove any knowledge of the default strip data from the XML class implementations * Sun Jul 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added susesync for developer documentation * Fri Jul 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved strip section handing into new data structure. The reading of the default strip section data has been moved to the prepare/createBootImage functions and is no longer part of the KIWIXML constructor. The following legacy functions will be removed: * removed __getStripDelete_legacy * removed __getStripTools_legacy * removed __getStripLibs_legacy * removed __addStrip_legacy * Fri Jul 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup code: * removed unused repository data from changeset * removed unused variables in updateDescription * added comments for removed changeset sections * Fri Jul 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added call for genDevDoc as part of the doc Makefile * Thu Jul 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed createOriginSnapshot to take care for all btrfs subvolumes * Thu Jul 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value $reqSize in addition * Thu Jul 25 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update EC2 example + it makes no sense to include plymouth, the branding of the boot screens is not visible in a cloud image * Wed Jul 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- get rid of the loader variable in the kernel commandline kiwi stores this information as kiwi_bootloader variable in the initrd if set as part of the . if not set the arch specific default applies * Wed Jul 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- get rid of the VGROUP variable in the kernel commandline store this information in the kiwi initrd instead as variable kiwi_lvmgroup * Wed Jul 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup disabled code * Wed Jul 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- s390: respect specified boottimeout for zipl.conf * Wed Jul 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- one -x file check in suseActivateDefaultServices is enough * Tue Jul 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed file check in KIWIConfig.sh::suseService * Mon Jul 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- s390: fixed setStoragePartition to write a \'w\' command to close the fdasd command queue * Mon Jul 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of .packages and .verified meta data if a relative path is used in the kiwi create call * Mon Jul 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- s390: update JeOS template description, repo setup for SP3 * Mon Jul 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed broken shell string comparison in KIWILinuxRC if the variable $loader is not set (bnc #829537) * Mon Jul 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of mdadm.conf. The file is missing if the original RAID setup is used without formatting (bnc #829504) * Mon Jul 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- changed the code calling \'echo something >> file\' to real perl code opening and closing the file for appending data including error checking * Mon Jul 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t search for shell builtins like \'echo\' by using KIWILocator. With the last change from \'which\' to \'type -p\' shell builtins will not be found anymore. * Sat Jul 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed 32bit efi builds. the created efi binary should be named bootx32.efi for this architecture * Sat Jul 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update unit tests due to i586/i686 vs ix86 arch name change * Sat Jul 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t turn arch name i686/i586 into combined ix86 name. This is required with regards to the previous commit handling i586 and i686 specific packages setup (bnc #829429) * Sat Jul 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot image descriptions for 32bit x86 builds (bnc #829429) * kernel-desktop doesn\'t exist for i586 anymore * kernel-pae doesn\'t exist for i586 anymore * don\'t use ix86 as arch statement because this doesn\'t allow to distinguish between i686 and i586 * Wed Jul 17 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix up the live ISO example for openSUSE 12.3 + changes in patterns and removal of SuSEconfig break the existing example * Tue Jul 16 2013 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- fixed editboot path conversion when it applies to the working directory. The previous code change broke the logic for relative paths matching the current dir * Mon Jul 15 2013 dmuellerAATTsuse.com- fixed KIWILocator for openSUSE 13.1: * various commands were moved to /usr/sbin and this path is not in the search path for KIWILocator which results in the locator code not being able to find them. * Additionally the \'which\' command got splitted into a separate package. In order to simplify the backward compatibility we decided to use \'type -p\', which is a a standard bash builtin * Fri Jul 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- wait for udev to finish the event queue before killing the daemon * Fri Jul 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.26 released * Fri Jul 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file to match build requires with package requires * Fri Jul 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed default bootloader selection for s390 architecture * Thu Jul 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure setupBootLoaderGrub2() creates /boot/grub2/device.map which is required for suse tools to work correctly * Thu Jul 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed handling of bootincluded items: * packages and archives marked as bootinclude have to respect an optional arch setup like this example: * Thu Jul 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup getBootIncludePackages(), I thought comments and variable names are misleading * Thu Jul 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed initrd creation for ec2 images done with mkinitrd * For EC2 images kiwi uses mkinitrd to create a targeted for EC2 initrd, rather than the usual kiwi initial intrd that generates a new initrd on firstboot. With SLE 11 SP3 mkinitrd got \"smarter\" to the disadvantage of building an initrd on system A that is targeted for system B. Therefore we were forced to create a so called \"monster initrd\". This monster initrd include basically everything, hence the name. While this in general is only a minor size concern in EC2 this has the ill effect that the image will not boot. The reason for the non booting image is the inclusion of multipath in the initrd. This patch moves the 61-multipath.sh away for the call of mkinitrd and put it back afterwards * Wed Jul 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.25 released * Wed Jul 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added build result meta data files * each build now contains two additional files: The .packages file which contains a list of all installed packages The .verified file which contains the result of rpm -Va These files are only created on rpm based systems and should help to compare build results better * Wed Jul 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow the function partedWrite() to return instead of a rebootException on error and if the hybrid persistent feature is activated. In this case we want to proceed with the boot process but deactivate the persistent write feature * Wed Jul 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure \'sg_inq\' tool stays in the initrd, this is new for udev in openSUSE 13.1 * Wed Jul 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.24 released * Wed Jul 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- isoinfo moved to /usr/lib/genisoimage which is not a default search path. Thus kiwi did not find the tool in openSUSE 13.1 with this fix kiwi looks up the binary in /usr/bin and in /usr/lib/genisoimage * Wed Jul 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- kiwi maps the arch name for intel 32bit to \'ix86\' but many image descriptions used the name \'i686\' which was wrong. This also fixed the 32bit live iso building because we use arch specific efi packages for building them * Mon Jul 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- explicitly set firmware to \'bios\' for older live iso image templates * Mon Jul 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- return early in updatePartitionTable() if the image is a hybrid iso containing a GPT * Fri Jul 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- improve messages in loadNetworkCardS390 to be more clear * Fri Jul 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- if processing of loadNetworkCardS390 was skipped by a flag file the return value should be 1 not 0 to make sure we don\'t proceed with other network functions * Thu Jul 04 2013 thardeckAATTsuse.de- prevent duplicates in resolv.conf managed by setupDNS * if setupDNS is called multiple times it added the same line again and again. This patch checks if the entry exists before adding it * Wed Jul 03 2013 thardeckAATTsuse.de- s390: introduced new function loadNetworkCardS390 * allow preconfiguring of s390 network cards. The function checks on a given host (DASD 191 in our case) for a parm file with the name .PARM-S11. If it is found the parameters normally read from the kernel cmdline are read from there and exported. The exported data takes effect later to set up the network with the setupNetworkInterfaceS390 function. The check for the parm file can be deactivated by a one-time flag file \'/etc/deactivate_s390_network_config_from_dasd\' which is removed when found and evaluated * Wed Jul 03 2013 thardeckAATTsuse.de- extend includeKernelParameters to parse files * before this patch only /proc/cmdline was read in now an optional paramters allows to change this * Wed Jul 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getRepos() in migration module to handle cd:// url types correctly and in the same way like dvd:// url types * Wed Jul 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value $reqSize in KIWIBoot * Wed Jul 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t mount/umount the zfs pool let zpool import/export do it * Tue Jul 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getOperatingSystemVersion() in the kiwi migration module to check for baseversion in addition to the version element * Tue Jul 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.23 released * Tue Jul 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for parted invocation: * I broke the index counter in the flag setup * Tue Jul 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed pxePartitionInputGeneric(): * it\'s required to pass the partition ID when setting the partition type * set lxboot instead of lxroot as partition name for the boot partition- Unfortunately suse\'s parted doesn\'t understand the set call \'set ... swap on|off\' even though the man page explicitly say so thus I disabled this flag setup for now * Tue Jul 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed use of grub2-efi for openSUSE 13.1, the package was dropped and instead the following grub2 packaging schema exists: grub2 => grub tools grub2-x86_64-efi => grub efi modules 64bit grub2-i386-efi => grub efi modules 32bit grub2-i386-pc => grub bios modules * Tue Jul 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed return value of setupBTRFSSubVolumes if no volumes are configured * Mon Jul 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed ec2 image md5 file creation * after the ec2 format code has changed the contents of the image it\'s required to rebuild the md5 sum * Mon Jul 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.22 released * Mon Jul 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- switched from perl-Test-Unit to perl-Test-Unit-Lite openSUSE 13.1 will not provide it anymore and also the author of perl-Test-Unit recommended to switch to the lite version: http://cpanratings.perl.org/dist/Test-Unit * Mon Jul 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed parted invocation: * don\'t use the suse only extension which allows to set the partition type by its hex ID, instead use the flags parted natively supports * Fri Jun 28 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix test in factory + fix logic error in XML processing, only mark the first type found as the first type. While the flag indicator was set to 0 at the end of the loop it was re-initialized with 1 at the beginning of the loop- fix latent test bug + the order of calls was incorrect, thus when a file system tool was not present the test reacted to the output from the test itself, rather than from the code under test * Fri Jun 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in string eq at KIWIBoot.pm * Fri Jun 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update rhel-06.0 JeOS template * Fri Jun 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update suse-oem-preload example * still use legacy grub not grub2 for the split example because grub2 tools are not prepared for splitted up root filesystem * Fri Jun 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Jun 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed documentation: wrong kiwi commandline call * Fri Jun 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value $record{\"filesystem\"} in pattern match (m//) at KIWIXML.pm * Thu Jun 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- renew partition creation code in KIWIBoot. make it more readable, reduce duplicate code and allow efi images without forcing a boot partition * Thu Jun 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- zfs integration, make sure pool is exported on shutdown * added /run/initramfs/shutdown script compatible to dracut see: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/boot/dracut/dracut.html section: #_dracut_on_shutdown for reference * Wed Jun 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed installBootLoader() to allow skipping the installation of the legacy bios grub2 loader if the system doesn\'t have the bios grub2 modules installed but EFI is selected as firmware * Wed Jun 26 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- improve EC2 initrd creation * consider filesystem used, do not blindly assume ext3 * create a \"monster\" initrd to avoid the mkinitrd code from probing into the device tree. The device tree is different on the build machine than the target EC2 infrastructure- exit early if no EC2 account credentials are defined * if no credentials are defined we cannot create a bundle, exit after initrd creation if no credentials exist * Tue Jun 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- keep a copy of the initrd in /run/initramfs to allow systemd the jump back to the initrd. This is what a dracut initrd would do as well and it also allows operations after the root filesystem is umounted, e.g export the zfs pool * Tue Jun 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update root=... variable correctly if zfs is used * Mon Jun 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed editbootconfig/editbootinstall * make sure these options are evaluated for the iso type too * make sure absolute paths specified with commandline options are checked and used if the file exists * Mon Jun 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure FBOK also works if isconsole helper doesn\'t exist * Mon Jun 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use zfs set mountpoint instead of mount --move * Fri Jun 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.21 released * Fri Jun 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed profile setup, don\'t set lvm variable if zfs or btrfs is used * Thu Jun 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- mount EFI (fat) jump partition to /boot/efi and not boot/EFI this is required to let suse tools work correctly (bnc #825221) * Thu Jun 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed legacy BIOS/CSM support for oem images * for some reason it\'s required to toggle the bios_grub flag after install and repart of an oem image to fix the EFI boot * use grub2-bios-setup directly instead of grub2-install because grub2-install for an EFI image does not install anything * Thu Jun 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed the four primary partition limit in the oem repart code * Thu Jun 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed updatePartitionTable * if the disk geometry has changed parted\'s fix is to write a gpt_sync_mbr and destroy the gpt with it. In that case kiwi has to rewrite the entire table with a new GPT label This is related to (bnc #825221) * Thu Jun 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added grub2-efi by default for openSUSE 12.3 JeOS template * Wed Jun 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- support element for volume capable filesystems * The kiwi supported filesystems btrfs and zfs support their own volume management system. Because of this reason kiwi evaluates the contents of the optional systemdisk volumes for those filesystems by the native filesystem support and not via LVM * Wed Jun 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixes for the zfs support * fixed handling of options in fsmountoptions passed to zpool * added support for zfs resize in resizeFilesystem * Wed Jun 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed regression in cylinder count detection in partedInit the unix device name is required to parse the parted output correctly but it might happen that the udev device name is passed to the function * Tue Jun 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suse-12.3/suse-ec2-guest template * module-init-tools must be installed early as part of bootstrap * kernel-ec2-base conflicts with kernel-ec2 * Mon Jun 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of iso persistent write partition (bnc #825172) * fixed detection of cylinder count for isohybrid tables * use isohybrid EFI bootable image by default, the partition table written in this case allows standard partition device (e.g /dev/sda1) for EFI and protective MBR thus works in both worlds correctly and allows the creation of additional partitions without problems * don\'t use a fixed partition number, use the next one free * always create a filesystem on the write partition with the \'hybrid\' label, even if the used overlay technique does not urgently requires this. The label helps to identify the write device on reboot * use parted instead of fdisk. fdisk is not suitable when adding partitions to the GPT, use kiwi\'s createPartitionerInput method * fixed clicfs cow file check, check clicfs only if clicfs is used, with the move to overlayfs there is a choice now * search for persistent write partition by a blkid label search and don\'t actually mount/umount the partition by label * syslinux >= 4.04 is required to make all this work correctly * Fri Jun 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.20 released * Thu Jun 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- return early from setupBootPartitionPXE if $imageRootDevice is empty. This is the case when the netboot code checks the update case * Thu Jun 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved __checkPackageUnique() test from an error message to a warning message. for the package manager this is not an error condition too so it shouldn\'t be one for kiwi * Thu Jun 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added isconsole helper program which checks the linux console mode with the KDGETMODE ioctl. The program is used in a new shell function named FBOK to check the framebuffer/console capabilities better in order to know if we can run fbiterm there or not * Thu Jun 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- add elilo package to suse-SLE11-JeOS template for the uefi profiles * Wed Jun 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- grub setup secure boot fixes: * don\'t use insmod when in uefi secure boot mode * don\'t use graphics, grub terminal is the console in this mode * Tue Jun 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added setupBootPartitionPXE() to check and setup the boot partition if any in case of a pxe image. The pxe image type offers different boot scenarios than the other kiwi supported image types. Thus it got its own function now and I could also cleanup the pxe specific hacks we had in the base setupBootPartition() function * Tue Jun 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Better integration of ZFS: * moved from kiwiroot to kiwipool as zfs pool name * evaluate fsmountoptions in zpool create * added function setupZFSPoolVolumes() which creates the zfs pool layout as suggested by the community * Mon Jun 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make kiwi locale files available in vmx type images too * Mon Jun 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for (bnc #823617) * use message text from gettext catalog, i18n support * use the dialog program to display the message if it is installed as part of the image. We are already inside the running system when this message might be displayed. If no dialog is installed the message is just echo\'ed on the console with a waitkey exception * Mon Jun 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update kiwi message text template kiwi.pot * added new text informing the user for a failed bootloader setup * Mon Jun 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- adapted LVM resize in oem partition install mode according to the new AATTroot volume setup * Fri Jun 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- set GRUB_TERMINAL to console if no unicode font exists * Fri Jun 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.19 released * Fri Jun 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- if the bootloader can\'t be installed stop the boot process and print a warning message to the user. Continue the boot with a wait-for-key exception (bnc #823617) * Thu Jun 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support to specify the size of the root volume. With regards to the latest LVM consistency checks and adaptions it was only possible to set one volume as the one taking the rest space. This is either the root volume or the one flagged as freespace=\"all\". The possibility to setup a specific size for the root volume and define another volume to take the rest space was lost. With this commit you can now optionally define the size of the root volume: I also fixed the LVM setup when used with standard vmx virtual disks and introduced new consistency checks e.g it doesn\'t make sense to specify both size and freespace for one volume * Tue Jun 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed fetchFile function. The variable $imageBlkSize is not initialized, so it is better to use $chunk * Tue Jun 04 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- write dvd/cd device entry to vmx file if the device ide is 0 (bnc 822185) * Mon Jun 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getSingleInstSourceSatSolvable() * instead of rely on the suffix of a file it\'s better to actually check if it\'s compressed or non compressed data due to redirections and symlinks it might happen that a file name e.g \'packages\' is resolved into \'packages.en.gz\' kiwi downloaded the file and failed to check that it\'s a compressed file (bnc #822247) * Mon Jun 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- improved error output of failed schema validation * also check if the converted file can be created or not * Mon Jun 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed 5.7 to 5.8 xsl stylesheet * Mon Jun 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of oem-ataraid-scan parameter * Mon Jun 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed raw disk size calculation for split images the boot partition size was not taken into account * Sun Jun 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for zfs filesystem * still problems with grub2-mkconfig, can\'t find canonical path * Thu May 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- preserve haveged, related to (bnc #766720) * Thu May 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OEMRepartLVM creation of recovery partition * the recovery partition eats up all free space but it should use only the needed space to store the recovery data. * Thu May 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup fix, use long option --file in grub search instead of -f. That\'s consistent with the other grub search calls * Wed May 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure udev is installed and not udev-mini * Wed May 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed search method used in grub.cfg * we already moved to a uuid search in the early grub config but in the main grub.cfg it was still a file search which for some reasons is not as stable as the uuid search even though I always find the file in the grub shell with ls * Wed May 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure partition names are set back within the oem repartition code * Wed May 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed restore of boot partition * if a different filesystem is used for the root and the boot partition the problem appeared that the restore code uses the filesystem type of the root partition for the restore of the boot partition * Wed May 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed names set for partitions in the GPT * lxlvm, lxro, lxrw, lxroot, lxboot, legacy, UEFI are possible * use 2MB for the legacy BIOS boot partition * use 32MB for the UEFI fat partition * really evalute return values from parted calls * Tue May 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed experimental code from oem partition install block if the partition table did not fit the need kiwi tried to read-only mount the not yet installed image via a device mapper snapshot and starts a X session with gparted to make it easier for the user to setup the partition table. The idea is nice but there are too many pitfalls and it has been proven that it\'s better to offline prepare the install target and not do that while inside a minimal initrd system * Tue May 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update XML description to new schema version * Tue May 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update schema version from 5.7 to 5.8 * removed syncMBR attribute and create an xsl template for it * Tue May 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- rewrite of the legacy BIOS/CSM support * removed the syncMBR attribute from the XML schema * changed the partition layout if firmware=\"efi\" is specified. A new partition with flag \'bios_grub\' is created * install the bios grub2 into the protective MBR which exists according to the EFI spec if a GPT is used. The special bios_grub flaged partition is required to allow grub2 to install * Fri May 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.18 released * Fri May 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixes for the oem partition install mode: * fixed check for amount of required partitions * removed check for partid, does not work well with GPT * fixed handling to be more generic and more independent from the number of partitions in the image. Using the filesystem label for selecting the partitions- fixed runInteractive function and call params: * don\'t use --stdout option for dialog, the written result contains escape characters which confuses the code. Instead use the default stderr channel where dialog write its results * Thu May 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed oem partition install mode. Use kpartx sync mode to make sure devices are created on return of the call * Thu May 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.17 released * Wed May 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t repart the disk if less than 5MB are free * Wed May 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __checkLVMoemSizeSettings runtime check to work correctly with the \'all\' size specification * Wed May 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- create global function dsize() which implements a size method to calculate the size of all entities in a directory using the du utility. du is called in two passes first in standard mode counting disk usage and secondly in apparent mode also checking for files with holes, fragmentation, indirect blocks and the like. The biggest value is returned * Tue May 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getInstSourceFile_legacy proxy setup: * Thanks to Roman for a better regexp to get the proxy url * prevent double inclusion of source locator * Tue May 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suse-SLE11-JeOS template: * the package grub2 was dropped for SLES-SP3 RC2 * Tue May 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed provideMediaLicense function. The url passed to the getInstSourceFile_legacy contained a weird quoting * Tue May 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.16 released * Tue May 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getInstSourceFile_legacy to work correctly with proxy url\'s the function cut the proxy data together with the information which file to download and lost the file information * Mon May 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed and optimized disk size calculation * I had by default 40% spare space on the root path which seems to be too much, I have 20% spare on each volume so I adapted that to the root path as well. * for the size estimation I now use the --apparent-size option in du, which works better on files with holes and other or other attributes which makes a difference when copying those data. * Use a fixed value for the filesystem overhead each volume adds to the disk. It is wrong to calculate and add a 20% spare/volume according to the size of the data in the volume to the disk, because that value has already been taken into account with the data spare calculation of the entire tree * Mon May 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __checkSystemDiskData runtime check to work correctly with the \'all\' size specification * Sat May 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- restructure the use of prebuilt boot images * adapt to new data structure thus we get rid of checkAndSetupPrebuiltBootImage, getDefaultPrebuiltDir_legacy * moved the logic for using a prebuilt version of a boot image into the image creator code at the level of prepareBootImage and createBootImage. This saves us one KIWIXML instance * write one function createImageBootImage which does either the prepare/create of the boot image or the use of an existing prebuilt version. reduces some code duplication * Fri May 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- adapt handling of bootkernel and bootprofile to new data structure * there is still the function __populateDefaultProfiles_legacy active and working but as soon as this code will go away the transfer of the \'bootkernel\' and \'bootprofile\' attributes from the system image into the boot image must follow the new data structure which is based on get and set methods. Actually this change also fixes the creation of the .profile kiwi_drivers data because the code writing this is already based on the new internal data structure and was missing the correct boot profile information according to bootkernel and bootprofile * Fri May 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unaligned done flags * Fri May 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup KIWIXML constructor * The object variables $this->{buildType} and $this->{defaultType} were used without any real context and are just a copy of $imageType and $this->{selectedType} * Fri May 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __populateDriverInfo * the function did not work correctly with the default profile name. It uses the kiwi internal default profile name \'kiwi_default\' as real profile name and failed to use a section as default section if the \'default\' profile name was explicitly specified like it is the case for the netboot boot image descriptions * Fri May 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup code, prevent warning messages * Fri May 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.15 released * Fri May 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed structure of unpacked image tree when build with a cache In order to avoid any conflicts concerning code operating on the unpacked image tree it\'s required that the structure with and without using a base cache image is the same * Thu May 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.14 released * Thu May 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu May 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"- DB: update documentation, changed cache location\" This reverts commit: 5e8a4ba11f6a8b29e2a60df91bd16e0c27adca35 * Thu May 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"- moved default kiwi cache image location\" according to FHS /var/tmp/kiwicache is not allowed. This reverts commit: 5d667b7bb2d1774fe02835e378788638fcf9c582 * Thu May 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.13 released * Wed May 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixes for openSUSE 13.1 boot descriptions * removed support for legacy grub * add Mesa to delete list, for some reason that gets pulled in now so we make sure it will be removed * Wed May 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use xz compressor for live iso\'s based on overlayfs * Wed May 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suseGFXBoot to work correctly if a two bootloader setup is requested like it is the case with EFI capable hybrid iso\'s. They use isolinux/gfxboot for the bios boot case and grub2/grub2-branding for the EFI boot. Thus the branding data needs to be handled for both and not only one loader * Wed May 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update default strip data to make the initrd a bit smaller * remove /usr/share/grub2/backgrounds * remove /usr/share/kbd * remove /usr/lib/rpm * Wed May 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- improved/changed image caching system * switched from btrfs to overlayfs * no loop mounts involved anymore, thus one layer less * using native kernel overlay filesystem which performs better than fuse based filesystems. btrfs has turned out to work unstable when using loop devices and I could not find a noticeable performance difference between btrfs seed devices and the overlayfs upper/lower system * no cache files but cache trees. full freedom for the user to store those data on NFS, tmpfs, read-only locations... * all package solver tasks now done via satsolver, solvables will also be cached, no hacky ignore of packages in the cache selection code * following the keep it simple principle. the caching code is now pretty straight forward * Wed May 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed May 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, changed cache location * Wed May 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow options for mksquashfs in createImageSquashFS * Tue May 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- cache creation fixes: * make sure there are no // in path spec of kiwi-root.cache * ignore warning about missing auxiliary vector * Tue May 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved default kiwi cache image location to /var/tmp/kiwicache instead of /var/cache/kiwi. I found problems with bind mounts into the same directory level * Tue May 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.12 released * Tue May 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- if a targetdevice is used instead of a loop we need to wait for udev to finish the event loop in the same way as it is done in bindDiskPartitions() when binding the partitions of a loop device (bnc #819772) * Fri May 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri May 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation + added some notes about new postHWdetect hook + added some notes about how software raid works in kiwi images * Fri May 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- add hook entry point called: postHWdetect * it allows to create/modify your own representation of the deviceDisks array containing the found install disk devices * Fri May 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow to control whether kiwi searches for ata raid controllers or not using the dmraid utility. This is useful if an alternative control tool exists or the raid should be ignored in any case: true|false By default the search and activation happens if dmraid is installed. Implemented by user feedback request (bnc #815206) * Tue May 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed gettext import, the import was done prior to the export of the LANG environment which caused some texts to be in the wrong language * Tue May 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure there is an active boot/root partition after the oem code has repartitioned the disk * Tue May 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow alternative grub2 search path lib/grub and share/grub as it is packaged on Fedora * Tue May 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupLocale to work with locale list separated by \',\' * Sun May 05 2013 mkoeglerAATTauto.tuwien.ac.at- fixed CD/DVD boot of live iso images with activated hybridpersistent option. kiwi will try to create the read-write partition but will fail if this image is booted from a read-only medium. Thus it should deactivate the hybridpersistent feature and proceed the boot * Sun May 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value $key in KIWIManagerYum.pm * Fri May 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.11 released * Fri May 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed xen dom0 boot configuration * the xen hypervisor was copied by kiwi as \'xen.gz.vmx\' but the configuration was written to search for xen.gz and failed * Fri May 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use the same inode count calculated for root for the boot and/or efi filesystem * Fri May 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed restore of boot partition in recovery/restore mode for systems which uses an extra boot partition * Thu May 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed activation of md-raid array if no repartition process takes place * Thu May 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed display of language selection dialog: * if lang is _not_ set in /proc/cmdline we will now use the first language set in kiwi_language for the boot image. Thus a language selection dialog only appears if lang is explicitly set to \'ask\' * Thu May 02 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of recovery in a raid image. The meta information telling the system how big the recovery partition should be is now stored in the kiwi initrd and not in the image as it was before. According to this the broken mount code at that place could be removed * Tue Apr 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: fixed setup of swap device in $imageSwapDevice If the partition table stays untouched the variable was not set which caused a broken fstab entry for swap. This patch makes sure the swap device variable is set in any case * Tue Apr 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t show the same message twice * Tue Apr 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed unneeded/wrong message * Mon Apr 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- changed grub2 early boot script to search for the fs-uuid of the boot filesystem in order to locate the config file * Mon Apr 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Apr 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update config.sh manual page, template fix * Mon Apr 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use the new baseMount() function in all config.sh scripts provided by the kiwi JeOS templates * Mon Apr 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added function baseMount() to kiwi script functions. The function mounts all useful kernel filesystems e.g proc, sysfs devpts and binfmt_misc. if the kiwi scripts are called in a contained environment like it is the case if lxc is installed on the image build machine it is required to mount the base filesystems as one of the first steps in the script * Mon Apr 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure binfmt_misc is mounted in the context of config.sh * Mon Apr 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- write etc/default/grub_installdevice, which is not required by grub2 at all but by other tools in openSUSE * Thu Apr 25 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- follow up to 3d0e1e944d169 + add unit tests for skip-oem-verify + oem-skip-verify and oem-silent-verify are ambiguous if both are true generate appropriate error * Wed Apr 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.10 released * Wed Apr 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added \'which\' package to boot image descriptions for openSUSE 13.1. which was formerly provided by util-linux and is now an own package (bnc #816709) * Wed Apr 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Apr 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation * Wed Apr 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of swapsize in oem size settings + the boot code adds the swap size as additional needed space to the oem-systemsize value thus it\'s wrong to test if swap fits into oem-systemsize. Robert had that before so this was correct, sorry Rob for changing this * Tue Apr 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.9 released * Tue Apr 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Apr 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- reflect the change in the oem-systemsize handling also in the LVM repartition code * Mon Apr 22 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- follow up to OEM setup consistency checking + separate the checks to allow unit testing and create unit tests + update the documentation to explain the meaning and interplay between and * Mon Apr 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed misleading warning message in __getBootSize(). if wanted and needed boot partition space is the same a warning message was printed which is not useful * Mon Apr 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed schema documentation: + if the size of a volume is set too small this is now treated as an error and kiwi exits. formerly this was ignored and kiwi used the value it calculated itself for the volume * Mon Apr 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- with regards to (bnc #815200) following runtime checks were added + check if the specified system size is not smaller than the sum of the specified partition/volume sizes + recommend to specify a swap size if swap is requested and a specific system and or partition/volume size was specified + check if partition/volume path exists in the unpacked tree + check if size of partition/volume in the unpacked tree is smaller than the requested partition/volume size + check if specified system size is not smaller than the overall size of the unpacked tree + check if the calculated free space according to the requested system size value and the current size of the unpacked tree is big enough to resize the partitions/volumes to its requested size * Mon Apr 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file, the mysystems macro for openSUSE was broken because it uses VER=1220 on a 12.3 system * Sun Apr 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file, sync permissions with /srv/tftpboot * Sun Apr 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed SUSE product creation if specified MAIN_PRODUCT does not match the product name. In this case the collection of products is skipped with a warning message * Fri Apr 19 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- do not consider obsrun as a system group * Thu Apr 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow to skip the md5 verification after image installation of an oem image. This speeds up the deployment but should not be de-activated for customer released images true|false Implemented by user feedback request (bnc #815199) * Thu Apr 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: fixed conflicting use of global variables. + The function updateNeeded set among others the variable sum2 which is used later in another context in suse-linuxrc. At that point it was expected that the variable is empty for the first round in a loop but that\'s not true if updateNeeded called before the loop sets the variable to some content. Thus updateNeeded should handle variables used locally in the function as real local variables * Wed Apr 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- it does not make sense to specify \'-i bytes-per-inode\' in combination with \'-N number-of-inodes\'. Thus only the number of inodes is relevant as it\'s the result of the equation inodes = size / ratio. It had no bad impact to specify both -i and -N when creating the filesystem because mkfs.extX takes the value of -N with the highest priority. Thus this fix is just a cleanup of the mkfs.extX call * Wed Apr 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of recovery boot data + the code there only uses the contents of the boot partition if LVM was enabled. But correct would be to use the contents of the boot partition if it exists and is not equal to the root partition * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupBootLoaderGrub to write the udev device name into /boot/grub/device.map instead of the unix kernel device name (bnc #813216) * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- add missing suseImportBuildKey call to templates * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suseImportBuildKey to also work with keys present in /usr/lib/rpm/gnupg/keys/ * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check if repartition task can be done or not. It\'s now based on free spaces vs. additional needed space. Also provide better information about the sizes if the repartition task can\'t be done- fixed resize of LVM partition. It\'s important to add the swap size to be part of the LVM resize because swap is not an extra partition but a volume inside the vgroup * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo nomodeseet -> nomodeset * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed LVM resize of physical extents, pvresize works only with unix kernel device names and doesn\'t like udev links * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use generic function resizeLVMPVs in OEMPartitionInstall too * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OEMRepartLVM, to pass correctly formated size value to createPartitionerInput, value requires a unit suffix * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.8 released * Tue Apr 16 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use uuid search only in livestick, remove the flag file * Mon Apr 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed split createTmpTree, return if lstat returns undef * Mon Apr 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure index file will be removed in case of an error in the getSingleInstSourceSatSolvable() function * Mon Apr 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of lwp-download with complex zypper URL\'s containing additional proxy, proxy-user/pwd information * Sat Apr 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- changed offset=64 to offset=0 for isohybrid. this fixes the problem of missing partition devices in legacy BIOS mode * Sat Apr 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed dereferencing of undefined values if no profiles are used * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typos: Replace \"(c|C)onfiguartion\" with \"(c|C)configuration\" * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typos: Replace \"(c|C)onfiguartion\" with \"(c|C)configuration\" * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typos: Replace \"(c|C)onfiguartion\" with \"(c|C)configuration\" * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for overlayfs as root filesystem for the disk based image types oem and vmx. Unfortunately the tool chain is not really prepared for such systems. I found the following issues which are not a kiwi business: * grub2-mkconfig failed to get canonical path of overlayfs * mkinitrd does not work if the rootfs is an overlayfs Thus when building an image with filesystem=\"overlayfs\" it can be booted only once with the kiwi initrd. the subsequent reboot failed when using grub2. funny enough with the legacy grub it works because kiwi writes the config in this case * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added helper tool called livestick: + allows deployment of live ISO images on USB sticks without destroying any data on the stick. The system is based on grub2 which loads via loopback the kernel and the initrd from the transfered iso image file. In addition to that custom writing happens into a cowfile and not into a partition. Using livestick recommends the use of the overlayfs filesystem (flags=\"overlay\") because that has proven to work fast and nicely with a cowfile * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for the last commit concerning the unit tests make sure unwanted duplicate entries are replaced * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use opensuse:// urls in unit tests. that sucks inside the buildservice if the service redirector is broken * Fri Apr 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added aarch64 as supported arch to the KIWIXML ctor * Thu Apr 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use a --label search for the grub2 setup if possible * Thu Apr 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure imx, dtb and elf files are moved correctly in the boot partition * Thu Apr 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed loading of network drivers in oemboot dump code * Thu Apr 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make sure elf binaries (.elf) will be extracted * Thu Apr 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- reduce code duplication for rsync call * Thu Apr 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file to build correctly for aarch64 * Thu Apr 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: added missing arch links in system/repo * Thu Apr 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make sure device tree (.dtb) is extraced from the boot image * Wed Apr 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.7 released * Wed Apr 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added JeOS templates for openSUSE 13.1 * Wed Apr 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- call zeroMDRaidSuperBlock only if kiwi_RaidDev is specified * Wed Apr 10 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add boot image link for armv6- add armv6 and armv5el to list of supported architectures- create setup for bootimage for 13.1 + this will fix the package build in OBS * Tue Apr 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed regexp flags, causing trouble in older perl versions * Tue Apr 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- remove \'mdadm\' from the delete section of the SLES boot image descriptions. mdadm is used by the boot code if a raid setup is configured * Mon Apr 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure optional liveCD mount points /cow and /isofrom are moved into the system when they exist * Mon Apr 08 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add armv5el boot architecture link * Sun Apr 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed plymouth splash activation in kiwi initrd. It\'s done in the same way systemd does it. after the start of the plymouth daemon it\'s required to wait for udev events to settle before showing the splash screen * Sun Apr 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure --solv-cache-dir points to the same base directory as --cache-dir. Without this setup the cookie cache gets lost inside the chroot and thus repositories with credentials might fail the authentication * Sun Apr 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed loop name collision in isofrom mode * Sat Apr 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use kiwi_cowdevice and kiwi_cowsystem instead of kiwi_cowfile the used colon as separator conflicts with the by-id names * Sat Apr 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed ctor test for improper LVM2 volume name * Fri Apr 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwi_cowfile usage, broken return condition * Fri Apr 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow both parted gpt_sync_mbr table type and the gptsync program. if gptsync is installed it will take over precedence * Tue Apr 02 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- allow lxc as a value for the packages type attribute to support container specific package specification * Sat Mar 30 2013 bernhardoutAATTlsmod.de- reduce duplicate code * Thu Mar 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- call syncGPT only if partedTableType is gpt * Thu Mar 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for 12.3 openNebula examples: + grub2-branding has to stay installed inside the initrd + no theme was selected * Thu Mar 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure splash is deactivated for any dialogs displayed while inside the kiwi initrd (bnc #812099) * Wed Mar 27 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fixup the openNebula example for 12.3- use grub2 as bootloader- switch the branding packages- fixup the custom firstboot procedure to avoid an error * Wed Mar 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed checkmedia call if used in hybrid disk mode. in this mode a disk partition device was passed instead of the entire disk device (bnc #804160) * Mon Mar 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved the check for the Amazon EC2 toolkit after the check for the credentials. If no or not enough credentials are provided the bundling is skipped and that\'s not an error. Thus it\'s ok to miss ec2-bundle-image at that point so the check needs to be done after successfully checking for the pre-conditions * Mon Mar 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed addBootEFILive function to work for 32bit ISO\'s + the boot path was hardcoded to boot/x86_64. With this patch the path to the bootloader files is searched * Fri Mar 22 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- follow up to driver data migration into new XML data structure + implement KIWIProfileFile class to represent data in the .profile file. This class allows us to gradually move data that is processed in the XML changeset and ends up in .profile without duplicating code in other places- remove attempt to write kiwi_luks to the .profile file + kiwi_luks is not used, no longer needed- add diffutils as build requires + diff needed by new unit tests- unit tests for new code * Thu Mar 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.6 released * Thu Mar 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value * Thu Mar 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- run XML validator on the code * Thu Mar 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed changelog build helper to correctly indent sub entries starting with a \'+\' or \' *\' prefix * Wed Mar 20 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add unit test for syncMBR attribute * Wed Mar 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added attribute syncMBR in the type element to activate the MBR synchronisation into the GPT for efi images * Wed Mar 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed calculation of inode number if no XML size is set in this case the variable contains the value \'auto\' and this can\'t be used in numeric expressions * Wed Mar 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure zImage kernels for arm gets detected * Wed Mar 20 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add support for EC2 AP-Sydney region * Wed Mar 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed calculation of inode number in KIWIBoot constructor for vmx images which requested a specific size in the XML description it\'s required to calculate the inode count from the specified size and not from the size of the of the unpacked root tree. If the requested image size is much bigger than the unpacked root tree it might happen that we run out of inodes very soon in the later image * Wed Mar 20 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- v5.05.5 released * Wed Mar 20 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix build of split image type + regression introduced by restructuring effort, commit 853e6fc3 * Wed Mar 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typos and white space errors * Wed Mar 20 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement ImageBuilder for tar archives (KIWITarArchiveBuilder) + remove createImageTar from KIWIImage class + update the Factory to return the new builder type + update ImageCreator + update triggers + implement new unit tests * Tue Mar 19 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update build and runtime requirements + add rsync as build requires, new test uses code path that requires rsync + add perl-Digest as build requires and requires, new test generates a checksum- add code to handle absence of /proc/mounts + this is useful when working in a local osc sandbox with osc chroot where /proc/mounts does not exist * Tue Mar 19 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- move all the driver handling in the XML from the old data model to the new data model * remove addDrivers_legacy * remove getDriversNodeList_legacy * remove the driversNodeList class member * Tue Mar 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- allow option for KIWIManager *::setupUpgrade() to operate in a mode which checks only for the requested package transactions and allow to skip the dist upgrade. This mode is used in the kiwi --create step to prevent auto dist upgrades which should only happen if kiwi --upgrade is called * Mon Mar 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed copyBootCode and suseGFXBoot to be more generic with regards to the different u-boot img/bin files * Mon Mar 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- create aarch64 link to boot images. Currently this points to the same boot description files used for armv7 and armv5 * Mon Mar 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure splash stays on screen when in oem-silentboot mode * Mon Mar 18 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- apply new method naming convention, use p_ as prefix for \"protected\" methods * Mon Mar 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use grub2 modules from host system if not found in initrd + instead enable/disable support according to stages (BIOS/EFI) + print better error message in case of missing required stages + allow plain BIOS, plain EFI and EFI+BIOS setup * Mon Mar 18 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- improve the KIWI *Builder framework + rename the ImageBuilder class to ImageBuilderBase to indicate base class status of the implementation + rename methods according to naming convention + add checksum creation capabilities to the ImageBuilderBase class- add method to execute images.sh explicitly to the Image class + the image class will transition to only represent the unpacked image. The new methods executes images.sh in the unpacked image tree + fixup the destructor to avoid \"uninitialized\" messages from Perl if object creation fails- improve the container build + run images.sh file + create a checksum for the container file- add naming convention to the developer documentation- fix up the pre-commit hook script to deal with file removal or renames. When moving/renaming or renaming a file, git still presents the old file name as \"changed\" previously this would break the code checking the modified files. Compile errors, registration errors, and perlcritic errors would be generated- add entry to container configuration file indicating device handling. This is lxc version dependent and kiwi does not know the host where the container is deployed, thus we cannot add the setting to the configuration without guard- create unit tests for the ImageBuilderBase class- create a rudimentary unit test for the Image class * Mon Mar 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed stage directory check for grub2 * Mon Mar 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure profile information is used in all kiwi modes * Mon Mar 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed call of undefined subroutine &KIWIGlobals::qxx * Mon Mar 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added option --force-bootstrap in combination with --recycle-root in the kiwi modes --prepare and/or --create. When using a base tree with --recycle-root kiwi normally skips the bootstrapping part because that data should all be part of the base tree. If the tree is not complete in this regard, e.g missing zypper one can now enforce the bootstrapping phase to be called. * Sun Mar 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed directory creation in KIWIImageCreator. the profile information was stored in a variable which was not used * Sun Mar 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in function name * Sat Mar 16 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- make the methods of the XML data base class public + brings code into allignment with other OO use in other langauges + the base class nature is indicated by the name * Fri Mar 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for hybrid EFI disk images based on gptsync. * if gptsync is installed an MBR is added to the GPT table * this allows to boot plain vmx images via legacy BIOS and EFI * this allows to boot oem disk via legacy BIOS and EFI The repartition code of an EFI oem will overwrite the MBR placed by gptsync. Thus the kiwi initrd tries to re-add the information by calling syncGPT. The funtion requires the presence of gptsync and sfdisk inside the kiwi initrd. Both tools are not part of the kiwi initrd by default * this allows to boot oem install media via legacy BIOS and EFI oem install media are install ISOs and install sticks * please note placing an MBR into the GPT is outside of the EFI standard. It might happen that an EFI firmware refuse to boot a system which includes a MBR inside the GPT. Thus gptsync support should be seen as experimental * Fri Mar 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.4 released * Fri Mar 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test: kiwiContainerBuilder + the test used the getArch() function from the global space this function turns any 32bit arch name into \'ix86\' but the container builder code uses the value from \'uname -m\' in the generateBuildImageName() function and thus the arch value used here is like \'i686\'. Therefore the unit test will fail on all 32bit x86 architectures * Fri Mar 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.3 released * Fri Mar 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed package build, lxc is required for unit testing * Fri Mar 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.2 released * Thu Mar 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getSingleInstSourceSatSolvable() in terms of pattern handling. the function stores projectxml always with the the suffix .gz which indicates a compressed version of the file. But the patterns information file could also contain a non compressed version of patterns.xml which is then wrongly used as compressed file * Wed Mar 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- the btrfsctl utility is deprecated and will be removed soon There was one code path in kiwi which needs to be adapted to understand both btrfs and btrfsctl (bnc #808962) * Tue Mar 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of selectedProfiles information. The way it was done before possibly overwrites information provided on the commandline * Tue Mar 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added openSUSE 12.3 boot and JeOS templates for armv7 * Mon Mar 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- more robust code: + getStorageSize, returns an error if device is not present + retry of partition creation no longer endless * Mon Mar 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed unused function getRemovableUSBStorageDevices() * Mon Mar 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use kpartx sync mode to make sure devices are created on return of the call * Mon Mar 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure writeTester gets installed * Fri Mar 08 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- added tests/writeTester for XML import/export tests * Fri Mar 08 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- handle repositories in the new data structure + remove legacy methods for repository handling ~ getHttpsRepositoryCredentials_legacy ~ getRepositories_legacy ~ ignoreRepositories_legacy ~ setRepository_legacy ~ addRepositories_legacy + modify CommandLine object to handle KIWIXMLRepositoryData objects instead of handle arrays of disconnected repository data + modify the command line processor (kiwi.pl) to create KIWIXMLRepositoryData objects + eliminate the repository processing from the changeset that is used to modify the boot description. The information is still in the changeset but is no longer considered * Thu Mar 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed checks for already mounted system filesystems- fixed race condition in bindDiskPartitions, kpartx returns early and sometimes before the devices in /dev/mapper were created * Wed Mar 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Mar 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation; add missing image types * Wed Mar 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved from clicfs to overlayfs for 12.3 JeOS live iso * Wed Mar 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for overlayfs for live images + requires kernel >= 3.7 (openSUSE >= 12.3) + activate with * Wed Mar 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added SLED as possible target for kiwi --migrate (bnc #807469) * Wed Mar 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added SLES-SP3 as possible target for kiwi --migrate (bnc #807469) * Wed Mar 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Tue Mar 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getOperatingSystemVersion() in KIWIMigrate. Use the /etc/products.d/baseproduct information to find the OS name * Tue Mar 05 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- rename the getImageType method on the KIWIXMLTypeData object The name had an unfortunate overlap with the same name on the XML class * Tue Mar 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed oem-silent-install and oem-silent-verify options. They were not evaluated in __updateDescriptionFromChangeSet_legacy * Tue Mar 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate getImageVersion_legacy method from XML * Tue Mar 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- integrate KIWIImageBuilder approach better: + move __getBaseWorkingDir, __createWorkingDir, __cleanupWorkingDir and __getBaseWorkingDir into the KIWIContainerBuilder. They are specific to the creation of lxc containers + delete __provideResults from KIWIImageBuilder. what happens with the result belongs to KIWIImageCreator not to the plain builder + add __createBuildDir to the KIWIImageBuilder constructor. the creation of the intermediate build directory is done by the base class for all image builds. The result of the build is created there + integrate KIWIImageBuildFactory better into the KIWIImageCreator the first build is based on KIWIImageBuildFactory. If the image can\'t be build by this factory the image is build calling a creation function from the KIWIImage space. In the future more and more image creation code will be moved from KIWIImage to KIWIImageBuildFactory + format creation, build result archiving and move of result into user specified target directory applies to a successfull build no matter if it was done by the KIWIImageBuildFactory or by a image creation function from the KIWIImage space + adapt unit tests * Tue Mar 05 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- return an array ref from the createImage method + the array contains the files created by the builder. This will help us to eliminate the glob copy in the ImageCreator in the future * Mon Mar 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure all USB host controller drivers will become included by mkinitrd (bnc #805053) * Mon Mar 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Mar 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- if secure boot is enabled it\'s required to tell that in /etc/default/grub to make grub2-mkconfig produce correct results * Sun Mar 03 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- allow the user to hide the install and verify ncurses progress dialogs during OEM image installation, needed by Tyco (bnc #791291) + implement oem-silent-install and oem-silent-verify elements both are childeren of oemconfig * Fri Mar 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 setup for older distros which packages into lib/grub2-efi * Thu Feb 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWILinuxRC::installBootLoaderGrub2() + install grub2 only in BIOS mode, in EFI mode this doesn\'t make sense + make sure the grub2 config file also lands on the EFI (fat) partition when in UEFI mode the precompiled and signed grub.efi image searches there for the configuration * Wed Feb 27 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed UEFI bootloader setup for grub2 based disk images + fixed creation of image install CDs in EFI mode + call findAndCopyMagicBlock only if hybrid is requested * Tue Feb 26 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement support to build an image that runs as lxc container + add \"lxc\" as accepted value to image attribute + add container attribute to element, this attribute is required for container building + create consistency check for container type + must have container attribute + container attribute value must be composed of word characters + container build must include lxc packsge (runtime check) + unit tests + implement processing of new attributes in the XML code + unit tests- implement KIWIContainerConfigWriter + this class writes the configuration file and fstab file for a container + it is a child of KIWIConfigWriter + unit tests- implement KIWIConfigWriter + base class for configuration file writers, at present it only has the container writer as a child. This class will help us to separate the code for other image types that have configuration file (ovf, vmware, xen) and create individual classes that are focused on only one thing- implement KIWIConfigWriterFactory + factory class that hands out a *ConfigWriter objects based on the image type or image format being built + unit tests- implement KIWIContainerBuilder + this class is responsible for the image creation for a container image only createImage is public and implements the creation procedure + is a child of KIWIImageBuilder + unit tests- implement KIWIImageBuilder + base class for all *Builder classes, at present it only has the container builder as a child. This class will help us to peal apart the creation of various image types currently implemented in a tangle in KIWIImage and KIWIImageCreator- implement KIWIImageBuildFactory + factory class that hands out *Builder objects based on the image type + unit tests- integrate the new build infrastructure code into the image creation process for lxc containers- add directory exist method to test case- create container example for openSUSE 12.3 and 12.2- examples + fix the text in the 12.3 examples to refer to 12.3, not 12.2 + all network configurations, 12.2 and 13.3, STARTMODE value \'onboot\' is no longer supported, changed to \'auto\'- add a chapter to the documentation providing information about the new container image type * Tue Feb 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added network drivers and nfs stack to isoboot for openSUSE 12.3. This allows to boot live ISO\'s via pxe as explained in (bnc #805771) * Tue Feb 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- changed isofrom feature: + splitted information provided in isofrom into two parts isofrom_device= and isofrom_system= the two were set in common and seperated by a colon before. This caused trouble when the colon is part of the device information + added support for ISO from NFS (bnc #805771) isofrom_device=nfs:: * Tue Feb 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Feb 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update. wrote about the different union mount methods for pxe * Mon Feb 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added vmxFlavour-uefi and xenFlavour-uefi profiles to the suse-SLE11-JeOS template image description. Given that SLE11 SP3 is used these profiles can be used to build UEFI images based on grub2 * Fri Feb 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanMount function to work if $root dir can\'t be created. It might happen that at that point kiwi already mounted some stuff which can be released via cleanMount but cleanMount returned if no $root location was created. * Fri Feb 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of KIWICache object, was missing the xml pointer * Fri Feb 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed default value for virtualHW version * Thu Feb 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the openSUSE 12.3 JeOS set the correct console based systemd target and fix some typos in config.sh too * Thu Feb 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed default systemd target setup, baseSetRunlevel function a systemd target is not a number but something like multi-user.target or graphical.target * Wed Feb 20 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix iso creation for non-EFI medias again * Wed Feb 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure GRUB_TERMINAL is set in etc/default grub to make yast bootloader happy. if yast can\'t find this setting it switches to \'console\' which deactivates the graphical grub2 console (bnc #804725) * Wed Feb 20 2013 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix product media creation for non-x86_64 when EFI boot support is enabled (bnc #804428) * Wed Feb 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in function comment, still talking about opensusePattern instead of namedCollection * Wed Feb 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- move from opensusePattern to namedCollection in KIWIMigrate * Wed Feb 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added missing setup of etc/sysconfig/bootloader setup for grub2- fixed possible duplicate entries for quiet and splash= in etc/default/grub * Tue Feb 19 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWIISOLinux fixes: + added addBootEFILive magic block creation to the source media KIWICollect code too + extend magic block lookup in findAndCopyMagicBlock() from 2 to 8 files and from 4 to 8 blocks (bnc #804428) * Tue Feb 19 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- create a kiwi-test package + install the test code in the install directive + change permission on the test drivers to eliminate RPM lint warning + add filter to hide the test .kiwirc file warning * Mon Feb 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in KIWIConfigure * Mon Feb 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- switch back to firmware=\'bios\' and print a warning if uefi is requested on another than the x86_64 architecture. on SUSE we provide signed loaders and kernels for x86_64 only * Mon Feb 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- secure boot grub commands are linuxefi and initrdefi fix this also for oem disk images * Mon Feb 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed building of i386-efi (32bit) live EFI iso images * Sun Feb 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- check for grub2 conf tool name before using it. with openSUSE 12.3 the grub2-efi-... tool chain was removed thus kiwi needs to check this before calling the mkconfig command * Sun Feb 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- better logging messages for framebuffer device setup and initrd creation for reboot of the system by either dracut or mkinitrd * Sun Feb 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- increased default boot partition size to 200MB (+50M) the plymouth splash data is huge. Just to give an example 12.2 SUSE plymouth theme data is ~3M, 12.3 SUSE plymouth theme data is about 23M. That blows up the initrd and needs more space on the boot partition * Sun Feb 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure temporary config.lxc is removed after execution * Sun Feb 17 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove the and elements from the schema these elements are replaced by the new element- update all XML files to the latest schema version (5.7) * Sun Feb 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- EFI/UEFI fixes according to standard * EFI/BOOT is required instead of efi/boot * eltorito alternative loader path must be boot//efi * secure boot grub commands are linuxefi and initrdefi * check for 64bit or 32bit efi module * Sun Feb 17 2013 msAATTsuse.de- KIWICollect install media package collector fixes * pass all needed arguments to the KIWIIsoLinux constructor * set logfile to terminal * Sun Feb 17 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the openSUSE 12.3 examples, add module-init-tools to bootstrap package list * Sun Feb 17 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- use the localectl and datetimectl implementations provided by systemd to set the configuration + short circuit the suseConfig function in the shell code if localectl exists + implement the configuration in Perl code, now all configuration settings are implemented in the same class + remove the call to suseConfig in the config.sh files of our examples- clean up the KIWIConfigure implementation to critic level 3- add deprecation message to the old implementation * Fri Feb 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- systemd related fixes causing the first boot to hang * setupConsole should not run at all in case of systemd * systemd has been moved to /usr/lib/systemd/systemd thus /bin/systemd is now a link and that causes several bash test calls to fail * quit plymouth inside the initrd if the system image doesn\'t have plymouth installed * make debugging plymouth problems more easy by evaluating the options plymouth.enable and/or rd.plymouth like the mkinitrd scripts does it * Fri Feb 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- systemd has been moved to /usr/lib/systemd with openSUSE 12.3 thus the function baseSetRunlevel() needs to address old and new location * Fri Feb 15 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove the getImageName_legacy method from the code base * Thu Feb 14 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add critic exception for the _new_instance private method in all singletons. + The method is called from the base class only and thus does not appear to be called when perlcritic parses the code.- convert the Locator to a singleton + the locator holds no state and we really only need one per kiwi invocation * Wed Feb 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t trigger udev device creation in pre-init. All devices are already there due to the initial start of udev. This could cause a hangup on first boot of the appliance * Tue Feb 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t rely on boot.device-mapper init script, load device mapper module manually when needed * Tue Feb 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed start/stop of udev in pre-init. while using sysV init it was possible to run a startup script without a running init process. With systemd you cannot really run a service when systemd does not run * Tue Feb 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed corrupted fbiterm fonts for openSUSE 12.3 (bnc #803276) * Tue Feb 12 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement writeXML method in XML class + write an xml file based on the data in the data structure- do not write data to the generated XML if a default value was set programmatically- add a \"namedCollection\" element to the XML + this is in preparation for the removal of opensusePattern and rhelGroup + the KIWIXMLPackageCollection class already writes the element as there is no way to differentiate one collection from the other vs. . Therefore, the schema has to support the new element name prior to the old collection names being removed.- alpha sort the element declarations in the schema + benign change, but it aides XML code development- kiwi now depends on File::Slurp- implement a writeTest script that can be used to verify that round tripping of XML data works- create a sample config.xml file for round trip testing * Tue Feb 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use global variable kernel_cmdline to store paramters passed to the linuxrc/init script and don\'t hand them over via sub-functions * Tue Feb 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- suppress cpio blocks message to stderr * Sat Feb 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- ignore empty directories in the migration report. the migrate code checks the unmanaged directories and remove them from the data hash if they are empty on the system. Additionally the path which ends up in an empty directory is searched backwards to find other empty directories in the unmanaged data hash which appears due to the removal of deeper empty directories * Fri Feb 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use mcopy to create efi structure in vfat image. * Fri Feb 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- increased the vfat container image to be big enough to hold additional efi modules like the shim * Fri Feb 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed import of shim and grub efi modules. They are packaged as links to usr/lib/grub2/xxx-efi thus moving data from this directory will destroy the link target. We\'d better copy it- also allow integration of shim-opensuse key. If no Microsoft signed key is present we check if an opensuse key exists * Fri Feb 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure shim package is part of the boot image for iso vmx and oem image types starting with openSUSE >= 12.3. The sim package contains the Microsoft signed efi module which is the entry point for UEFI secure boot * Fri Feb 08 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- improved genDevDoc script: * improve the file processing routine, use only one loop * general code cleanliness improvements * implement DAG generation * Thu Feb 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed search path for UEFI signed shim.efi and grub.efi * Thu Feb 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for D3 data visualisation for custom files in kiwi migration report. The report shows a nice collapsable tree view of the unmanaged files/directories * Thu Feb 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- print warning if installed isohybrid does not support EFI * Thu Feb 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- search for the grub2 mkimage tool. the tool has been renamed in openSUSE 12.3 thus we have to find it and can\'t rely on the name * Thu Feb 07 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure module-init-tools is part of the bootstrap list for openSUSE 12.3 images. Otherwise kmod-compat ist installed which is incompatible with the kernel packages and causes a zypper provides error * Wed Feb 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed search path for grub2 EFI modules. in openSUSE 12.2 grub2-efi was packaged in a way that the modules were installed to /usr/lib/grub2-efi/x86_64-efi. In openSUSE 12.3 the packaging has changed and the modules are now installed to /usr/lib/grub2/x86_64-efi, really a brilliant idea * Wed Feb 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repo setup in KIWIXMLInfo mode, the code there still needs the setRepository_legacy() call * Wed Feb 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed call to undefined function setGlobals(). This was renamed into setKiwiConfigData() * Wed Feb 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure KIWIMigrate writes latest version of the XML schema * Wed Feb 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- remove autoyastClone function/feature from KIWIMigrate this feature did not work well and it\'s also not maintained by yast at the moment * Wed Feb 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in KIWIMigrate * Wed Feb 06 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added function createCustomHybridPersistent() which allows to provide the cmdline variable \'kiwi_cowfile=device:/path/to/cowfile\' If kiwi get this information it uses the file as container for persistent writing for hybrid iso images. If this information is not present the standard case applies, which is kiwi tries to create a new partition device for persistent writing. In combination with the isofrom feature the kiwi_cowfile approach is useful * Tue Feb 05 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- generate KIWI Class API documentation and cross references * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.05.01 released * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation for version change * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: following is required for (fate #314413) and (fate #314414) + add support for SERVERTYPE=local for fetchFile and putFile. the SERVER variable then points to a local directory + use locally cached MD5 file if it has the same checksum as the remote file, this is enabled by setting KIWI_LOCAL_CACHE_DIR Setting of these variables will be handled in SLEPOS specific hooks. * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.38 released * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in setupBTRFS * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use ext4 filesystem for clic\'ed live iso\'s * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- use grub2 as bootloader for xen on openSUSE 12.2 JeOS too * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed return value of KIWIImageFormat::createFormat. If no format is specified, e.g on xen we need only the format configuration, this is just a warning, thus the return value of the function should not indicate an error * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed update of machine section in case of a xen dom0 setup the vmdisk entry is mandatory now thus the section has to provide it * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of build type in KIWIXML constructor. While testing I found that e.g the format conversion failed because there was no machine section found. But for the selected type and profile there was a machine section specified. The KIWIXML::setBuildType function was never called thus the default type applies which was of type iso and there no machine section existed. * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in KIWIBoot.pm while in kiwi\'s format conversion mode * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added \'skipit\' to the list of supported archs. I\'m a bit unhappy with this change but I didn\'t see a better way to fix the arch check. In fact \'skipit\' is not an architecture but for product building this architecture flag is used to indicate noarch rpm packages. In kiwi we check all arch values by one function KIWIXMLFileData::__isSupportedArch(), thus \'skipit\' needs to be part of the list. The more clean fix would be to have two arch checking functions one for image building (real arch check) and one for product building (DVD source media). In order to keep the risk of regressions low I decided for the fast and easy way but we should have in mind that we can do better here. * Tue Feb 05 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure dbus machine-id is unique * Mon Feb 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update failsafe options (bnc #801973) * Mon Feb 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed search and call code for editbootconfig and editbootinstall evaluation when building iso images, live and install media * Mon Feb 04 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the message for the init argument hash presence + the log facility is a singleton and is no longer passed as argument, thus the initialization hash argument is always expected as the first argument. * Mon Feb 04 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove unused code + getTypes_legacy method was no longer called * Mon Feb 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fix architecture handling for ProductPackages, allow a comma separated list of architectures also in the runtime checker function __isSupportedArch() * Mon Feb 04 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add trigger for schema changes + run all tests that use an xml file when the schema changes * Mon Feb 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- check for the existence of a the service file before activating/deactivating a systemd service * Mon Feb 04 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of KIWI * instances in KIWICollect * Sun Feb 03 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWICollect constructor. The code there did not make use of the singleton KIWILog object and still expects the first parameter to be the log reference * Sun Feb 03 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement getBootImageDescription method in locator + will eventually replace normalizeBootPath in KIWIURL. Implement search hierarchy for boot image description search that is more easily understood by users.- implement unit tests for new functionality * Fri Feb 01 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- eliminate getOVFConfig_legacy- remove des_cpu and des_memory attributes + des_cpu == ncpus and des_memory == memory we do not need 2 attributes to describe the same value + fix typo of ovfformat name, it is \"powervm\" not \"povervm\" + the schema version did NOT change thus users must fix the config file manually if they used \"des_cpu\", \"des_memory\", and \"povervm\"- implement writing of configured information into the .ovf configuration file + memory and limits + cpu and limits + devices- fix link bug + the image file in the .ovf directoy was a dangling link as the link created was not pointing to the proper location- update the tests to account for the removed attributes- fix typo in method name \"...Machine...\" not \"...Maschine...\" * Fri Feb 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- clean up the kiwi debug mode which collects trace information about the perl caller stack. There is now a singleton module called KIWITrace which stores the backtrace. Thus this also removes the last main:: global variables from the kiwi space * Fri Feb 01 2013 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for the use vs. require change in the Singleton objects KIWILog and KIWIGlobals. If one of the modules included by require contains a use statement of the Singleton object we again got warnings about redefined functions * Thu Jan 31 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- eliminate getVMwareConfig_legacy + incorporate default setting for guestOS into XMLVMachineData + drop all other mappings for guestOS, this is the user\'s responsibility- fix VMWare NIC setup bug + previously the generated config file (.vmx) did not contain information about the specified MAC address. The MAC was always set to \"generated\" ignoring the user specified data. * Thu Jan 31 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- use require instead of use to include other modules in the Singleton classes. when using the \"use\" syntax for modules the perl compiler interrupts the compilation of the current module and starts compiling the module declared in the use statement. If the included module then includes the singleton perl issues \'Subroutine foo redefined\' messages. As the compilation of of the original module was interrupted it is not finished and thus not recorded in the lookup table. Delaying the loading to runtime with the require function avoids the warning. * Thu Jan 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.37 released * Thu Jan 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __checkVMscsiCapable() runtime check, it\'s ok to have no machine section. That one broke the containment builds for SUSE Studio * Thu Jan 31 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.36 released * Wed Jan 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.35 released * Wed Jan 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of JSON tree in KIWIMigrate * Wed Jan 30 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the isohybrid checks + previous implementation did not properly account for conditions that trigger the isohybrid code path + add error condition for architectures that do not support the creation of iso hybrids + update the tests accordingly * Wed Jan 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- worked on the visualization of unmanaged data in KIWIMigrate. I\'d like to use the d3 visualization framework and that requires the data as JSON data structure. I implemented a method to create that information but ran into JSON max nesting level problems * Wed Jan 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- partially revert (eff68ab8de60). The fstool runtime is ok just the test case XML in liveIsoImg/efiOEM/config.xml would force the xfs tools to be installed which I think is not really necessary for this test * Wed Jan 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.34 released * Wed Jan 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of undefined value in writeImageConfig * Wed Jan 30 2013 msAATTsuse.de- I removed the runtime check for xfs and reiserfs. reiserfs is more or less dead and xfs is a pure optional filesystem. If we have a mandatory check for xfs kiwi has to require the tools package on the package and on the build level which I think is not required. imho it would also be better to change the fstool runtime check to check only for the selected filesystem and not the complete list. We cannot expect our users to install all filesystem tools * Wed Jan 30 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- build require e2fsprogs to allow unit tests to pass * Tue Jan 29 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove the getRPM *_legacy methods use the new API * Tue Jan 29 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- only require the uefi isohybrid command line option when building a EFI/UEFI iso + at present the uefi command line option on the isohybrid executable is treated as mandatory. This breaks all ISO builds on systems that do not have the latest isohybrid tool even if the ISO to be created is not designated as an efi/uefi ISO via the firmware attribute. The changes treat the uefi command line option as optional. A runtime check ensures that kiwi exits if the uefi command line option is required and the tool does not support it.- new runtime check and test cases * Tue Jan 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed firmware check to allow uefi as well * Tue Jan 29 2013 msAATTsuse.de- grubcd.efi has been moved to grub.efi in the latest grub2 packages. Thus we have to follow the change * Mon Jan 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- some cleanup in KIWIMigrate.pm, tested d3 data visualization * Mon Jan 28 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- make KIWIGlobals a singleton + eliminates another package variable in kiwi.pl + add the singleton to the doc + allows us to make the remainaing test cases packages, now critic 2 clean- rename methods getGlobals and setGlobals + reflect in name the data that is being returned/set getKiwiConfig, setKiwiConfigData- some general code consistency clean up * Mon Jan 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.33 released * Mon Jan 28 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for firmware=\"uefi\" attribute. In contrast to the standard firmware=\"efi\" support, kiwi will not create its own efi boot images but uses the shim and the signed bootloader modules as they are provided by the packages. * Sun Jan 27 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Implement KIWIXMLPXEDeployConfigData + supports multiple declarations of + remove confArch, confDest, and confSource from KIWIXMLPXEDeployData and encapsulate in this new object- Integrate KIWIXMLPXEDeployConfigData into XML + hold array of KIWIXMLPXEDeployConfigData and enforce child relationship to KIWIXMLPXEDeployData indirectly- Implement proper default processing for partition definitions in KIWIXMLPXEDeployData + previously the default setting were applied in the XML in the old data model. In the new data model all default are known only to the type encapsulating the data- Eliminate all *PXEDeploy *_legacy methods from XML class + update client code to use new data model provided objects- Eliminate all calls to _legacy in the PXE image creation code path- Implement new tests and update existing tests as necessary + new tests for new class + update tests for default values + new tests for default settings + eliminate _legacy tests for PXEDeploy * Sat Jan 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed hybrid iso search to respect partition devices and prefer them over the entire disk device. Additionally don\'t set a loop on the found device anymore which was used to workaround the busy state set by the kernel. * Sat Jan 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of undefined value as an ARRAY reference in KIWIXML::getUsers() method * Sat Jan 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make grub2 search more robust by searching for a flag file named like the unique ID used in the ISO header or MBR. This completes (bnc #799488) * Sat Jan 26 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make sure grub2/grub2-efi are part of the isoboot initrd * Fri Jan 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 prefix and root variable setup (bnc #799488)- fixed layout of iso\'s and also make sure fixCatalog() is called * Fri Jan 25 2013 msAATTsuse.de- enhanced isohybrid call to know about --uefi option. Creating an EFI capable hybrid iso requires the new isohybrid tool including patches by Steffen Winterfeldt as well as a correctly prepared ISO to write the information. This commit is only about calling isohybrid whereas the last commits was about preparation of the iso itself * Fri Jan 25 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Remove getEc2Config_legacy method from XML + Change client code to use new getEC2Config method and work with the returned EC2ConfigData object- Change getDisplayName implementation in XML + Use data from the new data structure to return the name- Reorder some operations in the EC2 image creation step + Facilitate early exit by first checking the architecture + Eliminate all _lgacy calls from this code path + Move variable initialization closer to the place where the values are used + Handle all AWS account stuff towards the end of the method, when we need the information, as this is not treated as an error anyway- Fix link in documentation + The repo for the EC2 tools moved from Virtualization:/Cloud to Cloud:/ * Thu Jan 24 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- support the profiles attribute for user definitions at the \"group\" level (bnc #77152) * implement new tests * update consistency checks * Thu Jan 24 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added the firmware type \'vboot\' to support creation of images for arm based boards using google\'s chrome OS boot style * Wed Jan 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- prepare ISO images in a way that allows hybrid ISO\'s which boot via EFI. There is some magic involved here and we are still not there. In order to make it work it\'s required to have two iso meta data blocks whereas one is used as real iso header providing boot entries for syslinux and efi-boot as well as the optional legacy bios based partition table for hybrids and the other one is used to place a gpt partition table to allow this iso to be seen as a disk when booting it as disk over EFI * Wed Jan 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed support for openSUSE 11.4 * Wed Jan 23 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for openSUSE 12.3 * Wed Jan 23 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update the extra examples + support 12.2 and 12.3 + remove 11.4 + add min-gnome as SLES example * Tue Jan 22 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the UserData tests broken by previous update adding merge code * Tue Jan 22 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement a merge method that supports the merge of user data * Tue Jan 22 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for EFI in live ISO images. In order to create a syslinux plus EFI (grub2) live ISO use the following type hybrid support for EFI live ISO\'s requires the new isohybrid tool which could also write a gpt into the isoheader. * Mon Jan 21 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix architecture handling for ProductPackages, allow a comma separated list of architectures * Mon Jan 21 2013 msAATTsuse.de- removed __checkNoProfsBootstrapPackages check. It\'s allowed to have profiles specified in the bootstrap packages. There are image descriptions which installs the entire system by bootstrap packages. Reason for this is if the packagemanager in the image is not compatible to the implementation in kiwi e.g SLE10. Other than that we officially support bootstrap only installation including all features of \'image\' typed package sections. * Mon Jan 21 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- allow archives in the bootsrap section to allow build of images of older distributions * Sun Jan 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of sat solvable functions due to the Singleton log class changes. There were still some functions calls left which passes the $kiwi log object to the functions * Sun Jan 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- Due to the new Singleton log class and the fix in KIWIQX to make use of it, all EXEC calls now lands in the logInfoMsg type of unit test framework. Thus I changed the ktLog.pm::loginfo function in the unit test functions to ignore EXEC loginfo messages and allow the unit tests to work again * Sun Jan 20 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed $main::kiwi accesses according to new Singleton log class- fixed KIWIQX command execution logging with new Singleton log class- fixed object instantiation of KIWIXMLRepositoryData due to new Singleton based log object class * Sun Jan 20 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement new consistency checks + do not allow the assignment of a group ID to known system groups + do not allow the profiles attribute on a section marked as bootstrap + do not allow the use of archives in a section marked as bootstrap + ensure the interface is unique within one definition + ensure the MAC is unique within one definition * Fri Jan 18 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- eliminate the getUsers_legacy method * Fri Jan 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed wrong filesystem label for the efi jump partition. According to the EFI spec it should be EFI not BOOT- fixed the boot partition setup in case of an EFI system. kiwi checks the filesystem type of the jump partition and not the boot partition which leads to a missing boot -> . link on the boot partition which then prevents the grub2 efi core image to find the grub.cfg file * Fri Jan 18 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Jan 18 2013 tom_schrAATTweb.de- DB: Moved definition of PXE as the first sentence- DB: Removed linebreak after and before to avoid layout problems * Thu Jan 17 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- turn the logger (KIWILog) into a Singleton + eliminates the first argument for every constructor + enforces less sloppy testing code for log message checking- add the logger to the design diagram as a singleton- start over all design write up * Wed Jan 16 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- eliminate some calls to _legacy methods- moved some \"old\" accessors to _legacy in XML KIWIXMLInfo => getInstallSize_legacy KIWIXML => getImageVersion_legacy KIWIXML => getImageName_legacy * Tue Jan 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Jan 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- DB: add documentation about new post hook commands * Tue Jan 15 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added support for post hook commands as requested in (bnc #776535) * Mon Jan 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.32 released * Mon Jan 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed netboot boot partition setup. In case of a custom boot partition the code created the partition and the filesystem but the original data from the image was not moved over to the boot partition * Mon Jan 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed updateOtherDeviceFstab to add devices by disk ID * Mon Jan 14 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of IFS in probeNetworkCard and loadNetworkCard- try to load hwinfo detected network modules in loadNetworkCard but don\'t fail if there are none detected or the load failed. udev normally loads the modules correctly- ask interfaces for their MAC and IFace name directly instead of using hwinfo, that\'s faster and more reliable * Mon Jan 14 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update XMLVMachineData class to reflect mandatory status of configuration setting in XML. Previously the element was optional and it was possible to construct the VMachine object without arguments. Now the element is mandatory and thus the object may no longer be constructed without argument. * Sun Jan 13 2013 msAATTsuse.de- make vmdisk a mandatory element in the machine section * Sat Jan 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed dom0 machine setup to make object init of KIWIXMLVMachineData happy * Sat Jan 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- added oem-swap for all examples which specify a swapsize * Sat Jan 12 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed indention, obsolete curly braces from information about the structure of the internal XML data types * Sat Jan 12 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- store objects in XML instead of raw data + change the XML class such that objects are stored instead of deeply nested raw data. This results ins simplification of code, the internal data structure, and its documentation. Data that requires merging (preferences and user data) is not stored as objects as it is not obvious that merge delegation to the respective objects would be advantageous. * Fri Jan 11 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the description + RuntimeChecker test failed due to conflicting settings in the config * Fri Jan 11 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix XMLDescriptionData + previously the object construction did not conform to requierements of the Schema, it was possible to create an object without author, contact, or specification data. Multiple contact definitions were ignored- update unit tests for Description class and XML class * Fri Jan 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed indention * Fri Jan 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update 12.2 examples to use grub2 as bootloader * Fri Jan 11 2013 msAATTsuse.de- moved the os-autoinst test case from the 11.4 JeOS template into the SLE11 template. The 11.4 template will be removed with the next openSUSE 12.3 distribution but I don\'t want to loose this test case example * Thu Jan 10 2013 msAATTsuse.de- changed zypper call to use one call to install products, patterns and packages instead of splitting that up into single calls. This has the advantage that zypper can better decide for packages which provides similar functionality (bnc #796062) * Wed Jan 09 2013 msAATTsuse.de- update internal data structure in-code documentation * Tue Jan 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed \'run out of space\' problem in LVM setup. use a relative 20% (min 30M) spare space per volume * Tue Jan 08 2013 msAATTsuse.de- fixed LANG setup inside the kiwi initrd. LANG must be correctly set before calling fbiterm. Otherwise the multibyte characters in the target locale are not displayed correctly * Thu Jan 03 2013 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Start documenting the KIWI design + document the new XML design + start of high level data-flow/interaction diagram * Fri Dec 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for resizeMDRaid in kiwi\'s oemboot code when the geometry of the disk changes the raid array needs to grow too * Fri Dec 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed mdraid setup in combination with LVM * Fri Dec 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added zeroMDRaidSuperBlock function to make sure an old raid array is stopped and the super block is removed prior to installing a new system on that disk * Fri Dec 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- deal with mdraid in the test + fix getXMLElement test + add unit test for new MDRaid methods * Fri Dec 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed duplicate rt profile * Wed Dec 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for software raid into disk based appliances The feature is based on creating a degraded raid array with one disk, thus only mirroring and striping levels can be supported. A system build with a degraded raid array allows to add custom disks later to the array. In order to set it up you only need to specify the mdraid attribute as part of the type like the following example: * Wed Dec 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed redundant code from setupInstallCD, this is done in the KIWIBoot constructor * Wed Dec 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 title setup, spaces were ignored * Fri Dec 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.31 released * Fri Dec 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the apt-get/dpkg package manager to kiwi * Thu Dec 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- allow the id for a vmdisk and vmdvd to be 0 trapped again by Perl\'s a string with zero (\"0\") is false * Thu Dec 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update templates and examples to match the schema * Thu Dec 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed the change of the pwd attribute to be really complete also fixed the 5.5 to 5.6 upgrade xsl style sheet * Wed Dec 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update templates and examples to latest schema version * Wed Dec 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- split up KIWIManager object into a base class and the corresponding manager sub classes for zypper, ensconce yum and smart * Wed Dec 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean up + eliminate references to Novell where possible + change copyrights from Novell Inc. to SUSE LLC + fix spelling OpenSUSE is openSUSE + update e-mail address rschweikertAATTnovell.com to rjschweiAATTsuse.com * Tue Dec 11 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement InstRepositoryData class + stores data for element + implement RepositoryBaseData class as parent class to share common functionality with RepositoryClass + implement unit tests- some clean up for consistency in the RepositoryData class + update unit test- implement ProductPackageData class + stores data for element + did not implement set * methods as it is not obvious at this time if they are needed- follow up from addition of attributes to for apt support + set the class members + check the argument for the set * methods + add unit tests for all new methods- implement ProductOptionsData class + stores data for element + implement unit tests- implement ProductArchitectureData class + stores data for element + implement unit tests- implement ProductMetaFileData class + stores data for element + implement unit tests + some style clean up in File and Type test- implement ProductMetaChrootData class + stores data for element + implement unit tests- integrate all classes related to handling into XML processing code + implement new accessor methods + renames all getInstSource * and related methods to _legacy + update client code to use _legacy names + implement unit tests * Tue Dec 11 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change the pwd attribute of the instrepo element to password + be consistent with the attribute name for the repository password between the instrepo and repository element- bump the schema version to 5.6- implement a 5.5 to 5.6 upgrade style sheet * Sat Dec 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure plymouth splash is switched off when the progress dialog is displayed in the oemboot/suse-dump code (bnc #793260) * Fri Dec 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.30 released * Fri Dec 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed changelog filter tool to incorporate commits with the same timestamp into one changelog entry * Fri Dec 07 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Add tests for the new firmware attribute handling- Additional changes to new firmware handling in the Type object + Encode the firmware type default (bios) + Verify that the given value is supported * Fri Dec 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.29 released * Fri Dec 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- add grub2-efi by default to openSUSE 12.2 oem|vmxboot descriptions. Thus just selecting the firmware via is enough * Fri Dec 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the firmware=\"bios|efi\" type attribute before this patch the decision for efi was done by the presence of the grub2 efi modules inside the kiwi generated initrd. This has turned out to be not flexible and can\'t be extended to the firmware required disk layout on other architectures like the arm based chromebook to mention just one example This fixes (bnc #792917) * Fri Dec 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- we should not overwrite the user specified target directory in the commandline object with something the user did not set. With reference to commit:b6a7e563 the creation of the image happened in a subdirectory below the specified target directory and kiwi overwrote that user target directory with a new name. This should not happen thus I added a new function pair named setImageIntermediateTargetDir/getImageIntermediateTargetDir to handle that value and don\'t touch the user specified target directory * Thu Dec 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- finally changed the fragile cleanup code in KIWIBoot.pm The code there now builds a stack of commands which set the busy devices free if processed in reverse order * Thu Dec 06 2012 praveen_paladuguAATTdell.com- make sure rhelStripInitrd arguments are passed correctly * Thu Dec 06 2012 rneuhauserAATTsuse.cz- use mktemp -t to make use of $TMPDIR and do not hardcode /tmp in the paramter to mktemp * Thu Dec 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- Don\'t use the same inode count for the install stick disk compared to the system image disk. If the system image is big the inode count is also a big number. But on the install disk image there are only a few files including the compressed version of the system image. Thus it\'s smaller and has not much files. The system image inode count has no relation to the filesystem on the install disk image. Under certain circumstances it could happen that the install disk filesystem can\'t be created because the big chunk of inodes exceeds the size of the install disk filesystem * Wed Dec 05 2012 praveen_paladuguAATTdell.com- Fedora/RHEL based distros have dhclient instead of dhcpcd. Thus the code to ask the DHCP server for an address has been splitted into two new functions setupNetworkDHCPCD() and setupNetworkDHCLIENT() * Tue Dec 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure pidof returns only the master pid of udevd * Tue Dec 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the splash information doesn\'t get lost when repacking the initrd while building live iso images * Tue Dec 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed behavior of /etc/init.d/boot.clock which reads a value in /dev/shm/warpclock. The value is provided by a mkinitrd binary in /lib/mkinitrd/bin/warpclock. It looks like it\'s required to store that information for a proper localtime system clock setup. There is not good documentation about this magic but to stay compatible the warpclock code from mkinitrd was ported over to the kiwi first boot initrd This fixes (bnc #786730) * Tue Dec 04 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- instsource: use supportstatus from product descriptions instead from PDB (Package Data Base) * Tue Dec 04 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- instsource: avoid usage of translate_packages code, use create_package_descr code (patch by rudi) * Mon Dec 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t point stdout to stderr when calling grub2-mkconfig with stdout I/O redirection into the configuration file. This just leads to an empty file. I should think twice before hitting the push button ;) * Mon Dec 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- workaround a grub2-mkconfig bug which happens if a \' sign is used as menuentry title in /etc/default/grub. if called with the option -o grub2-mkconfig complains even if the shell quoting is perfectly fine. Strange enough it works nicely if called as grub2-mkconfig > some-file. As this is only a small and maintainable workaround I applied it * Mon Dec 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added an architecture check for KIWIIsoLinux::createHybrid() on architectures e.g ppc and ia64 the embedding of a partition table into the ISO will not work. Thus the check will issue a warning but proceed and does not fail * Mon Dec 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed 64bit path check for lxc base directory * Sun Dec 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Implement XMLExceptData class to store data of the element- Modify the get * methods of the XMLSplitData class to return array refs of FileData and ExceptData objects * this was necessary to avoid duplication of XML generation code across class implementations * this behavior is now also consistent with other get * methods when accessing complex data- Implement getXMLElement method for all XML *Data classes * getXML method returns 1 XML element that represents the data of the class- Update unit tests as needed * Fri Nov 30 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement consistency check to disallow boot to be setup as a volume in (LVM) configuration- implement unit tests to verify test * Fri Nov 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.28 released * Fri Nov 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete and also never reached code * Fri Nov 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed user/group setup. kiwi used the given group name as a supplementary group and not as the main group this user belongs to. Together with a group name and a group id which matches that group name this could lead to duplicate user views in e.g YaST and to basically wrong user configuration (bnc #792058) * Fri Nov 30 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement handling of additive and unit attributes of the element in the imageConfig data structure and the XMLTypeData class rename the following methods of the XML class: * getImageSize => getImageSize_legacy * getImageSizeAdditiveBytes => getImageSizeAdditiveBytes_legacy * getImageSizeBytes => getImageSizeBytes_legacy * Thu Nov 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed legacy grub setup. the partition numbers starts at 0 here * Thu Nov 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed shell escaping for grub.cfg and /etc/default/grub- also fixed importFile method to handle single quotes correctly * Wed Nov 28 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement data handling in new XML data structure- rename the following methods: * updateTypeList -> __updateTypeList_legacy * updateXML -> __updateXML_legacy * writeXMLDescription -> writeXMLDescription_legacy * createURLList -> __createURLList_legacy * getURLHash -> getURLHash_legacy * getURLList -> __getURLList_legacy * getLocale -> getLocale_legacy * getStripDelete -> __getStripDelete_legacy * getStripLibs -> __getStripLibs_legacy * getStripTools -> __getStripTools_legacy * addStrip -> __addStrip_legacy- implement new methods to add and get data expressed as in the XML- update unit tests to use _legacy method names- implement new unit tests for new methods * create new config.xml file for new unit tests- implement XMLStripData class * Wed Nov 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixes use of custom disk size value via the element or the option --bootvm-disksize. In combination with LVM volumes the result disk size is much bigger because kiwi just added the requested volume sizes to the specified disk size which is not the desired behavior * Wed Nov 28 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix array comparison in the test case * at present names that contain \"special\" characters may not compare properly, such that libstdc++ will not match a libstdc++ entry in the other array. Use string interpolation to address the issue. * Tue Nov 27 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- use numbers for calculations, do not depend on implicit conversion * Tue Nov 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Nov 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation due to the new pxe unionfs mount method * Tue Nov 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added mountSystemUnionFS() function which uses fuse-unionfs to overlay mount the root system according to the contents of UNIONFS_CONFIG. So far this setup is only supported with pxe images as requested in (bnc #776505) * Mon Nov 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove searchUSBStickDevice() function. When kiwi was called with a target disk device the assumption was made that the install media should also be created on a device directly. If the install media is a USB stick (installstick=\"true\") kiwi searches for stick devices during the process and: a) exits with an error if it can\'t find one b) asks which one to use if it finds more than one This behavior is a pita for automatic build processes and it also fails if the stick media does not set the \'removable\' state in its meta data correctly. Additionally the assumption that the install media is present as a device just because the image was created from an existing device also sucks This commit removes the search for stick devices and always creates the install media through a loop as a file which then needs to be dumped on the target device * Mon Nov 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file, syslinux exists on ix86 and x86_64 only * Mon Nov 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup global mount method to use the getPartDevice() function to search for partition devices * Mon Nov 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup setupInstallStick(), the reference to this->{loop} might be undefined depending on the environment better use the contents of $haveDiskDevice * Mon Nov 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete mount code from setupInstallStick() * Mon Nov 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupInstallStick() if called in Studio mode. If this function is called with a disk device as reference it expects the target USB stick to be plugged in, in order to create the install image directly on that stick. For Studio this does not work because the target stick is never attached to the containment within this call happens. Thus this fix creates the install USB stick image in a loop device * Mon Nov 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added sanity check for mount() method to fail if no source information is passed * Fri Nov 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.27 released * Fri Nov 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed broken postImage() filesystem check which prevented the creation of the system image .md5 file * Fri Nov 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.26 released * Fri Nov 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed behavior of --fat-storage option. Instead of syslinux we now use grub2 to boot from the fat partition. It has turned out that grub2 is more stable and behaves better when using the image on a USB stick. The grub2 theme support also makes it easier to use custom branded boot graphics * Fri Nov 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanup of temporary copy of sysconfig/proxy. If there is a fillup template for the file and the file hasn\'t changed as part of the build process the fillup template is restored instead of removing the file (bnc #777151) * Thu Nov 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed logical volume name building in resizeLVMVolumes() the function only evaluates volume names at the primary level e.g /opt. As soon as you have a volume e.g /opt/bob it failed to resize * Thu Nov 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for a jump partition which is added before the actual boot partition. This is used for grub2 efi based disk images now. kiwi just put the created grub2 bootx64.efi module onto the fat16 based jump partition and let grub2 read all data from the second ext3 based boot partition. This allows standard linux filesystem based boot partitions and it has also turned out that this disk layout might be required for arm based images as well. But so far this system is connected to the efi setup only * Thu Nov 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added parted to openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template * Thu Nov 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in setupFilesystem() which caused a fat16 filesystem even though a fat32 filesystem was requested.- changed the efi boot partition type to fat16- added ext2 modules to the bootx64.efi module * Wed Nov 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- adapt oemboot suse/rhel-repart code to make use of the flexible boot partition location in $kiwi_BootPart. The partition ID stored there is used as the beginning of the partition layout. Instead of a fixed boot partition at 1 the layout handles the value of $kiwi_BootPart as the start. If there is no boot partition the first partition must be the root partition as usual. * Wed Nov 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update the driver handling for the imageConfig data structure * take advantage of the private helper methods implemented for package handling * eliminates code duplication * simplifies implementation of driver handling methods- update the unit tests to adjust for minor differences in messages * Wed Nov 21 2012 praveen_paladuguAATTdell.com- fixed perl dependencies in spec file for rhel/centos- resolve suse version checking to zero if the suse_version macro is not defined. This allows the package build going easily also in non-suse based distros * Wed Nov 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use new partids hash for the bootloader stage setup setupBootLoaderStages() * Wed Nov 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use new partids hash for the setup and installation of the bootloaders, setupBootLoaderConfiguration() / installBootLoader() * Wed Nov 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of filehandle in addAppdata() and collectPackages() of the instsource media KIWICollect module * Tue Nov 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use new partids hash to create the device map and cleanup access to the new device map data * Tue Nov 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure setupBootFlags also updates the .splash.gz variant of the initrd if the function was called with the non splash (.gz) variant of the initrd. * Tue Nov 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed post partition size check and read-write dump if split + lvm is used. An undefined device was used for the check and the dump in this case * Tue Nov 20 2012 delgadoAATTpre-sense.de- allow getExecArgsFormat to parse python optparse/argparse output. python uses the form \'-o, --option\' whereas we don\'t expect a comma between the short and long version- add unit test for this option format * Tue Nov 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- check for kiwi_BootPart from new partition IDs meta data in setupBootPartition(). This could be used to map the boot partition to another than the first partition * Tue Nov 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- switched oemboot boot code to make use of config.partids * Tue Nov 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- switched vmxboot boot code to make use of config.partids * Tue Nov 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added additional meta data file with suffix .pids. The file contains the information about the ID/Name of the root,boot readonly/readwrite device according to this appliance if a virtual disk based image was requested. The information is included as config.partids into the initrd and is used on first boot. Rather than guessing the purpose of partitions the initrd will now know it exactly * Tue Nov 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed call of method textContent() on an undefined value * Tue Nov 20 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix typo and logic error in test cases (bnc #790254) * typo cause list comparison to fail * logic error caused a name that should have been in he comparison list to be omitted * Mon Nov 19 2012 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- changed spec file to be quiet on unpacking the source tarball. During kiwi build don\'t list files and directories of tarball. This floods build log pretty much. * Mon Nov 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t fail hard if copyBootCode() cannot create e.g symlinks on copy of the boot data. Just report that as a warning * Mon Nov 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- if a bootfilesystem is specified it\'s required to check its type prior to the creation of the partition table because it might be required to specify a partition label according to the selected filesystem * Mon Nov 19 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix return values of legacy methods of the XML class, return values as string. Older versions of the LibXML perl binding do not have an overloaded eq operator for a NodeList where the value of the first entry of a node can be used in a comparison. There is however a string conversion, thus placing the nodelist inside a string \"$nl\" does the trick. This fixes issues on SLES 11 with the unit tests Related to (bnc #790254)- update the trigger files to fix unit tets execution that was broken when ArchiveData, IgnoreData, and ProductData were renamed To contain the Package prefix in the name. Related to (bnc #790254) * Mon Nov 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file: * update author list for kiwi-instsource * make sure at least ext and fat filesystem creation tools are required * Sun Nov 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fix use of uninitialized variables * Fri Nov 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.25 released * Fri Nov 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: removed match for image-$VERSION in suseStripKernel * Thu Nov 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kernel search in suseStripKernel for armv5 kernel. There we have Image- * (with a capital \'I\') * Thu Nov 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file requirements: kiwi has a create mode runtime check for the vgs command. Thus the kiwi package should require lvm2 to become installed * Thu Nov 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure possibly left over dhcpcd pid file from a -T (test) call is removed before requesting the IP address for the interface. It has turned out that the sle10 dhcpcd has this bug and kiwi works around this one by actively checking for a pid file after the dhcpcd -T (test) call (bnc #787924) * Thu Nov 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use baseUpdateSysConfig() function to update variable contents of sysconfig files as required in the suseConfig() function. This eliminates the various sed statements here and uses one common function for all sysconfig updates * Tue Nov 13 2012 bgeukenAATTsuse.de- Fixed regular expression for replacing HWCLOCK in clock config file This fixes a bug that causes a wrong \'--localtime\' / \'--utc\' entry in USE_HWCLOCK setting. This setting got introduced first with openSUSE 12.2 * Tue Nov 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fix use of uninitialized variables * Tue Nov 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: fixed dhcpcd \'-r\' option name clash. Older versions of dhcpcd use that option in a completely different meaning, thus we distinguish the call by the the capability of the \'-p\' option (interface persistency) which was introduced in newer versions of dhcpcd only (bnc #787924) * Tue Nov 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fix use of uninitialized variables * Tue Nov 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add spaces to separate option arguments * Mon Nov 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix use of uninitialized variables- do not clobber the FS tune settings for ext2,3,4 if fsnocheck and tune settings are provided * Mon Nov 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of implicit split to AATT_ with a temporary variable * Sun Nov 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.24 released * Sun Nov 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed build of plain bootiso/bootstick from kiwi initrd without system image. The call kiwi --bootusb failed to work because it tried to access the XML description which can\'t work when no system image is specified * Fri Nov 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.23 released * Fri Nov 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed device name setup in recovery/restore mode. kiwi assumes an overlay setup when a second partition exists but this is not true if the second partition is the swap space. For the initial boot of an appliance the device setup always works but when oemboot has created new partitions e.g swap space and the kiwi initrd runs again in recovery/restore mode the device setup might be broken because of another partition layout compared to the initial state * Fri Nov 09 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement XML data classes for elements that are children of * KIWIXMLPackageArchiveData handle * KIWIXMLPackageIgnoreData * KIWIXMLPackageCollectData handle and * KIWIXMLPackageData handle * KIWIXMLPackageProductData - update the FileData base class to allow extension by child to support additional allowed attributes- implement unit tests for all new classes- integrate new data classes into XML class and rename the following methods to _legacy * getArchiveList * addPatterns * addImagePatterns * getList * getTypeSpecificPackageList * getPackageNodeListgetPackageAttributes * getImageConfig * getBaseList * getInstallList * getDeleteList * getBootIncludes * addPackages * addImagePackages * addRemovePackages- update client code to use *_legacy methods- removed hasDefaultPackages method- implement equivalent functionality with the new methods * addArchives * getArchives * addBootstrapPackages * addPackages * addPackagesToDelete * getBootDeletePackages * getBootIncludeArchives * getBootIncludePackages * getBootstrapPackages * getPackages * getPackagesToDelete * getProducts- the and are treated equally as a package collection- update unit tests for XML * there are some bugs in the _legacy methods, these will not be fixed as the bugs will go away when we switch to the new code. The legacy code does not respect type specific archives being added. * update the test data to re-use same configuration files for multiple test cases * use _legacy names * implement new tests for new methods- update RuntimeChecker to use new methods in the XML- implement tnew triggers and update existsing triggers as needed * Fri Nov 09 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- some clean up, typos, remove unused code * Fri Nov 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added tar to 12.2 JeOS * Thu Nov 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- add support for grub2 based recovery system * Thu Nov 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed indention of linux command in grub.cfg * Thu Nov 08 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the automatic alias generation to remove \'$\' from the name, this allows users to use SMT repos without having to specify an alias in the config.xml file * Thu Nov 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use contents of $bootPartitionFSType to check symlink capabilities * Thu Nov 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanup code in KIWILinuxRC after mkinitrd was called in case of arm images not all obsolete data was removed- pass boot filesystem type as first argument to the pre bootloader install script and handle it in the arm JeOS template in uboot-image-setup- export bootPartitionFSType in KIWILinuxRC and handle it in the hook script kiwi-hooks/setupUBoot.sh * Thu Nov 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Thu Nov 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed nic interface runtime check, the value \'0\' is valid for the index of a VMware interface definition, thus it\'s wrong to do a true/false check here. * Thu Nov 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in the code now reported due to the use of warnings at runtime * Wed Nov 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure var/log/ConsoleKit exists when booting the first time * Wed Nov 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanKernelFSMount() to use the correct root path * Wed Nov 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for reading /etc/kiwi/repoalias file in KIWIURL.pm. The repoalias definition can be used to mirror a repo path to another location (bnc #788536) * Wed Nov 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- SuSEconfig is gone, call it only if it exists * Tue Nov 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed schema for bootfilesystem attribute, attribute was not set into the attribute list in the RelaxNG schema * Tue Nov 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for optional type attribute \'bootfilesystem\' which can be one of ext2,ext3,fat16 or fat32 (bnc #788374)- added unit test for new attribute * Tue Nov 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update pre-commit hook * Tue Nov 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in the code now reported due to the use of warnings at runtime * Tue Nov 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete and unmaintained dotty graph file * Tue Nov 06 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove the statistics colector and the generated data we never got around to finish the integration of the data collector and it is not used. At this point it appears that the code will just not be used in the long run, thus it is getting removed * Tue Nov 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in the code now reported due to the use of warnings at runtime * Tue Nov 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed openSUSE product building * Mon Nov 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed handling of special characters in grub2 menuentry setup single quotes are required for custom names (bnc #786262) * Mon Nov 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file require for kiwi-tools. kiwi should require the same or newer kiwi-tools version compared to the base kiwi package * Mon Nov 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put tests/unit/ *.t to perl critic level 4- put tests/qa/stats/collector.pl to perl critic level 4- update pre-commit hook * Sat Nov 03 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean most test unit driver files to perlcritic level 2 The remainaing driver files must be cleaned after we have migrated the code to use the new internal data structure * Fri Nov 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.22 released * Fri Nov 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed vmxboot respectively image type vmx from arm code branch. All arm images are oem\'s vmx is unused here * Fri Nov 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed device detection in the oemboot install code. The try to remove the boot device from the list of possible install devices. The sed statement used here caused a broken list of the substring also matches other devices. The fix here changes this to exactly match the device string of the boot device and nothing else * Fri Nov 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed etc/default/grub GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR name setup * Fri Nov 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- include mdmon to handle raid array status changes if a dmraid array is in use * Fri Nov 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in the code now reported due to the use of warnings at runtime * Fri Nov 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of /etc/default/grub to contain the bootloader setup in terms of boot title, timeout, etc... (bnc #786262) * Fri Nov 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- report an error when a definition is specified in the configuration and we cannot find the necessary command to obtain LVM information- implement consistency check for user settings * if a user is specified in two sections all given settings must be the same * the same user may not be specified twice in the same section- implement group setting consistency check * a group id may only be used once * a group name may only be used with one ID * Thu Nov 01 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement KIWIXMLUserData class to store user data- implement unit test for new class- implement unit tests for new methods- tie new class into XML Class * rename the following methods to *_legacy __addVolume() __populateImageTypeAndNode() __updateDescriptionFromChangeSet() __populateProfiledTypeInfo() getUsers() getTypes() * add new getUsers method returning an array of UserData objects * add new getType method return TypeData object for given type name- fixup client code to call new _legacy methods- update unit tests using _legacy * Wed Oct 31 2012 guillaume.gardetAATToliseo.fr- Added armv5 support * Wed Oct 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.21 released * Wed Oct 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test, don\'t use remote URLs for a test they will fail inside the buildservice because there is no network access allowed * Wed Oct 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file, added lvm2 to buildrequires. This is required to let the unit tests work * Wed Oct 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in the code now reported due to the use of warnings at runtime * Wed Oct 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.20 released * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in the code now reported due to the use of warnings at runtime * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t send data to a closed file descriptor * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in the code now reported due to the use of warnings at runtime * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed name for install media: * install ISO has suffix: .install.iso * install USB has suffix: .install.raw * install PXE has suffix: .install.tgz * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update pre-commit hook * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIXML.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWISharedMem.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWISatSolver.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIRoot.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIRepoMetaHandler.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIProductData.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIMigrate.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIManager.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add consistency check to verify a volume name is unique within each definition- add unit test * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWILog.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIImage.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIImageFormat.pm to perl critic level 4 * Tue Oct 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIConfigure.pm to perl critic level 4 * Mon Oct 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWICollect.pm to perl critic level 4 * Mon Oct 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- put KIWIArchList.pm to perl critic level 4 * Mon Oct 29 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add consistency check for the case can only delete packages, thus specifying archives, patterns, or a product is not valid * Mon Oct 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed removal of temporary boot_bind entry in fstab * Mon Oct 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure proc/cmdline is there when setting up logging * Mon Oct 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- create LVM volume filesystems with suitable number of inodes for filesystems which require this. Occasionally it happens that we run out of space when using a custom LVM volume setup. The reason for this is that the filesystem cannot allocate more inodes because kiwi calculates the inode count for the root volume but not for the sub lvm volumes e.g /var, /srv, etc according to the volume setup. This commit fixes this in a way that kiwi creates a suitable number of inodes for each filesystem inside the LVM * Sat Oct 27 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update kiwi manual pages to clarify meaning of set-repo argument- fix the behavior of the new implementation of setRepository * replaceable is considered the default, thus replace a repo if it is the first in line and has not status set or the status is marked replaceable * properly replace the first repo specified in config.xml that is not marked \"fixed\". Previously the default profile would have been the first to get a repo replaced, no matter the definition order in config.xml- update the unit tests- encode the default status of replaceable in the RepositoryData object * Fri Oct 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure repos marked as imageinclude will preserve its priority * Fri Oct 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed back to clicfs for 12.2 live iso JeOS template. I found several problems with btrfs and it\'s seed implementation * the compressed read-only part needs to be bigger than the data requires it. if this is not given adding the seed dev will fail * when adding a ramdisk seed for the combination read-only loop from ISO plus read-write /dev/ram (brd) block device the kernel throws a trace from btrfs not being able to relocate sys chunks and that \'balancing\' it would solve that... which is not true * Fri Oct 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure edit boot scripts get the executable bit set * Fri Oct 26 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change behavior of boolean in the XML *Data classes * undefined attributes in the initialization of an object remain undefined * defined values are either \'true\' or \'false\' * this change had to be made such that merging and updating of preferences in the XML can be supported correctly * Fri Oct 26 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add new runtime check to verify that repo aliases used are unique this has to be a runtime check as it is valid to define repos with the same alias as long as those repos are never used at the same time during a build- implement setPreferences method in the XML class preferences will be assigned to the profile preferences that have an existing definition, if no definition exists the setting applies to the default preferences- add unit test for new runtime check- add unit test for new setPreferences method- remove all calls to _legacy methods from the RuntimeChecker thus the RuntimeChecker is the first using the new internal data structure * Thu Oct 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getSector to calculate with numeric values * Thu Oct 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed IPC signal setup * Thu Oct 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized values in KIWIBoot.pm. with the last cleanup we use warnings for KIWIBoot now thus we get informed about perl warnings for this module. Along with the ongoing process of cleaning up the code by using perl-critic other modules will follow * Thu Oct 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make KIWIArch.pm perl critic level 3 clean * Thu Oct 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make KIWIBoot.pm perlcritic level 4 clean * Thu Oct 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make kiwi.pl perl critic level 4 clean * Wed Oct 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update pre-commit hook * Wed Oct 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make kiwi.pl perl critic level 5 clean * Wed Oct 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make KIWIBoot.pm perlcritic level 5 clean * Tue Oct 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Tue Oct 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Oct 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation concerning the new installpxe attribute * Tue Oct 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the attribute. if set kiwi creates a tarball which contains all data required to let an oem disk image to become installed via pxe. The archive contains: kernel, initrd, system gzimage, md5sum and kernel boot options for the append line in the pxe setup This fixes bug (bnc #785222) * Tue Oct 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added kiwi.pl to pre-commit check * Tue Oct 23 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- do not support creation of a TypeData object without keyword initialization hash. The image attribute is mandatory on the element, thus it should not be possible to construct an object representing the element without specifying a value for image- add the new installpxe member to the bool keywords- update the unit tests to handle the new condition- add tests for new installpxe member * Tue Oct 23 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change the handling of booleans in the XML *Data classes * implement __initializeBoolMembers in the base class to setup boolean members * modify the __setBooleanValue method such that a boolean value is defined as a member only if it is true, this allows us to change checks from \"if ($bool && $bool eq \'true\')\" to simply \"if ($bool)\" this is consistent with general language conventions * Mon Oct 22 2012 toganmAATTopensuse.org- Emacs mode fix: Fix typos in the suse-start-kiwi-xmllocator. Rather than blindly adding suffixes to nxml-mode just add kiwi suffix to include to the auto-mode-list * Mon Oct 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test kiwiXML.pm:test_addRepositoriesExistPrefLic. The test checks for duplicate preference license indicator but adds an invalid bool value for the attribute. Thus kiwi complains about the invalid value and not about the duplicate indicator * Mon Oct 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added \'imageinclude\' to supportedKeywords in KIWIXMLRepositoryData to become checked by base class code in KIWIXMLDataBase. Additionally removed obsolete and commented out code from KIWIXMLDataBase constructor * Fri Oct 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.19 released * Fri Oct 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added central deactivateVolumeGroup and activateVolumeGroup functions and make sure all udev events are processed before activating/deactivating a volume group * Fri Oct 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed resizeFilesystem() function: * don\'t create INITRD_MODULES list here, this caused multiple entries * use separate mount point not /mnt for temporary mount on resize * make sure all udev events are processed before resize * Fri Oct 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed __checkKernelVersionToolExists runtime check. kiwi provides the tool itself thus it\'s always there * Fri Oct 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.18 released * Fri Oct 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make path check in KIWIURL more robust * Fri Oct 19 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- force KIWIXMLFileData to be instantiated with a keyword argument hash- remove superfluous if test in KIWIXMLDescriptionData and KIWIXMLProfileData classes- update unit tests * Fri Oct 19 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix up KIWIXMLRepositoryData class * do not support un-initialized construction * use base class infrastructure for the preferlicense member- update unit tests accordingly * Fri Oct 19 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement __hasInitArg in the XMLDataBase class * this allows children that should not be constructed without an initialization argument to complain in a consistent way it the arg is missing- update ProfileData to use new method in base class- clean up DescriptionData implementation * do not support construction without arg : eliminates need for object consistency check * make setters consistent in behavior with other *Data class setters- revamp the DescriptionData unit tests * test structure consistent with other tests for XML *Data tests * smaller tests, better coverage * Thu Oct 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 setup. If the root filesystem is LVM based grub2 can\'t read e.g the fonts from this device. Thus this patch ensure all required theme data incl. the unicode font is part of the boot device * Thu Oct 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use the setupFileSystem function to create the boot filesystem this is done for code cleanup and also to prepare the code for setting up a custom boot partition filesystem. At the moment the boot filesystem is bound to which bootloader is in use but e.g for arm boxes the same bootloader might require different boot filesystems, thus this could become an option in kiwi * Thu Oct 18 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add tests to run when the XML class changes. Previous update had an issue that was found by a unit test that was not automatically run from the triggers * Wed Oct 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed copyBootCode to work if no boot partition is used * Wed Oct 17 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement a ProfileData object * while profile data was already included in the new data structure, information about this data was not returned as an object. This change addresses this outstanding issue * implement unit tests for the new object * update the XML object to integrate the ProfileData class * update the XML unit test- change all XML *Data classes to be children on XMLDataBase and update unit tests to handle new initialization and new error conditions and error messages * Tue Oct 16 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change __setDefaultType() to meet the following conditions: * if a type is marked primary within the selected profiles it is the default type * if no type is marked primary then the first type of the default section (the one not assigned to a specific profile) becomes the default type; should the default have no type than the first type of the first profile bound preferences section is the default type- add test cases to verify this behavior * Tue Oct 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added perl-Readonly requirement to spec file * Tue Oct 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kernel version tool to work with uImage files * Tue Oct 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use kiwi\'s kversion tool instead of get_kernel_version to let other distros also be part of the game * Mon Oct 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup volume size calculation to be more readable * Mon Oct 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed broken symlink when creating tbz images * Mon Oct 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update check target to verify docbook build env * Mon Oct 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Oct 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, add some notes to oem pxe installs * Fri Oct 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.17 released * Fri Oct 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: fixed JeOS uboot-setup.tgz:setupUBoot.sh. when calling code via runHook the first parameter is the name of the hook thus I had to shift all params by one * Fri Oct 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.16 released * Fri Oct 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed reading search path for custom boot config scripts. The information of the origin path of the image description is read from the image/main::Prepare file stored in the unpacked root tree. Within KIWIBoot the reading of that file should be done inside the constructor when the XML data is read from the unpacked tree. That way the path is consistent for the life time of the object and needs to be read only once. * Fri Oct 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in message string, obsolete \'\ \' * Fri Oct 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwi --installcd mode and the global mount() method in general to know about LVM disks. In this case the mount has to activate the volume group in order to access the devices inside. The code to do this was in the checkLVMbind method in KIWIBoot but it is required before in the mount() method in KIWIGlobals * Thu Oct 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of .profile KIWI_LVM_LV * variables if no size is set for the volume * Thu Oct 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleaned up the code which walks through the volumes of an LVM setup and calculates the volume sizes and disk size increasement * Wed Oct 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added boot time correction for kiwi initrd\'s (bnc #784316)- removed obsolete disable of hotplug helper when starting udev- start error logging as early as possible * Wed Oct 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete comments about deletion of _legacy functions Robert already sorted them and added a comment on top of all these functions * Tue Oct 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repo setup for arm JeOS template * Mon Oct 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use simple TERM signal to stop initrd\'s udevd * Sun Oct 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Oct 05 2012 cschumAATTsuse.de- DB: be more specific about how bootinclude affects the system image. * Fri Oct 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.15 released * Fri Oct 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of dmraid devices. A new function called identifyDMRaid() has been added which searches for mapped dmraid disks and also removes the devices which belongs to the raid from the list of install disks * Thu Oct 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 setup to correctly distinguish the efi and non efi config files for dual boot of install iso images * Tue Oct 02 2012 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- ppc: fix install iso blessing. In order to have installation CD/DVD bootable on PowerMac the suseboot directory must be blessed correctly. The situation was that -hfs-bless looks for the first directory and tries to bless required subdir. But in case required subdir is in the second directry, nothing got blessed. So let\'s switch the order. * Tue Oct 02 2012 dvaleevAATTsuse.de- ppc: don\'t hardcode volume id. The volume ID is hardcoded to the value of \'FIXME\'. Use createVolumeID function to create dynamic volume ID. Something like openSUSE 12.2 1 where 1 is the media number * Tue Oct 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update language translations po/pot files * Tue Oct 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added a backtitle information when displaying the language dialog saying that the boot will continue in a few seconds * Tue Oct 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 \'Boot from Hard Disk\' chainloader setup * Tue Oct 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 root and module setup for bios based ISO boot * Tue Oct 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added a 10sec timeout for the language selection (bnc #778570) * Tue Oct 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure unicode font inclusion for install iso images happens when grub2 is used and not only when an efi based image is created * Tue Oct 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 font, terminal and root configuration * Tue Oct 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t reset the boot_bind system when in GPT/EFI mode * Mon Oct 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed path for grub.cfg when in efi mode * Mon Oct 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repartition and bootloader setup in efi mode * make sure the GPT metadata is updated to the real geometry * fixed grub2 mkconfig and install calls to match efi * make sure no parted call is blocked by user interaction * Mon Oct 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 setup for efi based disk images. The grub.cfg file was broken, referencing (cd0) instead of the disk root device * Fri Sep 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.14 released * Thu Sep 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed ISO header Preparer string to point to openSUSE * Wed Sep 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make losetup of btrfs cache devices race free * Tue Sep 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.13 released * Tue Sep 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup spec file, correctly set Requires for kiwi-desc- *boot * Tue Sep 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make check for duplicate volume group name more robust * Tue Sep 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.12 released * Tue Sep 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check for duplicate volume group name * Mon Sep 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed unused requirement to perl-File-Stat-Bits * Fri Sep 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.11 released * Fri Sep 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure images.sh from the boot images checks on umounting kernel filesystems aka /proc, /sys, etc before exiting * Wed Sep 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- better way to create uuid loop device in createLoopNode we loop setup first and rename the provided device * Wed Sep 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure to release all mounts if KIWIOverlay fails * Wed Sep 19 2012 rneuhauserAATTsuse.cz- make sure /etc/sysconfig/kernel contains the virtio modules so that SLE10 mkinitrd picks it up correctly (bnc #747346) * Tue Sep 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Sep 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update cache documentation * Tue Sep 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- when using the caching system the bootstrap part of the build is skipped. Thus profiled bootstrap sections could lead to missing data when using a cache. I have moved all profiled bootstrap sections to type=\"image\" * Tue Sep 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- moved from ext2/dm-snapshot cache system to btrfs seed (bnc #764042) * Mon Sep 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed bootdev setup if no bindloop value is set * Sat Sep 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed createFormat() to return success when the format conversion is skipped in targetstudio mode * Sat Sep 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWIImageFormat to work with a targetdevice as well * Sat Sep 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __clean_loop in KIWIImageFormat. due to mkinitrd mounting sys __clean_loop has to take care to release sys before umount of the loop * Sat Sep 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed ec2 setup when only grub2 is installed. The xen loading system requires some grub related files to pre present * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow ec2 format creation when in --targetstudio mode (bnc #779360) * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.10 released * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup installBootLoader() function. There is one way to setup the boot device and not the mess I created before.- added helper function __getPartDevice() which finds the correct block device for a partition if you give it the disk device and the partition number * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file. Added PreReq for kiwi-pxeboot and kiwi-templates to make sure required coreutils are there when the package is installed (bnc #780070) * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- break long info message into two lines * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make uboot setup scripts verbose * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- check exit code from edit boot config script calls * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed uboot bootloader script to meet the bash needs * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- add x-bit to uboot bootconfig scripts * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- call editbootconfig script at the end of setupBootLoaderConfiguration and not at the beginning of installBootLoader. That\'s because there is one step in between which could break otherwise. Also make sure the script is searched in the original image description path * Fri Sep 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: kernel-firmware does not exist there * Thu Sep 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed arch setup for satsolver on armv7l * Thu Sep 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use 512MB instead of 128MB for xen domU examples * Thu Sep 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __uniqueInPackages() function. It\'s not a good idea to grep via a regexp for duplicate entries. That\'s because if characters which have a special meaning in a regexp are part of the name it leads to invalid matching results. I thought I could fix this by using the quotemeta call but it has turned out that it does not quote with respect to the special meaning of characters for regular expressions. What we really want here is a dumb string match for duplicate entries. * Thu Sep 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- finally fixed xen boot with grub2. Problem was the missing gzio module which is required to read the signatured from the compressed (xen.gz) hypervisor * Wed Sep 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: moved uboot related code into custom scripts outside of the kiwi code. The arm JeOS image template served as example for the uboot setup on panda/efika and beagle boards * Wed Sep 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: remove kernel profiles from arm boot image descriptions. handle the kernel as bootincluded package from the system image description. See the example JeOS image for reference * Wed Sep 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added new option \'--edit-bootinstall \' and the XML attribute which allows to run a script after the bootloader was installed. This allows custom changes to the bootloader installation. follow up change for (bnc #667950) * Tue Sep 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- The fetchFile() return value is broken: it returns status of the last command in the pipe. With atftp it works ok, but with curl it returns the status of the final dd command, which is always zero (bnc #779701) * Mon Sep 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check for duplicate packages. The check fails if quotable characters are part of the package name e.g bonnie++ with bonnie is ok * Mon Sep 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanup of rpm key tmp dir created for import * Sun Sep 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWIXML::addPackages() function in a way that it does not add packages if they are already added to the list * Fri Sep 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.9 released * Fri Sep 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed mount point name clash when using the isofrom feature. * Fri Sep 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanup code in createImageLiveCD * Fri Sep 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- archive image data with subfolder * Thu Sep 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed processing of build results: * build within a subdirectory created below the specified destination directory. The name of this subdir is build out of the image type and the used profile(s) * at the end of the build move the result files to the specified destination directory to keep the system backward compatible * add option --archive-image which allows to pack the build results into a tar archive. The name of the archive is build out of the image name, type and used profile(s) This functionality was requested by (bnc #778787) * fixed use of obsolete buildImageName() function and change to generateBuildImageName from the global space * Thu Sep 06 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement new classes for processing imageConfig data structure * KIWIXMLEC2ConfigData => * KIWIXMLVMachineData => * KIWIXMLOEMConfigData => * KIWIXMLPXEDeployData => * KIWIXMLSplitData => * KIWIXMLSystemdiskData => * KIWIXMLTypeData => * KIWIXMLPreferenceData => - rename direct XML accessor functions with _legacy- integrate all new imageConfig processing classes for use in the main XML class * Wed Sep 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupPackageKeys() to work without pubring.gpg * Wed Sep 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed disk-or-partition check in KIWIGlobals::mount() method * Tue Sep 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Sep 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, fixing information about flags attribute * Tue Sep 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure we set the plymouth default theme inside the system image to activate it properly. Unfortunately this is not done by mkinitrd even thought the configuration files are correctly set up * Tue Sep 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added warning/info message when using the --target-arch option * Tue Sep 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: enable multicast for system image and transfer to a block device, respectively disable it for any other transfer (bnc #773649) * Mon Sep 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added check for duplicate LVM volume groups * Mon Sep 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupBootThemes to create the correct configuration paths * Mon Sep 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added two device checks for the list of disks reported by hwinfo which are used as possible install targets. First check is to read one byte from the device to find out if it\'s really possible to access it. Second check is to find the device specific serial number. Devices which are only mapped like lvm disks would appear multiple times but there is only one origin device which provides a serial string * Mon Sep 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added Emacs kiwi XML editing support. For details see: http://lizards.opensuse.org/2012/08/31/editing-kiwi-configurations-with-emacs/ Thanks to Togan for his effort * Mon Sep 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t start plymouth if no framebuffer device is present * Mon Sep 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed missing done flag for theme information * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.8 released * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test due to changed revision check output * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.7 released * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwirevision check, newline at eol invalidates the match * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.6 released * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed syslinux based boot partition setup. We don\'t have symlinks on fat thus we have to copy the result of mkinitrd to the boot/ directory on the boot partition * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- adapt suse-live-usbstick example for 12.2, switching to btrfs because of bad impressions with persistent writing into clicfs * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow overwrite of what kiwi thinks is the minimum required size * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of ramonly attribute for clicfs based images * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed checkFileSystem() to correctly detect clicfs filesystems also use blkid to detect the filesystem in the first place.- fixed KIWIGlobal::mount() function to correctly identify a clicfs image as filesystem image and not as a disk * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed validation of kiwirevision attribute. The kiwi revision as it is defined in /usr/share/kiwi/.revision is not a number. Thus the XML schema should not require a number * Fri Aug 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed system theme configuration for plymouth/grub2 * make sure kiwi writes the plymouth theme setup to /etc/plymouth/plymouth.conf. looks like the initrd creation tool of the distro uses the information from this file * make sure kiwi writes the grub2 theme setup to /etc/default/grub. when using grub2-mkconfig this seems to be required * Thu Aug 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed console-setup.service helper for 12.2 JeOS. The final version of 12.2 allows console access after some time * Thu Aug 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use background_image for grub2 boot message box * Thu Aug 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow to overwrite the architecture when computing package dependencies in the KIWISatSolver module. This allows to provide package information for other than the real architecture. In order to set the value the environment variable: KIWI_REPO_INFO_ARCH must be set * Wed Aug 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 install if in targetdevice/targetstudio mode when using a real disk device the bindloop variable was not set because no partition binding is required * Wed Aug 29 2012 mbarringerAATTsuse.de- Moving repository to my github: http://github.com/mbarringer/imagewriter * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added multiboot support for grub2 setup. This allows Xen dom0 appliances booting via grub2 * Tue Aug 28 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove duplicate implementation of profile setting * the setSelectionProfiles() and setActiveProfileNames() methods implemented the same functionality. The new method setSelectionProfileNames() is now the singular implementation of this functionality. * relocate the new method into the block that separates code using the imageConfig data structure (this should avoid duplicate implementation in the future).- fix up the XML unit test to handle the new split for bootsplash and bootloader theme settings * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow to overwrite the architecture when computing package dependencies in the KIWIXMLInfo module. This allows to provide package information for other than the real architecture. In order to set the value the environment variable: KIWI_REPO_INFO_ARCH must be set * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation due to the boot theme changes * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update XML descriptions to schema version 5.5 * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added XSL stylesheet to auto convert former sections into and sections. * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- split setup into and elements. This allows to have different theme values for splash and bootloader as it could appear with the plymouth and grub2. Additionally people are more flexible when providing custom branding data for either splash or the bootloader (bnc #777599) * Tue Aug 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- unset *ROOT variables from config.mac if set via cmdline (bnc #777578) * Mon Aug 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- create a unique application ID for install ISO images * Mon Aug 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of install media if a target/studio device is used which is a disk but requires a mapping section to access partitions on this disk. One example is a NBD mapped disk which requires kpartx to run before one can access partitions on the disk * Sun Aug 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed restore of kernel splash in setupBootFlags() * Sun Aug 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed obsolete printout of done flag * Sun Aug 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- add better user message about used splash system- prevent stderr output from \'cpio -it\' result * Sat Aug 25 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement setRepository method using the imageConfig data structure * this will eventually replace setRepository_legacy() * it is not certain thatthis is needed in the long run * this completes the Repository handling in the imageConfig data structure- unit tests for the new implementation * Fri Aug 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.5 released * Fri Aug 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit tests to work in 32bit environment * Fri Aug 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed 32bit arch check in KIWIXML constructor. For 32bit systems the generic arch name ix86 is used * Fri Aug 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.4 released * Fri Aug 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwi --convert mode, no initrd is required for this call * Fri Aug 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed qcow2 format creation. Invalid options are passed and option -c was missing to indicate compression * Thu Aug 23 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement the ignoreRepositories method using the imageConfig data structure * this method will replace ignoreRepositories_legacy * Thu Aug 23 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement new addRepositories method * replacing the addRepositories_legacy implementation- refactor the code that is used to figure out what profile data to modify as this code will be needed in any add * implementation- unit tests for the new addRepositories method * Thu Aug 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- validate templates and examples * Thu Aug 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template. For some reason a dependency to kernel-debug exists when building openSUSE 12.2 images. If not specified explicitly this is an unwanted package thus I added it to the packages marked for deletion * Wed Aug 22 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement the new getRepositories method * will replace getRepositories_legacy() * returns array ref of KIWIXMLRepositoryData objects- implement unit test for new method- fix up code errors in __populateRepositoryInfo * the initial implementation committed prev did not place the data in the appropriate profile information. * Wed Aug 22 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change code organization to aid in the transition to the new data structure * collect all _legacy code in an appropriately marked area of the module * collect all code using the new data structure in an appropriately marked area of the module * rename __checkProfiles to __checkProfiles_legacy * rename __populateDefaultProfiles to __populateDefaultProfiles_legacy * mark the imageConfig data structure dump method as private by prefixing __ to the name * Wed Aug 22 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- rename all repository related interfaces to *_legacy * this is in preparation for the implementation of the replacement methods that will access the imageConfig data structure and use the KIWIXMLRepositoryData object * Wed Aug 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- pass --partok option to isohybrid call * Wed Aug 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- adapt openSUSE 12.2 examples for plymouth and grub2 use * Wed Aug 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed openSUSE 12.2 JeOS image, added systemd unit script to make sure the console login is showed and responsive * Wed Aug 22 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add and implement the __populateRepositoryInfo method this method add repository data to the imageConfig data structure. * Tue Aug 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure buildType is set when constructing a new KIWIXML object in KIWIImageCreator::prepareImage() * Tue Aug 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement KIWIXMLRepositoryData class * this class holds information specified by the element and it\'s children () in the configuration file- implement unit tests for the new module- add new triggers and adjust existing triggers as appropriate * Tue Aug 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup KIWILog module, don\'t print state flags in log files * Tue Aug 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- moved imageConfig data dump into a function named dumpInternalXMLDescription and add the call as a comment to the code. Unfortunately added a loginfo message as part of the KIWIXML constructor causes many unit tests to fail * Tue Aug 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use perl\'s data dumper to print the new internal imageConfig data structure to the log file * Mon Aug 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make start of plymouth more quiet and react properly if the cmdline value \'quiet\' is specified (bnc #775830) * Mon Aug 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup duplicate package entries in SLE10 JeOS * Wed Aug 15 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- changed behavior of setActiveProfileNames * when called with no argument this now resets that active profiles to the setting in the XML file. This type of dual behavior is somewhat evil from an OO perspective an dit may prove better to implement a resetActiveProfiles() in the future, we\'ll see how it turns out.- implement unit test for addDrivers method * Tue Aug 14 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement getArch/setArch methods * allows to have influence on the architecture specific information for retrieval and addition of data to the XML object- refractor the valid profile names check into a private method * verification of proper profile names is needed in 2 routines now and will be needed in any method that allows addition of profile specific information to the XML- implement new addDrivers method * this allows to addDriver data to the XML, this completes the tie-in of the KIWIXMLDriverData object into the new structure- unit tests for get/setArch * Mon Aug 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- rename addDrivers to addDrivers_legacy * this is in preparation for further integration of the new data structure- implement getActiveProfileNames and setActiveProfileNames * with the XML restructure the constructor args will be reduced to just the validated XML, thus client code of the XML must have a way to set what profiles are active for information retrieval.- implement unit tests for the {g,s}etActiveProfileNames methods * Mon Aug 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix type for default profile in driver data population code * drivers were added to the \"wrong\" profile due to the type. This incorrect profile was not accessed and thus the information got lost- integrate new KIWIXMLDriverData class into KIWIXML implementation * rename getDriversNodeList to getDriversNodeList_legacy to indicate that this method is deprecated * implement getDrivers method to return of XMLDriverData objects the objects are created based on information that is contained in the imageConfig data structure- implement unit test for the new getDrivers method * Mon Aug 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement setDescriptionInfo method on XML object ~ allow the information to be set programatically, this is needed for system migration when the configuration is created from scratch * Mon Aug 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add a getOopsState method to the test log. This is needed to properly handle cases where oops and other message states over lap. * Sun Aug 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement a KIWIXMLFileData class * this class is intended to be an abstract base class for any xml section that uses the element. It stores the name and arch attributes of the element. The class provides get and set methods.- implement a KIWIXMLDriverData class * this class is derived from the KIWIXMLFileData class and will be used to store the information provided in the section.- implement unit test for KIWIXMLFileData- implement unit test for KIWIXMLDriverData- fix-up the pre-commit hook to register the code and set the Perl-critic severity levels, all new code (spare the .t files) is level 2 clean- add the trigger files and adjust existing trigger files to run the test on commit * Sun Aug 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit tests for new uniqueness check for archives, packages, and patterns * Sun Aug 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add uniqueness checks for packages, archives, and patterns * Thu Aug 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use device from device map only if it exists * Thu Aug 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete internal data $this->{bootpart}. the boot partition is always the first partition. Since that change this value is no longer useful * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed hybrid persistent mode when btrfs seed device is used. Unfortunately we are then running into the loop device bug mentioned in (bnc #764042). I hope this gets fixed soon in the loop and/or btrfs code * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.3 released * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update dropbear ssh documentation: Since debug_ssh.pub is used as the SSH file authorized_keys it is possible to specify serveral public ssh keys. * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.2 released * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update docs about dropbear based ssh access into the boot image * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update rhel- * oemboot code to the current suse- * oemboot code * Fri Aug 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed support for dropbear ssh. we don\'t provide our own keypair but allow to integrate a user public key from the pxe server. The key must be stored in /KIWI and has to be named: debug_ssh.pub. for the default tftp download method this would result in the following path on the pxe server: /srv/tftpboot/KIWI/debug_ssh.pub * Thu Aug 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update size for btrfs filesystem when building JeOS 12.2 iso * Thu Aug 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove cached repos for a new build. The repo setup for the package managers smart and yum are cleaned up at the end of each build by resetInstallationSource(). For zypper we makes an exception here and keep the repo setup for performance reasons. Thus at the beginning a a new prepare run we should clean up the repo files to rebuild the repos as they are specified in the kiwi XML description * Thu Aug 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- moved startDropBear() prior to the ELOG_BOOTSHELL check * Thu Aug 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed rpmlint warnings about hidden and empty files * Thu Aug 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure dropbear keys are installed with correct permissions * Tue Jul 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: added function pxePartitionSetupCheck() which is used to validate the PART information whether the requested partition sizes can be reached according to the size of the disk. This implements the request in (bnc #771592) * Tue Jul 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed the suse-12.2 JeOS template provided by kiwi to switch from clicfs to the new btrfs seed way (bnc #764042) * Tue Jul 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for btrfs seed live ISO images. btrfs supports a nice COW machinery which allows us to point all write operations to a seed device. A similar technique is used with the clicfs filesystem but this one works in userspace via fuse. I have changed the suse-12.2 JeOS template provided by kiwi to use the new btrfs seed way. Of course the clicfs way also still exists. In order to use btrfs seed devices your iso type should look like the following example: 400 I got best results with lzo compression. One downside; up to now it\'s not possible to forecast/calculate how much size the btrfs image really will need. Thus the calculation kiwi does is in most cases too big for small images and for big ones sometimes too little. At the moment it\'s a try and error game to find out the minimum required size. The implementation add a ramdisk device as seed device to the btrfs mount and remount it read-write. This has worked fine and stable with the openSUSE 12.2 kernel (bnc #764042) * Tue Jul 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getSize and getBlocks functions to calculate with integer values. In addition to that the value of getBlocks was formerly passed to a dd call but this has changed to a qemu-img call. the seek value in the prior dd call was offset -1 which is wrong when using qemu-img * Tue Jul 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for filesystem mount options during image build and later to become stored in the fstab file. The type attribute has been added, this is related to (bnc #764042) * Mon Jul 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t create an instance of KIWILog other than the global one in: KIWILocator,KIWIRuntimeChecker and KIWIXMLValidator * Mon Jul 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t create an instance of KIWILog other than the global one in KIWIXMLDescriptionData * Mon Jul 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.04.01 released * Sat Jul 28 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement the getDescriptionInfo method in the XML object. The method uses the new KIWIXMLDescriptionData object, which gets created based on the data in the imageConfig datastructure- implement unit test for the getDescriptionInfo method * Fri Jul 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed split setup when no persistent data is configured. In this case there is no read-write portion which caused an error on creation of the split disk * Thu Jul 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- read reference mbrid file from inside the initrd and not from the attached disk devices. The matching of the ID must happen by a reference value from the loaded initrd and the data read from the MBR of all attached disks- make sure a new mbrid is written for disk based installation images created when installstick=\"true\" is set.- identify the disk installation device via the same method used to identify the bios boot device: searchBIOSBootDevice. This allows to put disk install media not only on USB sticks but also on e.g SD cards or other disk devices- fixed grub2 setup for graphics boot of disk based installation images- set kernel log level to 6 by default- make sure mbrid exists in initrd for disk images. This is done by the new setupBootFlags function * Thu Jul 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- perform a qualified import of KIWIQX in kiwi.pl * Wed Jul 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of install sticks without system image * Mon Jul 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- store the mbrid file in /boot and not in /boot/grub. The location is misleading if another than the grub bootmanager is used * Fri Jul 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- add initial new-root directories according to the used package manager (bnc #743844) * Thu Jul 19 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add and data to the new imageConfig structure- renamed following functions as legacy code: * getProfiles => getProfiles_legacy * __populateTypeInfo => __populateTypeInfo_legacy * __populateProfiles => __populateProfiles_legacy * Wed Jul 18 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement unit test for new XMLDescriptionData object- register new code in the commit-hook- add new triggers for the new test code and the new object- add new unit test to existing triggers * Wed Jul 18 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add new object KIWIXMLDescriptionData which provides get/set methods for the element * Wed Jul 18 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add an oops method to the test log * this implements the oops interface of the KIWILog object to allow unit tests to handle this condition * Wed Jul 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2 chainloader setup * Wed Jul 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed mkisofs application ID setup when calling kiwi --installcd manually * Wed Jul 18 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- New consistency check for package specification * At present the user can specify packages to be installed for a given image type even if this image type is not defined. While the packages get ignored and no harm is done, the superfluous specification is confusing and the XML definition is for all intent and purposes inconsistent.- Unit tests for new consistency check * Wed Jul 18 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix validation test configuration files to meet new stricter consistency requirements * Wed Jul 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for EFI boot with grub2 for install ISO media live iso media is still not EFI capable. In order to use EFI boot you have to bootinclude the grub2-efi package: ... kiwi will check if there are efi modules inside the initrd and will then setup either a multiboot (iso) or plain gpt based image (bnc #771327) * Wed Jul 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- show ssh login message only if an ip address was assigned * Wed Jul 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: fixed use of multicast for compressed images. With commit 7a7389f2e3f2b3d92b38c08455b0c6da15569269 support for multicast based transfer of compressed images was added. Thus the checks which disable it are obsolete now (bnc #771898) * Wed Jul 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for EFI boot with grub2 for the disk based image types oem and vmx (bnc #771327) * Tue Jul 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check for disk in main::mount() function. searching for the string \'boot sector\' also applies to the file output from a boot partition. The patch will call blkid on the given file or device and assumes a disk if no block id information exists * Mon Jul 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Jul 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, add some information about the clic_udf feature as well as the support for ssh into the boot image. Also removed some obsolete data about aufs * Mon Jul 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for ssh access into the boot image (initrd). Of course this requires an active network connection which is by design possible in the netboot and oemboot (in PXE boot mode) boot images. So the following is not supported for the isoboot and vmxboot boot images because they don\'t setup a network. The feature is based on the dropbear ssh server because it\'s so small to fit into an initrd. In order to have dropbear in the boot image you have to add the following to the system image configuration: and make sure one of your repos provides it. It\'s required to be in debug mode to be able to access the initrd. Thus you have to boot with \'kiwidebug=1\' enabled. In order to access the initrd passwordless via ssh kiwi provides a key pair whereas the pubkey is stored in the authorized_keys file inside the oem- and netboot images for all supported OS versions: ssh -i /usr/share/kiwi/keys/id_dropbear rootAATT For openSUSE >= 12.2 rsync is available in the netboot and oemboot boot images. For older versions it might be required to add tool packages bootincluded to be able to extract data from the boot image via ssh easily. In order to copy e.g the boot log file the following command can be used if rsync exists in the boot image: RSYNC_RSH=\'ssh -i /usr/share/kiwi/keys/id_dropbear -l root\' rsync -avz :/var/log/boot.kiwi . * Mon Jul 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed copy of overlay files for boot images (initrd). make sure hidden files like e.g root/.ssh are handled correctly * Mon Jul 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- avoid double slashes (//) in zypper repo files * Sat Jul 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for the change of the zypper repo handling. The repo meta data will stay on the host again but is going to be re-used to prevent unneeded reloading of repo metadata * Fri Jul 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file to write openSUSE instead of OpenSuSE (bnc #770825) * Fri Jul 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed the way how zypper repos are used. move the repo data including cache data into the image root directory instead of storing this information in /var/cache/kiwi/zypper on the build host. On the build host we only store a shared package cache in /var/cache/kiwi/packages. This allows to keep the repo meta data per image and thus it can be re-used on operations like kiwi --upgrade which speed up the build as this is called as part of the the kiwi --create step too * Fri Jul 13 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- map openSUSE 12.3 to 12.2 configs for now- reformated spec file by current spec_file_formater * Fri Jul 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added kernel boot option \'disableProgressInfo=1\' which allows to deactivate the progress information when the image download or install starts (bnc #771104) * Thu Jul 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for live systems larger than 4G by using the udf filesystem. In order to active this make sure you have set flags=\"clic_udf\" (bnc #770703) * Thu Jul 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of grub2, with version 2.x there is no grub2-setup anymore but a grub2-bios-setup. This change was introduced with openSUSE 12.2 RC1 * Thu Jul 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.34 released * Thu Jul 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- follow up spec file fix, list grub2-branding-openSUSE only for suse version > 12.1 in the media requires * Thu Jul 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.33 released * Thu Jul 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file to write openSUSE instead of openSuSE (bnc #770825) * Thu Jul 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added grub2-branding-openSUSE to the media requires * Tue Jul 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.32 released * Mon Jul 09 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix dependencies on SLES 11 (sed does not support -E, use perl instead) * Fri Jul 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.31 released * Fri Jul 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed type in spec file, missing %endif * Fri Jul 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.30 released * Fri Jul 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: fixed openSUSE 12.2 boot image description. bootstrap was only applied to in diskless profile mode. This leed to missing tools like gettext and dialog for all other profiles even the default profile * Fri Jul 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file: netboot and isoboot needs virt-utils additionally does isoboot need e2fsprogs * Wed Jul 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.29 released * Wed Jul 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove rpm and fonts required in the pxe examples * Wed Jul 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added missing fonts and X11 input packages to pxe 12.1 example * Tue Jul 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- libproxy reads the data from /etc/sysconfig/proxy. Thus it\'s required to hold a temporary copy of that file inside the chroot to make use of proxy settings while operating in the chroot * Mon Jul 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.28 released * Mon Jul 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure possible proxy setting is transfered to the kiwi chroot * Mon Jul 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add profile handling in new data structure to handle XML data * This is the beginning of the XML object restructuring effort as dicussed on the list. This initial commit in the series adds the members for the new data structure and ties parts of the profile handling code to the new implementation. * Mon Jul 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t call resetBootBind using chroot to workaround (bnc #769634) * Sat Jun 30 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- make kiwi_default a reserved profile name * for the new data structure for XML processing we need a profile name to store unqualified data, this name was chosen to be kiwi_default. Therefore this is a reserved name and users may not use it as a profile name. * Fri Jun 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.27 released * Fri Jun 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed hybrid persistent writing with kernel 3.x (bnc #769086) * Thu Jun 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: dhcpcd works with timeout 20s, kiwi used 40s, so one half of the time it waited with no reason. This patch runs \'dhcpcd -T\' again after 22s, so the time is used effectively. It also helps in situatios when the link needs more time to start, e.g with wpa_supplicant and the first dhcp packets are lost. * Thu Jun 28 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the getPXEDeployConfiguration unit test on ppc and ppc64 * Wed Jun 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- zypper in 12.2 has been fixed now, so we can change back the JeOS image template to the type=\"image\" installation * Wed Jun 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.26 released * Wed Jun 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added patterns for removal of unused files/dirs which appears along with systemd,grub2,plymouth and are not required inside the initrd * Wed Jun 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of glob patterns in kiwi_strip_delete * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove references to splashy from initrd * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- the post install script from grub2-branding-openSUSE creates a background.png file in /boot. We have to preserve all data created in /boot because the extractKernel() function moves out all the data here from the initrd * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- hide plymouth splash when throwing an exception * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of bootincluded packages in type specific packages sections * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template. With 12.2 the switch to grub2 was made but the grub2-branding-openSUSE package only provides grub2 theming information. Thus for building non grub2 based images like isolinux based live systems the former gfxboot-branding-openSUSE data has to be present. Because of this the openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template includes now image type specific packages sections to select the correct branding package * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make grub2 theming data available in the initrd * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed string validation in info message in KIWICollect so that it actually shows the content of $metapack * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove import of graphics boot \'message\' file when using grub2 In order to support custom branding in kiwi for grub it worked the way that one provides the theme data and together with gfxboot-devel a special formatted \'message\' file was created and stored inside the initrd. The setupBootLoaderStages() function then imported that file to the system image. In grub2 the theme data is just fonts and png\'s and there is no creation of a special graphics format required. * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- hide plymouth splash when showing a dialog * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- switched to grub2-branding-openSUSE for openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- grub2 can handle real spaces in menu items, yeah :) * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added grub2 theme support for the openSUSE theme layout * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- better info message when --targetstudio option is used * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- provide ROOTFS_BLKDEV before calling init/systemd- don\'t export variables used by the boot scripts in the cleanImage function. This function is called in an extra shell process thus exporting back is not possible * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed resizeFilesystem to prefer btrfs over btrfsctl * Tue Jun 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added variable kiwi_cpio_name which allows to access the name of the initrd image from within the initrd. This is currently used to distinguish the initrd by the type of the distro * Mon Jun 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: improved testing for networks by using -T option * Mon Jun 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed createOriginSnapshot to prefer btrfs over btrfsctl * Mon Jun 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- preserve missing btrfs tools * Mon Jun 25 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- indicate check failure through return value (undef) * we should have it correct now. Previously a 1 was returned, indicating success. This change returns no value on failure to indicate the failed state of the check. * Sat Jun 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.25 released * Sat Jun 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __checkVMscsiCapable() it\'s a valid setup if no machine configuration is specified in the kiwi XML * Fri Jun 22 2012 toganmAATTopensuse.org- fix the suse-live-usbstick config according to the version * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.24 released * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure getExecPath() also works when invoked as non root user. It\'s required that PATH contains /sbin to locate binaries used by kiwi with the \'which\' tool. This problem appeared when calling the unit tests as non root user like the buildservice does when building packages, thus this fixes the build * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.23 released * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot logging, make sure the log continues after switching to the real root filesystem * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added runtime check for get_kernel_version binary. This is a suse only extension so when running on other build hosts it should be checked if it\'s there. * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added uninstall target to Makefile * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make udevStart() aware of alternative location for udevd binary * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure kmod stays in the initrd, with respect to other distros which already moved from module-init-tools to kmod * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed udevSystemStart / udevSystemStop to check which system service manager can be used to run the service * Fri Jun 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed kernel sysconfig template check, that\'s a suse only check and even we change our own names all the time * Thu Jun 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.22 released * Thu Jun 21 2012 rneuhauserAATTsuse.cz- kiwi.pl: simpler date(1) use. calling \'date -I\' is insensitive to locale which means: * LANG=POSIX is not needed, thus * explicit bash invocation is not needed (it was there because the syntax for setting env. vars varies among shells * Thu Jun 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed date call in usage() function to work with native qx * Thu Jun 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean up to perl critic level 4- disable the brief file open/close check * this check is unreliable when using multiple open/close constructs in one routine. * Thu Jun 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove duplicate implementation of method to get a list of packages marked for boot inclusion. The methods getListBootIncludes() and getBootIncludes() used to implement the same functionality. This update removes the getListBootIncludes() method. * Thu Jun 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add profile handling verification to the package and type unit tests * Thu Jun 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add additonal condition to avoid warning * At present it is possible to trigger a \"uninitialized value\" warning when calling the addPackages() method, if not all packages that are to be added are boot included. This change fixes this issue. * Wed Jun 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file, require grub2 for >= openSUSE 12.2 * Wed Jun 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update migration table * Wed Jun 20 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean to critic level 3 * Wed Jun 20 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean to critic level 4 * Wed Jun 20 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- do not attempt to normalize a path that has not been defined to begin with * Wed Jun 20 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean to perlcritic level 4 * critic exception around the unify function * style clean up to more closely resemble the rest of kiwi code * Wed Jun 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added get_kernel_version source into kiwi git. We might want to install this tool on distros which doesn\'t provide it * Wed Jun 20 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- modify the default critic policy for brief open * by default a close() is expected within 9 lines of an open call. Accounting for potential kiwi logging information and other coding constructs we use this is ofetn insufficient. Therefore a line limit of 15 is a bit more reasonable for the kiwi code base * Wed Jun 20 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add XML unit tests for type handling * Wed Jun 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use strip section in RHEL JeOS template to remove some unneded data not required in the initrd * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.21 released * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove bootsplash from the delete section in the openSUSE 12.2 boot image descriptions, bootsplash is no longer installed thus it doesn\'t make sense to list it in the delete sections * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure JeOS for 12.2 installs glibc-locale * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- small cleanup for info message * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update JeOS 12.2 image description, install in bootstrap because zypper in 12.2 is so flaky and bugy throwing segfaults all the time and nobody cares about it :( * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added grub2 to openSUSE 12.2 boot image descriptions * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use bootstrap only installation for openSUSE 12.2 boot images * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- s390: make sure we wait for udev to finish after fdasd is done * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use grub2 as bootloader for openSUSE 12.2 JeOS except for xenFlavour * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed grub2-mkimage call, target format of core image must be set * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- add plymouth to JeOS image description * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup list of image packages selected in the openSUSE 12.2 boot image descriptions. The ones removed here were already installed by the selection/requirements of the bootstrap packages section * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- switched from bootsplash to plymouth splash screen in the openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added required plymouth packages to boot descriptions for openSUSE 12.2 * Tue Jun 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for plymouth splash system * Mon Jun 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: added more sophisticated partition table check. The partition table is analyzed to check if it\'s possible to run the update check and also to verify partition order, types and sizes with some tolerance (so for example the change to 4k sectors would not cause repartitioning). Additionally in a RAID setup the checks would check both disks. * Mon Jun 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove references to splashy * Fri Jun 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.20 released * Fri Jun 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test due to changes in the logging * Fri Jun 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.19 released * Fri Jun 15 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- additional unit tests for package handling in the XML object * Fri Jun 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added lxc as a recommended package to the spec file * Fri Jun 15 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- rename the getTypeList method to getTypeSpecificPackageList * the method returns a list of packages for the given image build type. This was not obvious from the previous method name. * Fri Jun 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- call images.sh and config.sh scripts in a contained environment using LXC. The function callContained() will use lxc if it is installed on the build host machine. If it is not there or lxc-execute cannot be called the function switches to the legacy chroot method. Using a container to call custom scripts provides more protection against the nasty things one can do in a script with root permission * Thu Jun 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t umount dev and sys filesystems in umountSystemFileSystems this is done by kiwi in the cleanup phase * Thu Jun 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed logging, use only one global log object which is used by all objects to make sure all messages end up in the same log file * Thu Jun 14 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- more unit tests for XML * Thu Jun 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.18 released * Thu Jun 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.17 released * Thu Jun 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- s390: sleep for a while after recreating the vtoc table * Thu Jun 14 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean KIWICommandLine.pm and KIWIQX.pm to perlcritic level 4 * all other file changes to properly import the symbols from KIWIQX * Thu Jun 14 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- exclude additional unit tests in OBS as they need network access * Wed Jun 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- reread partition table after recreation of the VTOC table * Wed Jun 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- s390: initialize loader variable with zipl by default * Wed Jun 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- s390 netboot: recreated the vtoc table with option \'r\' instead of \'u\' which includes the deletion all partitions * Wed Jun 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added function umountSystemFileSystems() which is used to umount system filesystems like proc within the given root tree. This is called after a custom script call to cleanup the environment * Wed Jun 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- s390: fixed normalizeRepartInput to work with fdasd * Wed Jun 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- provide a pointer to the xml to createImageFormat() which allows to only create the machine configuration without direct access to the image file for reading the xml data * Wed Jun 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean the unit test implementations to perlcritic level 4 * Wed Jun 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- switch back to perl-Test-Unit * the package has been fixed and is back in factory/oS 12.2 * Wed Jun 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- set the db45-utils package as recommend for openSUSE 12.1 and later * at present a user running into a rpm db incompatibility issue may get an error message that the db45_load tool is not available. This leaves the user with no idea where the tool may be found. Unfortunately the command-not-found utility does not turn up the command either. Setting the package as recommends increases the chance that it will be installed when KIWI packages get installed. * Tue Jun 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- overlooked one format conversion call and make them skip if in --targetstudio mode * Tue Jun 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed building of md5 sum and compressed image when in --targetstudio mode. In this mode we don\'t dump an image from the generated target device, thus the building of the md5 sum and the compressed version of the image must access the device * Tue Jun 12 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- require u-boot-tools for oem images on arm * Tue Jun 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- instead of skipping the entire format conversion when in--targetstudio mode we only skip the creation of the format but not the meta data which belongs to it * Tue Jun 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- skip format conversion when in --targetstudio mode * Tue Jun 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove duplicate implementation of buildImageName method * the buildImageName was implemented in the XML and the Image object. This change removes the duplicate implementation and moves the method with the generateBuildImageName into the Global object. It is expected that a better place will be found eventually. * Tue Jun 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use value of --targetstudio when building iso images * Tue Jun 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed --targetdevice mode to work with NBD/AoE devices as well. if a network block device receives a partition table there is no automatic creation creation of devices per partition. Thus it\'s required to call kpartx to bind those devices prior to using it * Tue Jun 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- additional unit tests for package handling- skip tests that require network access- fix up tests to verify network resolve for local test runs * Tue Jun 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add Environment variable to allow tests that require network access to be skipped in OBS * Tue Jun 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- make resolveLink and resolveArchitecture \"private\" * these methods should not be called from outside of the XML object, and most likely this should not be here to begin with * Mon Jun 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added option --targetstudio which is used to specify a program which creates the target device node to create the image on. In contrast to the targetdevice option there will be no image file dumped from the specified device. This option is mainly used in SuSE Studio * Mon Jun 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use dd when reading data from a disk block device use qemu-img convert instead which takes care for sparse information * Mon Jun 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- setupEncoding ist not called if a targetdevice is specified instead of the standard loop device operations. Thus luks extension together with --targetdevice did not work. This patch fixes it * Mon Jun 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- call fdasd relatively and not with absolute path * Mon Jun 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove logging of hijacked studio commands * Mon Jun 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow createImageXFS to work with a target device * Mon Jun 11 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit tests for XML object verifying package, pattern, and archive handling * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.16 released * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed the ZYPP_ARIA2C=0 \'hack\' which is there only because of a bug in aria2c we\'d better fix aria2c instead of maintaining a workaround for that inside kiwi. * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure timezone package is installed as part of the bootstrap installations. zypper in openSUSE 12.2 crashes if it can\'t find /etc/localtime. A bug for this problem has been opened. As it seems zypper requires a timezone we should make sure to install one from within bootstrap * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.15 released * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"- the env setting ZYPP_ARIA2C=0 caused a segmentation fault\" problem is that this change caused other unexpected behavior in zypper :( I will investigate more here * This reverts commit 31e0d0cadfdc9f678e9675754e83674054d29d83 * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- just found out that also obs:// URL\'s doesn\'t work for plain package building inside the buildservice. So I had to change the unit tests again * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- the env setting ZYPP_ARIA2C=0 caused a segmentation fault for zypper in openSUSE 12.2. I think if there is a bug in aria2c we\'d better fix aria2c instead of work around that inside kiwi. Therefore I removed this \'hack\' * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use remote URL\'s other than obs:// in the unit tests the buildservice refused to resolve them so the unit tests works locally but not during build, thus the package build fails * Fri Jun 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.14 released * Thu Jun 07 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit test for prefer-license attribute setting unique requirement * Thu Jun 07 2012 dmajdaAATTsuse.cz- Fixed deleting of /usr/lib/gconv content in baseStripLocales The \"find\" command in baseStripLocales finds not only files in /usr/lib/gconv, but also the directory itself which cannot be removed by the call of \'rm\' in that case * Thu Jun 07 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- check that the prefer-license attribute is set to true only once * if the attribute is set to true multiple times it results in an ambiguity that cannot be resolved. As the outcome of the image build is indeterminate in this case we need to error out of the process. * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup kernel profiles: For openSUSE -base is a subset of !-base * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: allow multicast TFTP for compressed images (fate #313083) * the predownload hook detects that it is possible to use service partition for intermediate files and exports the temp dir path in $FETCH_FILE_TEMP_DIR * the fetchfile() method uses the temp directory and exports the intermediate file path in $FETCH_FILE_TEMP_FILE if it was created * the postdownload hook deletes $FETCH_FILE_TEMP_FILE. Later we can extend it to manage a cache of several image files. * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: added robust detection of the active network interface * call dhcpcd on all available network interfaces and select either BOOTIF from pxe or one of the interfaces which got a dhcp reply (fate #313338) * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- adapt schema version from 5.3 to 5.4 for unit test data * Wed Jun 06 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit test for getRepoNodeList * Wed Jun 06 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit tests related to driver handling * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- apply stylesheet conversion from schema 5.3 to 5.4 * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added xsl stylesheet which removes the type attribute from the sections and also increases the schema version from 5.3 to 5.4 * Wed Jun 06 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- rename addRepository to addRepositories * the method may be used to add multiple repositories, this should be reflected in the method name. * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation due to removal of the drivers type attribute * Wed Jun 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove type attribute from drivers section entirely * Tue Jun 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Tue Jun 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Tue Jun 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update documentation due to change in the type attribute in the drivers sections * Tue Jun 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t evaluate type of drivers sections. There is only type \'drivers\' now available * Tue Jun 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove use of netdrivers,scsidrivers,usbdrivers typed drivers sections and merge them into one section * Tue Jun 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- limit type attribute of drivers section to \'drivers\' * Tue Jun 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add unit tests for repo handling in the XML object * Tue Jun 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add argument check to addRepository() method at present it is possible to attempt to add a repository with an invalid type. This may lead to unpredictable behavior during build. While the type is verified when given on the command line, the additional validation is needed for migration when we add repos from a running system. * Tue Jun 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add log message for repository replacement at present no message is issued if a replacable repository is replaced with a new repository * Tue Jun 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add info message when repositories are being ignored * Tue Jun 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add doc string to the prefer-license attribute in the schema documentation. Previously there was no documentation and the name was not necessarily obviously implying the intension of the attribute. * Tue Jun 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- added unit tests for: * getStripNodeList() method of XML object * getConfigName() method of XML object * Tue Jun 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- comment out variable that is only used for debug printing * Tue Jun 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- rename of functions: * getNodeList() to getRepoNodeList() the getNodeList name is too generic and does not indicate by name what can be expected about the information returned by the method * getRepository() method to getRepositories() the method returns all repository information, thus this should be reflected in the method name * Tue Jun 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update schema documentation include info about new XML element * Mon Jun 04 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- do not call the test log internal __reset() method. calling __reset() would ignore any potential other states and therefore would ignore potential error conditions. Calling getState() instead and ignoring the returned value ensures that only one state is set in the log as expected after calling the getErrorState() method. * Mon Jun 04 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove unused variable pblt * Mon Jun 04 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit test for new element * Mon Jun 04 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- DB: rebuild documentation: include info about new XML element * Mon Jun 04 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add new element * allow users to specify a default location for pre-built boot images in the configuration file. * Mon Jun 04 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- re-sort the attributes of the type element into alpha order * Mon Jun 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure return value from cleanupRPMDatabase() is passed correctly and handled * Mon Jun 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.13 released * Mon Jun 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- really fixed cleanupRPMDatabase() by using the db_dump|db45_load method * Mon Jun 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.12 released * Sun Jun 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed test_invalidProfileRequest(), it modifies the message data thus it needs a reset to prevent after effects in subsequent tests * Sun Jun 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- perl Test::Unit doesn\'t work for 12.2 anymore. Other than that is\'s unmaintained since 2005. Therefore we switch to Test::Unit::Lite which is also not really maintained but at least still works * Sat Jun 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit tests for profile handling * these do not test the usage of profiles, only the storage of profile data in the XML object and the consistency check upon profile request, usage will be integrated into other test at a later date * Sat Jun 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- make the checkProfiles method of the XML object \"private\" * this is an XML internal helper method and should not be called by other modules * Sat Jun 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit test for XML object user data storage * Sat Jun 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- make the getVMConfigOpts method on the XML object \"private\" * this is an internal helper method and should not be called from other modules * Sat Jun 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- make the getPreferencesNodeByTagName XML method \"private\" * this is an XML object internal method and should not be called by other modules * Fri Jun 01 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- kernel-pae does only exists on i586/i686 architecture * Fri Jun 01 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- eliminate getXenDomain method from XML * the domain is part of the Xen config and can be accessed via getXenConfig we should not have multiple methods to get the same data * Fri Jun 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.11 released * Thu May 31 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit test for XML validation of the volume element test to verify that the combination of \"size\" and \"freespace\" on the element is rejected. * Thu May 31 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- do not allow the use of the \"size\" and \"freespace\" attributes in combination. At present a user can specify both the \"size\" and \"freespace\" attributes on the element. In this case the setting of the \"freespace\" attribute is ignored, therefore allowing the combination of the attributes is misleading and should be disallowed * Thu May 31 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- XML object unit tests for LVM related methods * Thu May 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: renamed boot and JeOS images from suse-Factory to suse-12.2 * Thu May 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed rt kernel profile, there is no kernel-rt for openSUSE * Thu May 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed handling of obs URL path within KIWIURL. if the created obs path does not exist proceed and check again as opensuse URL type. This was done only in KIWIRoot but belongs to the URL module * Thu May 31 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- remove packages which do not exist in 12.2 anymore * Wed May 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- add empiric code to calculate size for btrfs images... not nice * Wed May 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure btrfs based images provide a common subvolume setup as explained in (bnc #764703) * Wed May 30 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit test for addStrip method of XML object * verify error condition of improper call * verify proper addition for delete, libs, and tools * Wed May 30 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix addStrip method of XML object * when adding new strip information we need to check if an element with the given type already exists, if yes the information needs to be added to the existing type. If a new element is added with the same type as an existing element the getStrip *() implementations will not return the correct information. This is a latent bug. * also added a consitency check to ensure the method only adds strip elements of supported types. * Wed May 30 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add unit tests for XML getStrip * methods * Wed May 30 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- make the getStripFileList of the XML object \"private\", this is an internal helper method and should not be called from other KIWI modules * Wed May 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.10 released * Wed May 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"- eliminate getXenDomain method from XML\" This breaks kiwi in KIWIXML.pm:getImageConfig() This reverts commit a2a9509c6ef44f09cdf2b8a271387de4bec071dc. * Wed May 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.9 released * Tue May 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow direct root tree access for btrfs and xfs when creating the virtual disk. For those two filesystem we had the intermediate step to create a filesystem image first which is then dumped via dd on the virtual disk. * Tue May 29 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- enable PXE on arm platform, untested but PXE exists there and it is fixing building kiwi * Tue May 29 2012 adrianAATTsuse.de- create additional -requires packages for each boot description to track dependencies automatically in the openSUSE buildservice * Tue May 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate the use of expr and use shell\'s $((..)) expression instead * Sat May 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Sat May 26 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- eliminate getXenDomain method from XML the domain is patr of the Xen config and can be accessed via getXenConfig we should not have multiple methods to get the same data * Sat May 26 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit test for OVF data storage in the XML object * Fri May 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri May 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.8 released * Fri May 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure resizeLVMVolumes unsets FSTYPE before fsresize * Fri May 25 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add a reference to the online and local schema documentation * a recent discussion on the mailing list revealed that there is no reference to the complete schema documentation in the docbook doc and not all available elements are listed in the docbook documentation * Fri May 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- apply oem dump and repart patches from x86 arch to ppc/s390 and arm. Reference commits are: * e3cb127676f636b71d2a07acd7fdd4bc0bb6f332 * 8d15e715dcb156bf0b101c87e28ceb810d0f4eed * Fri May 25 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- DB: update documentation chapter 3 * update the chapter w.r.t. content, spelling, grammar * add section to chapter 3 explaining the use of pre-built boot images in a recent discussion on the mailing list it was pointed out that the use of pre-built boot images is not documented * Fri May 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OEM partition selection for LVM images. If there are exactly two partitions suitable for the install process it\'s possible to assign boot and root partition according to the partition ID\'s from the OEM image partition table. Thus we can prevent a selection dialog in this case. Additionally this commit added more information about the reason why partitions are rejected * Fri May 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure \'rev\' tool stays inside the initrd * Fri May 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OEM partition install mode for LVM images * Fri May 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t install unnecessary doc meta data * Thu May 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added sync of schema docs to doc.opensuse.org * Wed May 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added sync of docs to doc.opensuse.org * Tue May 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.7 released * Tue May 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure systemctl stay inside the initrd. That\'s because the reboot tool is now a link to systemctl * Tue May 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.6 released * Tue May 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed baseStripUnusedLibs to work with library links pointing to library links (bnc#753574) * Tue May 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed baseStripUnusedLibs to work with library links pointing to an absolute path (bnc#753574) * Mon May 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed the way how the size request of LVM volumes in an oem image is processed. Before this patch the volumes were created with the requested size and stored in the image. Thus we store a lot of null bytes inside the image and also dump those null bytes when running the code of an oem install image. As the oem image by design expands itself on first boot according to the target disk and oem image configuration parameters, it\'s more clean and also faster to resize the volumes on first boot and not keep them with their requested size inside the image (bnc#761993) * Mon May 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed fstab flags for non root device entries * Mon May 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- apply suse-repart patch for ppc, s390 and arm architecture reference commit: a621b4e715ac18e1daabb644a9b3b8af2e316d24 * Mon May 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make controller and id attributes optional in the vmdisk section * Mon May 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for openSUSE 12.2 / removed 11.3 * added JeOS openSUSE 12.2 image template descriptions * update spec file to support openSUSE 12.2 and remove 11.3 * added 12.2 boot image descriptions * added openSUSE 12.2 examples * Fri May 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Fri May 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema due to latest changes in .rnc * Thu May 17 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove superfluous () for variable declaration * Thu May 17 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove controller and id attribute settings from Xen example The controller and id attributes are not evaluated in the XML object for the Xen configuration, showing these settings in the examples is misleading to the user. * Thu May 17 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add qualifiers to attribute description of the machine and vmdisk elements. At present it is not obvious which of the attributes are evaluated for a given Virtual Machine image format when looking at the Schema documentation. The qualifiers address this situation. * Thu May 17 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- added unit tests: * unit test for getEc2Config method of XML object * unit test for getVMwareConfig method of XML object * unit test for getXenConfig method of XML object * Wed May 16 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add the proper IP address to the Web-UI (sunstone) configuration file ~ presently the user has to manually change the configuration file and restart the server. This change eliminates this need, after the cloud is up and running the user can just access the Web-UI as the server is listening on the appropriate address. * Wed May 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update schema documentation * Wed May 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added type attribute . This allows to set the size of the eventual boot partition. If no such size is set 150MB is the minimum size for the boot partition. The value has an effect for image types which creates a boot partition only, e.g LVM, split * Wed May 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed disk increasement stepsize from 100MB to 10MB * Wed May 16 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix type in comment * Wed May 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup of KIWIBoot constructor, avoid code duplication- added error check for kiwi --bootvm ... --bootvm-system if the system is not a root tree, rootfs image or partition device- prevent dumping the image from a --targetdevice if also the creation of an install media was set. This will speedup the build- make sure to use qemu-img convert to dump image from a targetdevice * Wed May 16 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update the OpenNebula example: * Adjustments for OpenNebula version 3.4.1 release * Minor script fixes * Tue May 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use cat when reading data from a disk block device use qemu-img convert instead which takes care for sparse information * Mon May 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getSector() calculation, could be too small aligned * Mon May 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the vhd subformat=fixed type * Sat May 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added LVM volume information for all specified volumes to the profile env of the boot image. This is required to cleanly solve (bnc #761993) * Fri May 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow option --recycle-root to be used in a --build process If there is a root tree in /build/image-root available it will be used as system image tree. The build of the boot image is not affected by this root recycling * Fri May 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- additionally create md5 sum\'s for the kernel and the optional created splash initrd (fate #313338) * Fri May 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed setupNetwork * functions in a way that they check for the presence of the $root device and in case of an error and an existing root device LOCAL_BOOT is set and the system try to proceed with local boot of the installed system (fate #313338) * Fri May 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.5 released * Wed May 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed bootloader setup if yaboot is used. the boot partition id is set to fat (0xc) and we have to make sure to provide bootinfo.txt, yaboot.cnf and the yaboot binary at the root of the boot partition. We don\'t distinguish the layout between LVM and non LVM setup if yaboot is used in order to have a clean state * Wed May 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed function names installBootLoaderLilo and setupBootLoaderLilo to installBootLoaderYaboot and setupBootLoaderYaboot. lilo is only supported together with yaboot on ppc at the moment. So the function names are misleading and would block us if we want to add support for real lilo. * Wed May 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed package check for package scripts. The rpm database from the image root system has to be used instead of the build system package database * Tue May 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- Revert \"- don\'t set vga= kernel parameter for lilo bootlader setup\" This reverts commit 5e815b28c84e805d4777551d67be8da0433e1238. lilo on ppc is something complete different than lilo on other architectures. The vga value is supported well on \'real\' lilo so this issue should be fixed in the bootloader * Mon May 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t set vga= kernel parameter for lilo bootlader setup I was told this causes trouble when lilo.conf is converted to yaboot.conf * Mon May 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use correct size for FAT table when yaboot is used * Mon May 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- we don\'t need the mbrid information for ppc/yaboot the searchOFBootDevice function doesn\'t request it * Mon May 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- respect custom boot timeout value for yaboot setup * Fri May 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove cpio program from initrd, required for custom splash setup follow up fix for the other architectures s390, ppc and arm * Fri May 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow evaluation of $DO_NOT_INSTALL_BOOTLOADER variable in netboot suse-preinit to prevent installation of the bootloader by a variable (bnc #760502) * Fri May 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: use --metadata=0.9 format for raid setup (bnc #760713) * Fri May 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.4 released * Fri May 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed URL repo check, correctly use is_success method and make sure every repo is checked for rpm-md _and_ repodata * Fri May 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed \'in progress\' indicators from messages containing a path People reported to be confused about the path to be complete :) * Fri May 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- create rootfs.meta data file which includes information about the required min size and (good) inode value for split systems. This prevents the initrd code from getting that information out of the rootfs.tar tarball and thus speeds up the boot * Thu May 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test due to the removal of the aufs support * Thu May 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove the urlResponse() method and use the timeout function implemented in LWP::UserAgent properly to resolve URL\'s * Thu May 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure releaseNetwork() also deconfigures the interface and configuration. Meaning don\'t use the -p option as we already check for root over NFS/AOE/NBD it doesn\'t make sense anymore- make sure releaseNetwork() unsets the HOSTNAME as it might conflict with the later system image network setup * Thu May 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow kiwisplitroot_size= which specifies how much size is reserved for the tmpfs holding the temporary rootfs data in a split image. Also fixed the calculation of the inode number for this tmpfs * Thu May 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed support for aufs overlay filesystem. The problem is that no overlay filesystem like aufs, unionfs, deltafs and friends is accepted by the kernel people. Thus support for them inside the distribution(s) is hard to maintain and the system barely works. My hope is that some day there will be the mount --overlay method implemented in a clean way and supported by the kernel until then we live with the fuse based approach (clicfs) and the device mapper snapshot method for the caching system (bnc #760159) * Thu May 03 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit tests for preference settings * Thu May 03 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- check only for presence and boolean value The \"additive\" attribute is a boolean value, i.e. valid values are true or false. We should only check for supported values. The removed check for 0 is possibly an artifact from times where we alloed 0 to indicate false in the XML. * Thu May 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed hook call with parameters containing spaces (bnc #760331) * Wed May 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed redundancy in getElementsByTagName (\"...\") -> get_nodelist(); calls. According to the spec getElementsByTagName already returns the node list if called in array context. * Wed May 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added unit test for XML split settings * Wed May 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed naming inconsistency: getSplitTmpExceptions/getSplitTempExceptions * Tue May 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.3 released * Tue May 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed baseStripUnusedLibs() to be more robust and prepared for the move of libraries to another location * Tue May 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove cpio program from initrd, required for custom splash setup * Tue May 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.2 released * Fri Apr 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added optional attribute which allows to configure if the Failsafe boot menu entry for the install media should be displayed or not. * Fri Apr 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed misleading Restore wording in install iso boot menu * Fri Apr 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure required libs for filesystem tools stay inside the initrd * Thu Apr 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.03.01 relased * Thu Apr 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure libext2fs stays inside the initrd, it\'s required for tune2fs on Factory/openSUSE 12.2 * Thu Apr 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of --edit-bootconfig. There is either the choice for setting the value on the commandline or as attribute inside the XML description. Before this fix the code did not correctly get the value depending on how kiwi is called- make sure any iso is created via the KIWIISOLinux provided functions. According to this editbootconfig now also works for the creation of installs ISO\'s * Thu Apr 26 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- unit tests for the getPXEDeploy * methods * Thu Apr 26 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix typo in XML OEM settings unit test configuration * Thu Apr 26 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix typo in explanatory comment * Wed Apr 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure grub menu.lst is correctly utf-8 encoded * Wed Apr 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added __hasValidLVMName() runtime check. This checks if the optional LVM group name already exist on the build host. * Wed Apr 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in error message, $! is empty but we stored the messages in $status * Tue Apr 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed flag state for iso in extras/suse-11.4/suse-min-gnome * Tue Apr 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- redirect errors from rpm --rebuilddb into the result variable * Mon Apr 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.25 released * Sun Apr 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed loop in partition size check * Sun Apr 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added a check for the split read/write partition size when creating the virtual disk. * Sat Apr 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add unit tests for the getOEM * methods Prior to undertacing the restructuring of the XML object we need to get unit tests in place * Fri Apr 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.24 released * Thu Apr 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- take package section type into account when processing bootincluded packages. This means packages added as bootincluded into the e.g image section gets added to the image section in the boot image too. If the target description doesn\'t provide the section the package will be added to the default bootstrap section as before * Thu Apr 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove db4 package from the delete list in the RHEL boot image descriptions * Thu Apr 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed rpm package database rebuild check for RHEL/yum this reverts commit: c3e4ac88562074d87cad21e96cfe3d6dde976e48 * Thu Apr 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- moved yum priority installation from the RHEL boot- into the system image template and make it a bootincluded package. That\'s because there are name differences like yum-priority and yum-plugin-priority * Thu Apr 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed rebuild of package database when yum is used * Wed Apr 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: adapt JeOS description for beagle and fixed building in emulated environment * Tue Apr 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- really fixed boot.script setup according to (bnc #757489) * Tue Apr 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: On other systems which supports a boot menu we add the linux kernel and initrd with its file names. But on arm systems there can only be one kernel because uboot doesn\'t support a menu. Thus perl-bootloader also doesn\'t support updating the uboot configuration and that\'s the reason why we use the links created by mkinitrd to point to the kernel and initrd in order to support kernel updates (bnc #757489) * Mon Apr 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- s390: fixed recreateVTOCTable() to wait until the volume group has settled before deactivating it in a LVM setup * Mon Apr 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete error console information * Mon Apr 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- kiwi creates a link with filesystem extension pointing to the root filesystem image when created. The function compressImage creates a .gz version of that root filesystem image and therefore break the link. This fix enhances compressImage() in a way that it receives the filesystem information in order to repair the link * Mon Apr 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added oem type to s390 JeOS image description * Mon Apr 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update s390 SLE repo in JeOS template * Mon Apr 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.23 released * Fri Apr 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Apr 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation * Fri Apr 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added preCallInit hook to be available for the vmx type too * Fri Apr 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed partition based oem install method. parsing proc/partitions was broken in OEMFindPartitions because the ID device name was used as reference instead of the unix device name * Thu Apr 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- properly pick up splash image for pre-built initrd. At present it is not possible to use a splash screen with a prebuilt initrd. For a pre-built initrd the splash file is named with extension \'.spl\', but we are loking for the extension \'.splash.gz\', thus the file is not found. With this change we look for the file with the appropriate extension. * Wed Apr 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update list of allowed VMware guestOS values * Wed Apr 11 2012 winterAATTpre-sense.de- Fix the handling of the --mbrid command line switch The value passed to the --mbrid flag is parsed to an integer by GetOptions (format is \'o\' = extended integer). There is code checking whether this integer is within the expected range and formats it as hexadecimal value. But commit: a5c7ab512dfb02dd99044c1db1cbc46ab05bf221 introduced a regression in the way the value of the --mbrid flag was handled because the value is set using $cmdL -> setMBRID() before the range checking and conversion. * Wed Apr 11 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- prepare the code for the move of the udev tools to the usr tree. At present the location of udevadmin is hardcoded to /sbin, once the tools move into the /usr tree and a link exists the \'-x\' test will fail. This would result in broken images. * Mon Apr 09 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Do not allow whitespce in the value of the name attribute for the and elements. At present the user can specify a name containing whitespace. This leads to problems that are difficult to diagnose in when the user tries to run the resulting image, as the image will not properly operate. * Sun Apr 08 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Fix ownership issue with persistent tmpdir At present the script fails if /var/tmp does not exist. Although /var/tmp should always exist, the new code assures proper handling if this directory is missing. * Sun Apr 08 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Fix race condition in launch script for openNebula test At present the test script may cause a condition where the openNebula infrastructure issues a \"[VirtualMachineAllocate] Error allocating a new virtual machine. Could not get disk image for VM.\" message. Giving the system some time to copy the image file eliminates this issue. * Wed Apr 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.22 released * Wed Apr 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed missing filesystem resize operation for LVM based images. If oem-systemsize and a freespace=all volume is setup kiwi resized only the freespace=all volume and missed to resize the root volume * Tue Apr 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed XSL stylesheet conversion: convert49to50.xsl the apply templates recursion is broken by using another mode so the fix is to stay in the same mode and select the value by a modified xpath expression * Mon Apr 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed misleading error message when kiwi can\'t find the image file on the pxe download server (bnc #754275) * Mon Apr 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed oem installation with luks encrypted root filesystem during the repartitioning the luks setup has to close down otherwise the partition table is busy (bnc #754978) * Mon Apr 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed test -z expression * Mon Apr 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of sat job list, eliminate duplicate jobs * Mon Apr 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure solver failed packages/patterns are evaluated in info module * Sat Mar 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure libkmod stays in the initrd * Sat Mar 31 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure solver problems are evaluated in info module * Fri Mar 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.21 released * Fri Mar 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed incorrect fstab entry created for read-only systems * Fri Mar 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed identifyDevice() to calculate the correct index for accessing an entry in the deviceArray list * Fri Mar 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- moved from md5_base64 to md5_hex for the creation of random repo alias names. md5_base64 could create names with a \'/\' and that causes trouble when checking for the existence of the repo file. In order to avoid to implement the same escape code as used by zypper in kiwi for such alias names, I\'d better moved the code to create hex number based alias names * Thu Mar 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure ZYPP_LOCKFILE_ROOT is set appropriately when zypper is used with --root option (bnc #753818) * Wed Mar 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed updateOtherDeviceFstab() to correctly create missing mount points inside the root file system (bnc #754344) * Wed Mar 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure volume group name doesn\'t contain white spaces * Fri Mar 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.20 released * Thu Mar 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: added support for optional ${append} bootargs variable (bnc #752623) * Tue Mar 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure loader variable is initialized * Mon Mar 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use -s option for losetup: the option -s is in collision with the Loop-AES losetup dialect that is used in some distributions. Use the long version (--show) only. * Mon Mar 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed repartition code for LVM concerning the use of element \'\' and \'freespace=all\' volume: * if none of the two is specified, the root will be expanded to occupy all available space * if only oem-systemsize is specified, the root will be expanded as much as specified * if only freespace=all is specified (for non-root volume), then the root will not be expanded and the other volume will take all available space * Finally, if both are specified, then the root will be expanded to take as much as oem-systemsize requires and any remaining space is assigned to the other volume. * Sat Mar 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed compare of object addresses by using refaddr. This is more robust because objects can overload operators like \'!=\' * Sat Mar 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed pattern names used in examples (bnc #752754) * Fri Mar 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.19 released * Fri Mar 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed order of files in an ova tar archive per spec in http://www.vmware.com/pdf/ovf_spec_draft.pdf (bnc #752581) * Fri Mar 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed malformed ovf file. the Envelope properties xmlns:rasd and xmlns:vssd are split in two lines with an extra quote (\") (bnc #752580) * Fri Mar 16 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- only remove the KIWI created initrd and kernel if mkinitrd run was successful- remove unused variable haveVMX * Thu Mar 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make split building more robust. the read-only partition size will be a bit bigger than the actual read-only filesystem image to be sure it fits into the partition. Due to the alignment this was required and costs a few bytes * Thu Mar 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure kernelCheck() initializes list of kernels if empty (bnc #752259) * Wed Mar 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove libbz2 from isoboot boot images for SLE11 * Wed Mar 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed removePackages() function * make sure rpmLibs() is called prior to rpm. if all packages are installed by bootstrap only this is required * make sure to check for empty $final variable * Wed Mar 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added ovf format example to examples/suse-12.1/suse-vm-guest * Wed Mar 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- better warning message about required machine section data * Tue Mar 13 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- run the unit tests in verbose mode during package build * Mon Mar 12 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix Validator test Revert f551128061 and d76e57194c, comparison in question checks for equality of objects, thus numerical comparison is appropriate * Fri Mar 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.18 released * Fri Mar 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed entry for hv_netvsc.ko driver * Thu Mar 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed rpm database consistency check * Thu Mar 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- use string comparison operator for strings and not numeric op * Thu Mar 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- add new kernel module paths for Microsoft HyperV (hv) modules * Tue Mar 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of != operator in KIWIXMLValidator * Tue Mar 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed the rpmLibs() tricks, all that sucks * Tue Mar 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in KIWICollect.pm * Tue Mar 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added which based search for dracut/mkinitrd/depmod * Tue Mar 06 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove unused function callSUSEInitrdScripts The initrd is created by setupRHELInitrd and setupSUSEInitrd, there is no call in the code to callSUSEInitrdScripts * Mon Mar 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed removePackages(): * use options --noscripts --allmatches * respect return code from rpm call * make sure proc is mounted * Mon Mar 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- added function updateModuleDependencies() to update the kernel modules dependency list. Call this function prior to creating the initrd. This allows the user to add custom kernel modules and makes sure these get picked up when mkinitrd runs * Mon Mar 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make removePackages() to work with yum * Mon Mar 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow fixup of image min size if given size is too small- fixed partition size check * Mon Mar 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed logging of non CR terminated lines when in --logfile mode * Mon Mar 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.17 released * Mon Mar 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for handling of console in kiwi initrd (bnc #749900) * don\'t start blogd in kiwi initrd, doesn\'t make much sense * fixed console output, stdout was wrongly redirected * make sure utimer also works in the preinit code * Mon Mar 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.16 released * Mon Mar 05 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: fixed installation of MLO loader, wrong path * Sun Mar 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: added following boot fixes: * To avoid any issues when parted leaves x86 boot code we zero out the first 440 bytes (MBR without ptable). The mandatory master boot id to identify the device is written afterwards * make sure MLO is installed after repart again in installBootLoaderUBoot. Also make sure the same MBR cleanup code is applied in the kiwi boot code * Fri Mar 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.15 released * Fri Mar 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed handling of console in kiwi initrd (bnc #749900) * removed use of klogconsole, we want kernel messages at that stage * don\'t use tty devices, use /dev/console and remove kiwistderr * allow debug shell only if tty device for it exists * don\'t use extra terminal to show error information. all that is stored in /var/log/boot kiwi * Fri Mar 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added ec2region setup to ec2 example image descriptions * Fri Mar 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu Mar 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed default fstab setup to know about /run for udev * Thu Mar 01 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update EC2 chapter Include information about EC2 tools handling of regions, us-east-1 is the default if not otherwise specified via EC2_URL, --url, or --region * Thu Mar 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed initrd module list for ec2 format code * Wed Feb 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- further cleanup of ec2 examples * Wed Feb 29 2012 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup ec2 examples * Tue Feb 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: fixed setup of root device for local boot * Tue Feb 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added -base kernel packages for ec2 and xenk boot profiles * Tue Feb 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed mkinitrd call in ec2 format code: * don\'t use -A also make sure the exit code of mkinitrd is evaluated * make sure all required filesystem modules are added to /etc/sysconfig/kernel before calling mkinitrd * Tue Feb 28 2012 msAATTsuse.de- respect size setup by user and don\'t add extra space for a possible boot partition * Mon Feb 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- because the input stream from XML is utf-8 encoded it\'s required to set binmode correctly to utf-8 too when writing the data out. This is at least required for the profile file inside the initrd because it contains data from the XML like the oem boot title * Sun Feb 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed partition alignment to align start and size of partitions to 4096 bytes. The value can be changed with the option --disk-alignment * Fri Feb 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.14 released * Fri Feb 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for grub2 based install iso images * Thu Feb 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.13 released * Thu Feb 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- follow up and improved fix for basePackBootIncludes to pack only items listed in the rpm package filelist but don\'t recursively look them up in the filesystem when tar\'ing them up (bnc #743159) * Thu Feb 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added creation of new meta file appdata.xml for product media * Thu Feb 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove opt and selinux from initrd * Wed Feb 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added possibility to specify an oem-unattended-id in the oemconfig section. The id is evaluated as part of the oem install code and can be either the string like it appears in dev/disk/by-id or by-path. if the option oem-unattended is set to true kiwi will try to assign the install device according to the specified id. if the id cannot be found a reboot exception is thrown. If no id is specified but unattended mode is requested the first entry of the sorted device list will be used like before this change * Wed Feb 22 2012 msAATTsuse.de- sort list of devices found for installation in suse-dump * Tue Feb 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- remove \'fixed\' flagged repositories from boot image descriptions. As the boot image inherit the repo setup from the system image it\'s more flexible to let the system image decide for the repos * Tue Feb 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suseStripModules to return early if no update driver was found * Tue Feb 21 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added staging/hv drivers to SLE11 boot image descriptions. Beginning with SLE11-SP2 the drivers are part of the standard kernel and thus they should be preserved (bnc #747898)- with reference to (bnc #747898) a new function called suseStripModules() has been added. The function searches for update modules and removes the old version which might be provided by the standard kernel to prevent a load clash * Tue Feb 21 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix improper call off stripImage()- fix some cosmetic issues * Mon Feb 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.12 released * Mon Feb 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed resetBootBind, the function did not properly check for the existence of the boot_bind directory * Fri Feb 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.11 released * Fri Feb 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- deactivate volume groups always with their name as argument- fixed setDefaultDeviceMap to respect device naming conventions * Fri Feb 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- finally fixed setupBootPartition in a clean way. kiwi creates a volume label named \'BOOT\' if a boot partition is used. setupBootPartition searches for the label and setup the boot partition accordingly. Along with the change the functions update *BootDeviceFstab and resetBootBind were also adapted. There is now only one updateBootDeviceFstab handling the boot partition entry for all modes if required * Thu Feb 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.10 released * Thu Feb 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added virtio drivers for sle10 boot image descriptions (bnc #747346) * Thu Feb 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make boot.script more robust by checking alternative variable names for kernel and initrd addresses * Thu Feb 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed checkLVMbind so that it directly reads the LVM header from the specified disk device * Thu Feb 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: fixed installation of MLO loader, wrong path * Thu Feb 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- call resetBootBind before preinit (bnc #747241) * Wed Feb 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed use of suseRemovePackagesMarkedForDeletion * Wed Feb 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: renamed image descriptions to \'Factory\'- arm: removed use of suseRemovePackagesMarkedForDeletion * Wed Feb 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: added vram setup to JeOS description- arm: fixed boot.script setup on first boot * Wed Feb 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, added chapter about image caching * Wed Feb 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: added mmc sd card drivers to boot image descriptions * Tue Feb 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t call images.sh and config.sh when in --init-cache mode- don\'t evaluate packages type=\"delete\" section in --init-cache mode- added check for rpm binary in cleanupRPMDatabase * Tue Feb 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: make creation of boot.script more generic by using kerneladdr and ramdiskaddr variables- arm: fixed JeOS console setup for efika, setup baudrate * Tue Feb 14 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added newline for messages waiting for status flag when they are written to the kiwi log file. It hurts when multiple log messages are written without a newline * Mon Feb 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: fixed setup of boot.script, missing redirect * Fri Feb 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.9 released * Fri Feb 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for iso boot process from external loader If the boot option isofrom=\"storage-device:path/to/iso\" is given the isoboot initrd will try to use the contents of this device to boot up the system. This allows to externally load the linux kernel and initrd with e.g grub2\'s loopback support and let the iso image exist as a file instead of being dumped on a target device Details on the use case can be found in (bnc #746351) * Thu Feb 09 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove superfluous boot.local * Thu Feb 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- store mbrid for iso images as Application ID and not as Volume ID * Wed Feb 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed importFile function to export only prefixed version of the variable if there is a prefix and not both (bnc #732247) * Wed Feb 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed import of dhcp info file (bnc #745548) * Wed Feb 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration changes: * apply deny files on packaged dir list to speedup File::Find * added patternType plusRecommended * added comment about package prefer problem * added path resolver function * Wed Feb 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: fixed service setup, use chkconfig * Tue Feb 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: fixed oemboot prefix setup * Mon Feb 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- arm: Now that x-loader on OMAP can boot from ext2, let\'s also teach kiwi about that awesome new capability. This gets rid of the vfat based boot partition and moves it to an ext2 based one. Additionally the 64MB limit on the boot partition is gone because the MLO is installed in the first 128kb of the disk and is no longer part of the boot partition. Kudos to Alexander Graf you added all this. * Mon Feb 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- s390: fixed bootdevice setup for zipl * Mon Feb 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added rootfs check to ec2 format code * Sat Feb 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- clean up delete lists for 12.1 boot image descriptions * Sat Feb 04 2012 msAATTsuse.de- run xml validation on source tree * Fri Feb 03 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean up to perlcritic level 5 * Fri Feb 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in flavour name: efikaFlavour * Fri Feb 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of LOADER_TYPE for /etc/sysconfig/bootloader in setupBootLoaderLilo(). Depending on the architecture this value is different * Fri Feb 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.8 released * Fri Feb 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- moved validation of delete section into setup() routine- dont\'t use basePackBootIncludes/baseUnpackBootIncludes anymore this conflicts with bootincluded packages marked for deletion * Thu Feb 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- keep only the uBoot initrd representation and remove the gzip version of the initrd from the boot partition. This saves some space urgently needed because on arm the boot partition is fixed 64MB * Thu Feb 02 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add unit test for getExecArgsFormat() method of KIWILocator- implement helper executables for the test in new bin directory- fix logic errors in getExecArgsFormat() found by unit test implementation * Wed Feb 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: fixed repo dir detection * Wed Feb 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: sort repo list information * Wed Feb 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: write cache early enough * Wed Feb 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: added support for svn detection * Wed Feb 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in the locator * Wed Feb 01 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration changes: * added progress information while creating custom tree * make custom files creation much faster * make modified files creation faster * Mon Jan 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow use of merged solvable in KIWISatSolver * Mon Jan 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: ignore weak-update links * Mon Jan 30 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration changes: * create custom tree for unpackaged files/dirs based on hardlinks * don\'t copy entire etc/ directory, doesn\'t make sense to have all especially packages stuff in the overlay tree * adapt deny list, ignore bootsplash and bootloader data for migration * Fri Jan 27 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix spec file, version of RPM on SLE does not handle %else if directives thus we get a dependency to qemu-img is created, but this package does not exist on SLE. * Fri Jan 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.7 released * Fri Jan 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- clean KIWICollect.pm to perl critic * Fri Jan 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- In RHEL/CentOS distributions the qemu-img program is packaged in qemu-img not in qemu or virt-utils. * Fri Jan 27 2012 msAATTsuse.de- enhanced RHEL6 JeOS * added default ifcfg-eth0 connecting via dhcp * switch off firstboot start via sysconfig/firstboot * added profiles RedHat and CentOS to build for both targets * Thu Jan 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.6 released * Thu Jan 26 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupKernelModules and init call for CentOS * Wed Jan 25 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- implement method to allow us to handle different command line argument implementations, i.e. -longOpt vs --longOpt. This problem is currently experienced on different versions of the isohybrid executable- use newly implemented method to properly determine the argument format when calling the isohybrid executable. Really fixes (bnc #742836) * Wed Jan 25 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed error console setup in arm JeOS description * Tue Jan 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.5 released * Tue Jan 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- really fixed basePackBootIncludes to pack only files and don\'t break if packages includes symbolic links (bnc #743159) * Tue Jan 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for oem image type for the arm architecture * Tue Jan 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed call of isohybrid, there is no -o option but -offset * Tue Jan 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- clean ProductData, RepoMetaHandler, and Root modules to perl critic * Tue Jan 24 2012 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate previously removed SatSolverLegacy file from check lists in the pre-commit hook * Mon Jan 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.4 released * Mon Jan 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- check if fbiterm binary really exists and don\'t assume it\'s there just because a framebuffer device exists. Also cleanup the Dialog function to work without a framebuffer * Mon Jan 23 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- ignore additional files (emacs backup, localization, temporaries) * Mon Jan 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of root partition for LVM images * Mon Jan 23 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repo and config setup for RHEL6 JeOS * Mon Jan 23 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- create hybrid ISOs at offset 64. This fixes (bnc #742836) * Fri Jan 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration changes: * add support for local repo (git) checkout detection * search for unpacked symlinks whose origin is packaged * Fri Jan 20 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: added support for gem inspection * Thu Jan 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make media check more user friendly. check if checkmedia returns successfully and print a message. After that wait for keypress and don\'t reboot (bnc #728384) * Thu Jan 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- migration: fixed creation of unpackaged files information * Thu Jan 19 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed basePackBootIncludes to pack only files from boot included rpm packages but not entire directories * Wed Jan 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure rhel oemboot descriptions are packaged * Wed Jan 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed RHEL6 JeOS used group names * Wed Jan 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed staging/hv drivers from SLE11, they conflict with the kmp package provided on SLE11 * Wed Jan 18 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed error handling in XML info module when sources can\'t be found * Tue Jan 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update schema documentation * Tue Jan 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added type attribute devicepersistency which allows to set by-uuid, by-label or by-path device names. by default by-id device names are used * Tue Jan 17 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update rhel support: * incorporate non suse specific kiwi patches to rhel boot code * added rhel6 support for vmx image type * added rhel6 support for oem image type * added rhel6 JeOS image template * Mon Jan 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed root device name setup due to changed partition layout * Mon Jan 16 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed the way how kiwi detects live and install ISO media. The volume ID of a live and install iso is now a unique ID. On boot the devices are searched to match that ID * Sun Jan 15 2012 msAATTsuse.de- follow up fix for last commit. Moved the calculation of the seek value into the getBlocks function and also fixed the function in terms of non reachable code * Sat Jan 14 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix \"off by 1\" error The created image is either 1M or 8K larger than the created partition for images that require a boot partition (XFS or Btrfs filesystems). This triggers a failure when the image is dumped to the partition in the disk image. See mailinglist thread http://groups.google.com/group/kiwi-images/browse_thread/thread/8988598856aee92d * Fri Jan 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added support for setupBootLoaderGrub2 and installBootLoaderGrub2 in kiwi\'s initrd code. The functions are called on first deployment of the image and create the system bootloader configuration via grub2-mkconfig and grub2-install * Fri Jan 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure default strip type=\"delete\" information from KIWIConfig.txt is used even if a custom strip section was defined * Fri Jan 13 2012 msAATTsuse.de- deactivate the use of basePackBootIncludes/baseUnpackBootIncludes These functions can be used to preserve and restore the contents of bootincluded packages/archives. We used it to prevent removal of files by the suseStripInitrd function. Due to the change of suseStripInitrd we are now more flexible to control what stays in- and what should be removed from the initrd which makes the use of basePackBootIncludes/baseUnpackBootIncludes obsolete * Thu Jan 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.3 released * Thu Jan 12 2012 msAATTsuse.de- find a way to install grub2 into a partition :) * Wed Jan 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- first start of supporting grub2 in kiwi, still missing parts are: * graphics boot setup, no font or theme is provided by SUSE * first boot setup, it\'s not clear if we use grub2-mkconfig or if kiwi has to write the configuration by itself * recovery grub2 setup, this normally means install grub into a partition. So far I wasn\'t able to install grub2 at another place than the MBR * Wed Jan 11 2012 msAATTsuse.de- increased wait timeout for CDDevice search * Tue Jan 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added staging/hv drivers to 12.1 and SLE11 boot images * Tue Jan 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- allow by-uuid device persistency via the kernel commandline option USE_BY_UUID_DEVICE_NAMES=1 * Tue Jan 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removing references to online repos from the sle boot images (bnc #734887) * Virtualization:/Appliances:/suse-sle11 * Virtualization:/Appliances:/suse-sle10 * Tue Jan 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- clean up spec file, don\'t require perl-satsolver but recommend it * Tue Jan 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete repo reference from KIWISatSolver module- removed obsolete KIWISatSolverLegacy module and satplugin * Tue Jan 10 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added additional data to the XML info module: * repository url per package to the packages info * adaption of the legacy kiwi SaT binding * Mon Jan 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- added additional data to the XML info module: * checksum and checksum type information to packages info * priority, username and password information to sources info * Mon Jan 09 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- alphasort the driver and package entries in the boot descriptions This aids comparison between base distributions and boot types. It also helps in avoiding duplicate entries if changes need to be made (see mistake in a recent commit) * Mon Jan 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- update SLE10/11 JeOS README * Mon Jan 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed missing btrfs driver entries * Mon Jan 09 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo: s/btrfsprogrs/btrfsprogs * Sun Jan 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: added a check for the boot partition in a LUKS setup. if root is LUKS encrypted the local boot setup only works with a proper boot partition. If such a partition is not found the local boot setup will be skipped (bnc #735112) * Sun Jan 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make setup of boot device and updateOtherDeviceFstab more robust. This is related to bug (bnc #735112) * Sun Jan 08 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo, doubled driver entry * Sat Jan 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.2 released * Sat Jan 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure xfs_growfs and xfs_check stay in the initrd (bnc #740073) * Sat Jan 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed rebuild of rpm database (bnc #740033) * Sat Jan 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed possible use of uninitialized value in string comparison * Sat Jan 07 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed indention spaces vs. tabs at some code points * Fri Jan 06 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- Properly support image builds for SLE with xfs and btrfs filesystem The initrd image descriptions previously did not include necessary drivers and packages (bnc #740073) * Fri Jan 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- v5.02.1 released * Fri Jan 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo when calling createPartitionerInput * Fri Jan 06 2012 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __checkTypeConfigConsist to allow valid combinations * Thu Jan 05 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add new XML consistency check to verify that type configuration settings are compatible with the specified image type to be built.- update unit test module for validator and implement test cases * Wed Jan 04 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix gpg signature import The failure is triggered by a behavior changes of /usr/lib/rpm/gnupg/dumpsigs on openSUSE 12.1. The updated implementation must be called with a comand line argument, i.e. the gpg file. Previous implementations (checked openSUSE 11.4 and SLES 11 SP1) of dumpsigs also accept this commandline argument, thus the change is backward compatible. * Tue Jan 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- adapt oem boot/repart code to changed partition layout * Tue Jan 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- adapt vmx boot code to changed partition layout * Tue Jan 03 2012 msAATTsuse.de- changed partition layout to setup the boot partition as first partition in any case not only for LVM * Mon Jan 02 2012 msAATTsuse.de- make sure a new master boot id is written on bootloader install * Sun Jan 01 2012 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean Log, Manager, and Migrate modules to critic level5 * Fri Dec 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup partition code in KIWIBoot.pm * Thu Dec 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- arm: add fixed mac address for panda board which doesn\'t have an eeprom * Thu Dec 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- arm: fixed creation of boot.script in setupBootLoaderUBoot- arm: fixed kernelList() function to work with arm uImages * Thu Dec 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added securetty overlay file for arm to allow login on serial console ttyO2 * Wed Dec 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added SnapshotChunk and SnapshotCount to global space * Wed Dec 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of filelist for cache selection- fixed creation of cache meta data * Tue Dec 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- run pretty printer on XML description to create a clean state * Tue Dec 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- arm: kiwi-tools is required in the initrd. as it builds now we can safely add it to the vmxboot description * Tue Dec 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- arm: if everything is installed in bootstrap, zypper needs to be added as an explicit package * Tue Dec 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- arm: better JeOS description. added less and systemd-sysvinit also added a pandaFlavour profile which is imported by default and includes the kernel-omap2plus plus u-boot-omap4panda useful for panda boards. That way we can easily extend the image description to be suitable for other boards * Tue Dec 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file for arm build, make sure kiwi-templates has the correct arm JeOS template and also exclude templates from main kiwi package correctly * Mon Dec 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- arm: better name for the kernel profile on panda boards: omap4panda- arm: added internal helper repo to the JeOS template as comment * Mon Dec 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for arm based images with kiwi * added vmxboot image description for armv7l * added kernel profiles: tegra (tegra boards), omap2plus (panda boards), omap3beagle (beagle boards) and imx51 (efika boards). Tested only on panda and there are still plenty of problems. Don\'t expect this support to be ready and stable ! * added JeOS example image for arm, target SLE12 * added support for uboot loader * Sun Dec 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- stay compatible with fdisk when using the CHS (cylinder,head,sector) values * Fri Dec 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the recovery partition is big enough * Fri Dec 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in variable naming, a byte value should be in a variable whose name makes sure this actually is a byte value * Fri Dec 16 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add writeXMLDiff method stub in test logger implementation to mimick the regular log object, this fixes the test failures when running tests as root * Fri Dec 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added end partition alignment which needs to be aligned to head/sectors (aka 255 *63 in the loopback case). The end sector needs to end one block before the next cylinder starts. Additionally the value for what the kernel thinks about the heads sectors and sectorsize can be set via: * --bios-heads * --bios-sectors * --bios-sector-size * Fri Dec 16 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change resource file hierarchy, the resource file in the local directory wins over the one in the home directory (Globals.pm)- clean Globals.pm to level 5 critic- partial level 5 critic clean of Boot.pm * Fri Dec 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu Dec 15 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add support for the new Amazon EC2 South America (announced as Sao Paulo) region * Wed Dec 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed xen initrd inflate/deflate problem. Xen see the bootsplash at the end of the initrd as garbage and refuses to boot. With this patch we skip the bootsplash setup if it\'s xen (bnc #736491) * Wed Dec 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed detection of clean-root before we remove it (bnc #736003) * Wed Dec 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed disktype setup in getOVFConfig * Wed Dec 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed SDK url\'s in the ppc boot images * Wed Dec 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Wed Dec 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed/unify spec file license names/setup * Wed Dec 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- revert commit: 43be86a0aa57fb393e914c03d9c621b1dec0eb31 moved hook calls pre/postpartition back inside of the block * Wed Dec 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed used of binary only ovftool and added native support for creating the ovf machine description. So far only the basic information is setup in the ovf but this will be enhanced according to user requests. Along with the change support for the ova format has been added as well. ova is tar container including the actual image plus a manifest and the ovf XML description * Tue Dec 13 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the OpenNebula example cloud node setup to ensure the cloud admin home directory gets properly nfs mounted on reboot for 12.1 using systemd * Mon Dec 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed BEGIN block evaluation in KIWICollect.pm * Mon Dec 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- add a 30 second timeout for the LWP:UserAgent * Mon Dec 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Fri Dec 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v5.01.8 released * Fri Dec 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed udev database transfer. udev stores the database in /run and in /dev/.udev. kiwi did not take care for the information in /run which has a bad impact on systemd waiting for udev events which did not appear. Along with this fix the changes from commit 1a12ad0974ea were partially reverted. The obsolete udev rule is gone again and we don\'t use the exit control signal in udevSystemStop. The more failsafe udev exit code in the initrd udevKill() function has been tested and will stay there (bnc #731457) * Fri Dec 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v5.01.7 released * Fri Dec 09 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change the suggested repo for the aoetools package to be server:/ltsp the previously suggested project system:/aoetools does not appear to be maintained * Thu Dec 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed split boot. setupBootPartition() behaved incorrectly with the split image because the read-write part is also used to store the boot configuration in this mode * Thu Dec 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed --grub-chainload setup. In this mode the mbr from the master-boot-code package is used to call the grub installed into a partition. The code there was broken in a way that the filesystem on that partition was damaged * Thu Dec 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot device setup for split build * Thu Dec 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update 12.1 examples * there is no default pattern anymore * don\'t use recommended packages, zypper behaves strange here and starts to install a kernel-debug and other unwanted packages * Thu Dec 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed 32bit xen domU build for 12.1 JeOS template xen and xen-tools only exists on 64bit 12.1 distro * Thu Dec 08 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- update example to work with OpenNebula 3.0 packages in OBS- open nebula example fixes regarding network detection on cloud node- open nebula example update the 12.1 example to work with systemd * Thu Dec 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed some typos when displaying schema validation error messages * Wed Dec 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repo file check if alias names with \'/\' content is used * Wed Dec 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed handling of dm devices in udev database of the kiwi initrd to prevent systemd to block on boot (bnc #731457) * try to shutdown udev with \'udevadm control --exit\' * try to cleanup udev database with \'udevadm info --cleanup-db\' * add persistent udev rule for dm devices * Wed Dec 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed rpmLibs() baselibs setup to use a tmp copy of ldconfig from the host system to allow to work with the other library tmp copies * Mon Dec 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- clean up build process * moved swig to libsatsolver-devel. Only required if kiwi builds the legacy satsolver module if no perl-satsolver exists * removed trang to get rid of java dependency. trang is used to transform kiwi\'s rnc schema code into the rng syntax. If the rng is up to date the build doesn\'t have to create it though * removed obsolete Qt requirement. The tool which needed this is not packaged/required anymore * make the build work for the arm architecture * Mon Dec 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- remove obsolete code and speedup removal of files in suseStripInitrd * Fri Dec 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v5.01.6 released * Fri Dec 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed changelog creation tool: * date string is not recognized if not from a +X timezone * indention of sub entries not correctly set * Fri Dec 02 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix the systemctl command for inserting and removing services for systemd the command is systemctl enable/disable NAME.service not service_NAME.service * Fri Dec 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v5.01.5 released * Thu Dec 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suseInsertService and suseRemoveService to use systemctl if systemd is installed * Wed Nov 30 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- remove systemd specific check, systemd is the default for 12.1, no specific entry is required in menu.lst- add quiet commandline option in menu.lst to avoid having kernel message show up in the console for 12.1 * Tue Nov 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setLoopDeviceMap() to work with yaboot * Tue Nov 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setLVMDeviceMap() to work with yaboot * Tue Nov 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup device map setup for ppc and integrate yaboot bootloader setup into the setupBootLoaderStages and setupBootLoaderConfiguration functions like all others * Mon Nov 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for plain tar image type named \'tbz\'. This image type just builds a bz2 compressed tarball from the prepared tree as requested in report (bnc #732797) * Mon Nov 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test for valid arch check * Fri Nov 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- before adding a repo check if it already exists. if yes remove it prior to add it * Fri Nov 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v5.01.4 released * Fri Nov 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed parameter quoting of setupBootLoader() functions (bnc #729315) * Thu Nov 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unused declaration of result variable * Thu Nov 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- sed -ie behaves differently than sed -i -e, weird * Thu Nov 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed zypper repo setup. Don\'t let --raw-cache-dir point to cache-dir. Redirecting raw-cache-dir to cache-dir makes packages/ and solv/ appear to be orphaned raw metadata caches for ex-repos packages and solv. Also don\'t re-add the repo if it\'s already there. Just update the path for local repos to work with the bind mounted path inside the chroot. (bnc #731090) * Thu Nov 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file to build on RHEL as well * Thu Nov 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added s390 pxeboot client configuration examples * Wed Nov 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- clean up ppc code. make sure loader variable is passed to the yaboot configuration. Also handle partition layout and bootloader setup according to the bootloader value and not according to the architecture value * Wed Nov 23 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- properly handle specification of \"scsi\" controller type for VMWare images This requires the \"-o scsi\" option to be present for the qemu-img command on the build machine.- implement new check in RuntimeChecker to verify that qemu-img supports proper option if controller=\"scsi\" is specified and a vmdk image is being built- clean KIWIRuntimeChecker to critic level 4 * Tue Nov 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed --info/packages output to respect image typed packages sections. getInstallSize() now behaves the same like when the system is actually prepared * Tue Nov 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v5.01.3 released * Tue Nov 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow initrd variable NON_PERSISTENT_DEVICE_NAMES. If set to a non empty string it will cause getDiskID() to return the non persistent kernel device node name like /dev/sda. This is to support storage devices with name conflicts when using the udev generated node names. * Mon Nov 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- wait a second before rereading the partition table in initGeometry * Mon Nov 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- apply quoting of .profile contents during build (bnc #729315) * Mon Nov 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed inode count calculation. Since vmmbytes is the image size in MB, we need to mutiply it to get the count right because inode ratio is in bytes/inode * Mon Nov 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update repo paths for kiwi specific rhel6 packages * Mon Nov 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed call of checkmedia (bnc #730763) * Mon Nov 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v5.01.2 released * Sun Nov 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of useless udev tmpfs in udevStart() because this is created as devtmpfs/tmpfs properly in createInitialDevices() which is called in udevStart * Sun Nov 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- in LVM case on ppc the boot partition should be fat16 (part type c) * Sun Nov 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- shorten verification message in suse-dump * Sun Nov 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup run-init code, prevent redundant calls * Sun Nov 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure /sbin/ifup stays in the initrd * Fri Nov 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- prevent umount of fstab listed subvolumes before calling systemd. The former sysvinit did not like if another than the root filesystem was mounted at call time but systemd handles this differently and times out when processing the fstab listed entries * Thu Nov 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure fat16 is used for boot partition on ppc * Thu Nov 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- adapt common changes in the x86 oem boot code to the ppc code also make sure partition table layout on ppc is the same than on all other architectures * Thu Nov 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- adapt common changes in the x86 oem boot code to the s390 code * Wed Nov 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use $pID instead of fixed number * Wed Nov 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Nov 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, added section about boot image customization- DB: update documentation, added list of hook names and their meaning * Tue Nov 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added isoboot description for rhel/centos 6.0 * Tue Nov 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getDeleteList() to take care if a package was added as bootincluded that it is not removed by an entry in the delete type packages section. A warning message is added to the log file that this package is ignored in the delete list, thus it will be installed. This problem often appear if one added a package to be included in the initrd but the initrd image description marked this package as to be deleted * Tue Nov 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the default strip tools and libs are appended if one has specified such a strip section in the system image description (bnc #720933) * Tue Nov 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added lvm2 to 12.1 JeOS * Tue Nov 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for dracut in setupRHELInitrd * Tue Nov 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow strip sections to be part of the system image. This provides full control over the initrd striping code for items to delete and tools and libraries to stay (bnc #720933) * Tue Nov 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed fixed strip lists from suseStripInitrd() and provide a default strip table in KIWIConfig.txt. There is now the strip section which can be of type \'delete\', \'libs\' or \'tools\' the delete typed section specifies files to remove from the initrd. The tools typed section specifies the tool names in /bin|/sbin|/usr/bin/|/usr/sbin which should stay whereas all other tools in that directories are removed. And the libs typed section specifies those libraries which has to stay whereas all other libraries without any ldd reference are removed. (bnc #720933) * Tue Nov 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- save some space in the initrd by removing licenses and iptables packages. Added them in the type=\"delete\" sections * Mon Nov 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in error message * Sun Nov 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file: rhel vmxboot available on x86 and x86_64 only * Fri Nov 11 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add collection of perlcritic exceptions to the statistics collector- change collector such that only the next scan time is written and not he whole \"old\" content that does not change. New data is added to the file at the end- add the doc stats collector provided by Thomas, this is not yet integrated, but I thought we shouldn\'t loose the code- register the collector code in the hook * Fri Nov 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation, mention Microsoft HyperV (vhd) format * Fri Nov 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update kiwi --help output to show supported vhd format * Fri Nov 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- renamed image format vpc to vhd. vhd seems to be the well known name for Microsoft HyperV images (bnc #729857) * Fri Nov 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v5.01.1 released * Fri Nov 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure IFS is restored in fdasdGetPartitionID * Fri Nov 11 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- integrate unit test run into the pre-commit hook * if a file is changed that has an associated unit test and the test has not been executed after the changes were made the test is run prior to commit- fix the runTest code to generate a timestamp file when a test is run and it succeeds- clean up kiwiCommandLine.pm, kiwiLocator.pm, and KIWIXMLValidator.t to critic level 4 * clean up used to test new hook functionality- clean up KIWISharedMem.pm to critic level 5 * clean up used to test new hook functionality * Fri Nov 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed type in runTests, also set execution bit on the script * Fri Nov 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of initial aligned partition table in KIWIBoot.pm In SuSE studio the loop device which is normally the target for parted is relinked behind the scene to a virtio device. As result parted now sees a real disk geometry and that induced the bug in kiwi which is not visible if it operates on the file mapped loop device only. Looking at that partition code has turned out that the alignment is broken which in the end broke the repartition process in the first boot of an oem install image. The code is now fixed to work properly on any storage device (bnc #729636) * Thu Nov 10 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- modify Makefile to create timestamp files when tests are run- add .gitignore file to ignore timestamp files and timestamp directory- implement trigger files * each trigger file contains a list of tests that should be run when the module with the equivalent name is changed. For example if KIWIXML.pm changes, the tests listed in KIWIXML.trig will be run- implement runTests * contains the logic to execute tests as needed based on the trigger files and dependent on the timestamps * this script needs to be integrated into the pre-commit hook to assure the appropriate tests get run prior to commit * Thu Nov 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update rng schema due to last change in rnc * Thu Nov 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed fdasdGetPartitionID() it was completely broken. The function evaluates the wrong information and was also syntactically wrong... I should tell myself each day \'never code in a hurry\' * Thu Nov 10 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add Perl module compile check to pre-commit hook * any Perl file (ending in .t, .pl, .pl that is changed is run through \"perl -wc\" prior to commit to assure the code at least builds- clean the KIWIArchlist module to critic level 5 and fix the style to match the rest of the code * Thu Nov 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed parameter quoting in setupBootLoader (bnc #729315) * Thu Nov 10 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix unit tests * earlier update of ktLog broke the tests due to initialization problem with q{ } vs q{}, the later producing an empty string, the former a string with one space character, thus not empty. Empty string initialization is required in other parts of the code. * Thu Nov 10 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- include new EC2 region (US-West2), update the EC2 kernel IDs to the newly released v1.02 IDs, update code and docs, also fix the regular expression in hook to properly deal with .txt extension, i.e. ignore those files * Thu Nov 10 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix compile error (errant character g at EOL) * Wed Nov 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure partedSectorInit() comes up with an initial value for the start sector if the partition table is empty (bnc #729251) * Wed Nov 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- turn all fixed flaged http:// URI\'s in the x86 boot images into more flexible obs:// URI\'s * Wed Nov 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- if an obs:// path can\'t be resolved, turn it into an opensuse path and try again. That way you can use one URI to build the image inside the buildservice and also outside with network access * Wed Nov 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed cache creation. the cache is created from the image description referenced by --init-cache and we prevent the split into packages and patterns and the weird cache template in modules/KIWICache.kiwi. This allows to create cache only image descriptions whose only purpose is to create caches * Wed Nov 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed doubled my declaration of the same variable * Wed Nov 09 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- level 5 critic clean up, fix up the level 5 list in the hook * Wed Nov 09 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- level 5 clean up of Collect and style clean up to make it match the style of the rest of the KIWI code * Tue Nov 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- remove tmpdir directory only if it exists * Tue Nov 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setLogFile path writable check (bnc #728885) * Tue Nov 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed dead code in iso boot code due to the removal of the swap file support (bnc #728645) * Tue Nov 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added options --xattrs and --acls when using rsync * Tue Nov 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed importFile to filter out empty lines and also match comment lines starting with space/tab before \'#\' (bnc #728357) * Tue Nov 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use mktemp to create tmp dir in setupInstallFlags * Tue Nov 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.99.1 released * Tue Nov 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed importFile to allow \'\\\' characters (bnc #728357) * Tue Nov 08 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- work on critic level 5 clean up, this is mostly low hanging fruit. Also cleaned up the level 5 list in the hook for files that were already level 5 clean * Tue Nov 08 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- include test code in perlcritic checks, clean ktTestCase to level 3 * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- critic: ktLog.pm now at level 2- critic: KIWIXMLValidator.pm now at level 5- critic: added .perlcriticrc with following settings: * allow mixed case naming * no check for module VERSION * disable check for RCS strings * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed importFile() to correctly match variable names and make it more robust against quoting issues (bnc #728357) * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure importFile() stays backward compatible and ensures proper quoting. Also make sure the prefixed variable copy is only created if a prefix was set (bnc #728357) * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- switch from tar to rsync based copies. Reason for the change is because tar doesn\'t support file attributes like xattr,acls and fscaps (bnc #728312) * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed left over debug message from KIWIXMLValidator.pm * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, correct quoting for config. * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, correct quoting for config. * Mon Nov 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t create a swap file if no swap partition can be found in the live iso boot code. people complained about the creation of swap files while this is not expected. * Sun Nov 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupNetworkInterfaceS390 qeth_configure execution- added setupNetworkInterfaceS390 to s390 netboot preinit to create the relevant udev rules * Sun Nov 06 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- initial implementation of code statistics collector * Sat Nov 05 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- added git pre-commit hook to check the code with perlcritic git hooks are placed as source in the git in \'.git-hooks\'- put KIWIURL module to level 5- put KIWILocator module to level 4 * Sat Nov 05 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- clean up to level 5 perlcritic, also found some syntax errors * Fri Nov 04 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- added new chapter providing basic installation instructions * Thu Nov 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.14 released * Thu Nov 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check for empty variable in shell code * Thu Nov 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.13 released * Thu Nov 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- setupDefaultGateway uses route but route was not part of the initrd * Thu Nov 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fdasdGetPartitionID uses awk but awk was not part of the initrd * Thu Nov 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved hook calls pre/postpartition outside of the block which allows to skip the partition code via the hook script * Wed Nov 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repartition code to create an aligned table (bnc #721580) * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- setup PXE_IFACE interface only if PXE_IFACE exists in the environment. When using zPXE this variable does not exist * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupNetworkStatic to write correct interface file * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed static inittab and securetty overlay files from s390 JeOS template. The setup is done by setupConsole() in preinit * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- call runPreinitServices in s390 netboot suse-preinit * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- turn pxe PART info tranformation functions into a generic and a fdasd specific function * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added pxePartitionInputS390 suitable for use with fdasd * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added pxeRaidPartitionInputS390 suitable for use with fdasd * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.12 released * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- s390 netboot: * make sure the VTOC table is created prior to any fdasd call * make sure searchBusIDBootDevice is called to set the device in $DISK online by a custom DEVICE_INIT command * Mon Oct 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for custom s390 device init command in the searchBusIDBootDevice function. This is required if the s390 client was not booted by an ipl command but e.g. via zPXE * Sun Oct 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed migration code: * fixed creation of URL list from zypper information * write current schema version (5.3) XML * fixed creation of KIWISatSolver objects * Sat Oct 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for Microsoft Hyper-V machine image format . This requires a qemu version which supports the vpc format conversion (fate# 309765) * Sat Oct 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed migration module to work again. Added 11.4 and 12.1 paths and make sure the global object pointer is there when it is accessed * Fri Oct 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.11 released * Fri Oct 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the seq command is part of the initrd used in convertCIDRToNetmask() * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure pxeSetupDownloadServer() uses a deadline of 30sec in the ping check. Otherwise it might happen that the server online check fails even though the machine is online * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.10 released * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed __checkNameValid() checker function and make sure that an arch string as part of the name attribute doesn\'t cause any trouble (bnc #716992) * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.9 released * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- arch check in __checkNameValid is too restrictive * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.8 released * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed quoting of parameters in config.isoclient * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation * Thu Oct 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- reverted commit 620e4e65d05b257e4fc8c6017908e6ba9f75e28e this was a parted bug which is now fixed * Thu Oct 27 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add unit test to the locator for the createTmpDirectory method, change one of the messages from info to error in the locator, update my e-mail address * Thu Oct 27 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change URL in spec file to point to the new homw of the source, github vs. berlios * Thu Oct 27 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- generated html doc * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.7 released * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed appliance name escaping. One can use any string for the displayname attribute which is now properly escaped via perl\'s quotemeta(). Along with this change the image name attribute must match the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_\\-\\.] and is not allowed to have the architecture string as part of the name (bnc #716992) * Wed Oct 26 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- add section about cross platform build, expand the introductory section of chapter 4 * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.6 released * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- libcrc32 module depends on crc32c, but it does not state this dependency explicitely (modules.dep does not contain this information). Since KIWI relies od modules.dep to clean up unused modules in the initrd, this can break module loading. This patch ensures that the module is kept in the initrd and not purged. * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- revert back to parted hex id\'s, this reverts commits: 47f8bf758861a3d8cdbc2c188024f423e6ee45db 47f8bf758861a3d8cdbc2c188024f423e6ee45db * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.5 released * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of XML diff in log file * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed parted flag setup in KIWILinuxRC code, 12.1 and upstream parted doesn\'t support the hex id\'s like \'set type 0x..\' * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWIXMLInfo unit test due to last --info changes * Wed Oct 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- call createURLList() only on demand. Also provide accessor methods for xml->{urllist} and xml->{urlhash}, don\'t access these object data directly anymore. createURLList() was called in the KIWIXML constructor but changes to the XML might happen at a later point in time. So it makes sense to build the final URL list when access to it is requested * Tue Oct 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- call setupNetworkStatic in suse-preinit for s390. With this change we write the network configuration as received by the initrd into the system config files below /etc/sysconfig * Tue Oct 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added function convertCIDRToNetmask() which allows the interpretation of the CIDR extension like 192.168.1.1/24 to create a standard netmask 255.255.255.0 out of it. * Tue Oct 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value $free in KIWIXML.pm * Tue Oct 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make the info module write the imagescan XML into a tmpfile (bnc #726337) * Tue Oct 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added log information about cylinder size and count- fixed parted flag setup, 12.1 and upstream parted doesn\'t support the hex id\'s like \'set type 0x..\' * Mon Oct 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed default boot label selection in syslinux mode * Mon Oct 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for overlay file and archive listing in info module * Fri Oct 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed escaping of chown parameters (bnc #725706) * Thu Oct 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added update repo path for 11.4 images due to grub bug (bnc #717836) * Wed Oct 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- check for FSTYPE == btrfs in createOriginSnapshot() * Wed Oct 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of btrfs origin snapshot. This is now done on first boot of the appliance and not after kiwi prepare * Wed Oct 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added baseSetupBtrfsOrigin() function which allows to add an origin snapshot for the image root filesystem contents * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved README to mkd style * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- adapt README style * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.4 released * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed disk device setup in USB stick install mode * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added init=... bootloader setup if systemd is used * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.3 released * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update German translation .po file * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure locale .mo files are created * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update locale headers * Tue Oct 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for setting up which volume should get the rest free space assigned in a LVM setup. Example: This will assign the rest space available in the volume group to the LVvar logical volume. rest space means either the size of the \'oem-systemsize\' element or if not set the entire rest space of the disk. If no \'all\' freespace attribute is set in the volume setup, the default volume LVRoot is used as before (bnc #724489) * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added clicfs COW file check prior to mounting it via clicfs_fsck if the check fails we disable persistent writing * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.2 released * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- renamed suse-live-stick to suse-live-usbstick to allow package upgrade again. Details in (bnc #722452) * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- prefer systemd over sysvinit if installed * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use --ignore-cow-errors when using a cow _file_ * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure setupHybridPersistent() is called before the boot device is busy * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added missing __checkImageIntegrity() calls * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.98.1 released * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update XML data to new schema version 5.3 * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwiRuntimeChecker unit tests * Mon Oct 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added a 30 sec timeout to searchBIOSBootDevice * Sat Oct 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make searchBiosBootDevice more robust. The function probes for the boot device until found and does not expect all storage devices to be present at call time. There is still a problem in install mode where we need a list of all potential installation devices to be present at a certain point in time. The function waitForIdleEventQueue tries to address this but it\'s not race free * Sat Oct 15 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- revamp the EC2 chapter, include instructions for using EBS, restructure organization * Sat Oct 15 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- change ec2region values to match reported regions from ec2-describe-regions comand, AP-Japan -> AP-Northeast, AP-Singapore -> AP-Southeast, change schema version to 5.3 to reflect the value change, implement xml convert from 5.2 to 5.3, update the tests and validation * Fri Oct 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- xen dom0 support exists only for x86_64 architecture in SLE11 SP2. Therefore we check for this arch in the boot image descriptions * Fri Oct 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- run \'make valid\' and store XML style changes * Fri Oct 14 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- fix repository path for EC2 repo in 11.3 EC2 example * Fri Oct 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.97.5 released * Thu Oct 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- xen dom0 support exists only for x86_64 architecture in SUSE 12.1. Therefore we check for this arch in the boot image descriptions * Thu Oct 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fetchFile does not handle special characters consistently. fetchFile \"some%20file\" with atftp correctly downloads \'some%20file\'. but with ftp curl converts the file name to \'some file\', which is not expected. This patch fixes this and makes the behavior consistent * Wed Oct 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized $count variable (bnc #455990) * Wed Oct 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t ignore size setup even if the size is smaller than the min size kiwi\'s min size is safe but includes spare space. people who want to overwrite that size can do it but on their own risk * Wed Oct 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow drivers section in the system image which will be added to the drivers section of the selected boot image. This allows to add custom driver information additional to the existing driver selection as part of the boot image (bnc #720933) Author: Marcus Schäfer * Wed Oct 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed size calculation, use 4% overhead * Wed Oct 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed function waitForUSBDeviceScan and added new function waitForIdleEventQueue which waits for a specific amount of time to check whether new device nodes settle or not. if not the function will return * Tue Oct 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete files from the suse-11.3 examples * Tue Oct 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added preException hook which runs inside the systemExcpetion function to allow further tasks before the exception message is printed and the shell/reboot/wait action happens * Tue Oct 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed the check for the installed system in the netboot code if the luks encryption is used. The check calls luksOpen with luks_open_can_fail=yes. This means if the wrong passphrase is given the check will proceed with \'update is required\' and does not fail with a reboot exception in luksOpen * Tue Oct 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added hooks preswap/postswap which run before the check and creation of the imageSwapDevice. This allows to setup your own swap device handling. * Tue Oct 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow luksOpen to fail if luks_open_can_fail is set- allow map name to be specified in luksClose * Tue Oct 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed updateOtherDeviceFstab to make use of the prefix argument * Mon Oct 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t show the LUKS passphrase as part of the boot log * Mon Oct 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed vgchange calls to take the volume group name as argument * Mon Oct 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed multiple display of the same info messages when creating the virtual disk file * Mon Oct 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added a workaround for the cylinder counting bug in parted. parted lists two different numbers for the amount of cylinders only one is correct. This patch uses the correct value displayed here. parted only shows different values if called on a loop device * Sun Oct 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make suse-live-stick a real image example directory and not a link to the live iso description. This also fixes the upgrade problem between versions were suse-live-stick was a directory and the one were it is provided as a link (bnc #722452) * Fri Oct 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.97.4 released * Fri Oct 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure updateOtherDeviceFstab creates the mount point * Fri Oct 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- activate only volume group stored in $VGROUP, prevent vgscan * Fri Oct 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed luksOpen to generate unique name for luksroot- fixed luksOpen to stop asking for the passphrase after 3 times- fixed updateOtherDeviceFstab to work in luks and/or RAID env- fixed luksOpen to wait until the mapper created the device- allow luks_pass to be set on the kernel commandline * Thu Oct 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Thu Oct 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed race conditions in LOCAL_BOOT=yes code, we have to wait for the $disk device to appear before acting on it * Thu Oct 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed %pre section from spec, does not work with older distros * Thu Oct 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed %pre script and filelist * Thu Oct 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed doc upgrade, added pre-install script for kiwi-doc and also reverted the spec changes for the commits 275a601c and ced64858 * Thu Oct 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.97.3 released * Thu Oct 06 2011 rjschweiAATTsuse.com- correct attribute name error, some word smithing around description * Wed Oct 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for detecting multiple occurrences of the same MBR ID in searchBIOSBootDevice. Also make sure that this does not happen by writing a default MBR ID of 0xffffffff into the MBR when the bootloader is installed * Wed Oct 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- rewrote function CDMount into more clear parts, also fixed the waitForUSBDeviceScan which only checks dmesg for a string which doesn\'t appear anymore on newer kernels * Wed Oct 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, better intro page and contributor list * Wed Oct 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for creating luks encoded squashfs images * Tue Oct 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure luks devices are evaluated first * Tue Oct 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added level sorting for LVM volumes to make sure e.g /opt is mounted before /opt/bob * Tue Oct 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file, make sure doc files get the %doc macro assigned * Tue Oct 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file, wrong use of %doc on directory causes the kiwi-doc package to fail the installation on upgrade with \'cpio: rename failed - Is a directory\' * Tue Oct 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo, missing eol * Tue Oct 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added mailing list info to README file * Tue Oct 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo and wrote Linus correctly, Oh Oh sorry Linus * Thu Sep 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make setupConsole code more clear * Thu Sep 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- let kiwi exit if a package setup script returns with ecode != 0 * Wed Sep 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, new showlicense element * Wed Sep 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the new name element as part of the preferences section. This element allows to specify the base name of a license file which is displayed in oem images before the installation happens. It\'s possible to add more sections to display more licenses one after the other. If no such element is specified the default \'license\' and \'EULA\' files are searched to keep the system backward compatible * Wed Sep 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added runtime check which makes sure that there are no bogus files included in archives. So far we check for YaST2 license files in /etc/YaST2/licenses * Tue Sep 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for RHEL splashimage (redhat-logos) * Fri Sep 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.97.2 released * Fri Sep 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed RHEL authentication setup * Fri Sep 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in perl to bash list dereferencing * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use generic vgchange -an in cleanLoop to make sure the loop maps can be cleaned up even if we can\'t read the name of the volume group from the image * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed sysconfig template check to work on RHEL too- fixed init call for RHEL, does not work with run-init program * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added kernel to be installed in rhel-05.4-JeOS template * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure mpath_wait program exists in initrd for RHEL * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed missing done flag for info message * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure loop module is loaded * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- applied following changes to the ppc boot code * fixed download of md5 file in oem pxe install mode * make sure iputils is there in oemboot for pxe based installation * allow installation via the kiwi install image into a ramdisk. * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed s390 netboot code: * make sure there is also a lowercase version of cmdline params * make sure cleanPartitionTable is called before setup * make sure setupNetworkStatic also brings up the network * Thu Sep 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- applied following changes to the s390 boot code * fixed download of md5 file in oem pxe install mode * make sure iputils is there in oemboot for pxe based installation * allow installation via the kiwi install image into a ramdisk. * Wed Sep 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed download of md5 file in oem pxe install mode * Wed Sep 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure iputils is there in oemboot for pxe based installation * Tue Sep 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use ext3 filesystem for the boot partition * Tue Sep 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure system filesystems like proc and friends are umounted in rhel-preinit * Mon Sep 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow long names in install iso images (-joliet-long) This is related to (bnc #716149) * Mon Sep 19 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de[product] unpack themes in defined order * Fri Sep 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.97.1 released * Fri Sep 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed baseSetRunlevel() to work with systemd as well * Fri Sep 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use fuser -k to kill the debug shell, that could cause the kill of other important processes like the fuse clicfs * Fri Sep 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow default path search for --init-cache too * Fri Sep 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed local s390 suse repo * Fri Sep 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added SLE11 SP2 SDK repo for s390 boot images in order to receive the kiwi-tools package from there * Tue Sep 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow installation via the kiwi install image into a ramdisk. In order to activate this feature one has to specify the following on the kernel commandline: \'ramdisk=1\' The size of the ramdisk can be set by ramdisk_size= This fixes bug (bnc #717499) * Mon Sep 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed local x86 suse and rhel repo * Mon Sep 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added 11.4 remote repo for oemboot * Mon Sep 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved RHEL5 repo from local to remote * Mon Sep 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved SLE11 repo from local to remote * Mon Sep 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed local kiwi repo from ppc boot images. There are no ppc packages provided in a repo by kiwi * Mon Sep 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved SLE10 repo from local to remote * Mon Sep 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __getPartID reg exp (bnc #716718) * Sun Sep 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- more colorful list image output * Fri Sep 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.96.1 released * Thu Sep 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation * Thu Sep 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed addPackages. Only if the requested packages type was \'image\' it\'s allowed to add to \'bootstrap\' if there is no \'image\' typed packages section * Thu Sep 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- consistency fix for the vmxboot boot image descriptions. all kernels should belong to the same typed packages section * Thu Sep 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added new option \'--edit-bootconfig \' and the XML attribute which allows to run a script before the bootloader is actually written. This allows custom changes to the bootloader setup files as requested in (bnc #667950) * Wed Sep 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make use of devtmpfs if available * Wed Sep 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- This breaks multi arch medias, we need more complex solution here Revert \"- priorize repositories over fallback architectures\" This reverts commit ce611d35662473365cebdc41172653d287bcaa0e. * Wed Sep 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed addPackages() function. In case the requested section type cannot be found the function will switch back to the bootstrap section. * Wed Sep 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- put isoboot kernel-rt package to bootstrap section. * Wed Sep 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t show output of pushd / popd in updateMTAB * Wed Sep 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- create mtab link in kiwi\'s chroot instead of touching an empty file * Wed Sep 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fix updateMTAB() to create a /etc/mtab symlink if /proc/self/mounts exists. Otherwise leave /etc/mtab untouched * Mon Sep 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use the same version of suse-dump for ppc and s390 arch * Mon Sep 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- the by-id device names can contain the \':\' sign which causes trouble when kiwi uses the same sign as data separator. This patch solves the problem for the evaluation of the instItems array in the suse-dump code * Mon Sep 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- add priority to the repository to the boot config of RHEL iso images. This will resolve the conflicts with the kiwi-tools package while creating the boot image. * Mon Sep 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for vmxboot for RHEL 5.4. Thanks to Praveen * Fri Sep 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.95.4 released * Fri Sep 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed warning when checking for rpc_pipefs (bnc #711389) * Fri Sep 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed checkLVMbind() to search for the lvm flag on the disk first. Only if the disk has that flag we search for the LVM devices. * Thu Sep 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- last commit causes a regression for non split types. * Thu Sep 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed bootloader setup for split images * Thu Sep 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added missing done() flag * Wed Aug 31 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- product build: avoid multiple handling of debug packages * Wed Aug 31 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- priorize repositories over fallback architectures * Tue Aug 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- more readable \'kiwi --list\' output * Tue Aug 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure $prio variable is initialized empty for each repo validation (bnc #714927) * Tue Aug 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed inline description of addRepository() function * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.95.3 released * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed BuildArch setup for sle11 build * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.95.2 released * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild schema documentation * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation concerning the new imageinclude attribute * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added a new attribute to the element called \'imageinclude\', a boolean. The code treats the attribute as having a \"false\" default value. When set to true (for using zypper package manager only at this point) the specified repository is added to the image being created, thus the repo is available to install additional packages or upgrade existing packages from within the running image. * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup XML data from example image descriptions by the result of the kiwi XML pretty printer * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added RHEL/CentOS 5.x. compatible repodata for rhel-repo * Sat Aug 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed %post for kiwi-templates. %post has to use the same ifarch selection as used by the %package section * Fri Aug 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.95.1 released * Wed Aug 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- better version of baseSetupBootLoaderCompatLinks() which hardlinks the files to be able to access them from within the cpio archive * Wed Aug 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure to have some spare space in filesystem images * Wed Aug 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove data from initial boot partition * Wed Aug 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- call setupBootPartition() only if systemIntegrity is != fine- clean up setupBootPartition, create mount points inside the initrd- clean up netboot code, setup bootid before mountSystem and let setupBootPartition do the setup of the boot contents * Wed Aug 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for pxe luks encrypted images * Wed Aug 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- break up long code line into two * Wed Aug 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added compat link menu.lst -> grub.conf, required by RHEL- added function baseSetupBootLoaderCompatLinks() which can be used to create the /usr/share/grub link to the stage files which kiwi expects in /usr/lib/grub. RHEL installs them in /usr/share/grub * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added parted 1.8.7 to RHEL5.4 repo * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot code: explicitly wait until the background job showing the progress information has finished * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- let atftpProgress() read output directly so there is just one job- fixed fetchFile(): enable progress only for block devices, without this it showed the progress for md5 and other files when the first image download failed.- fixed fetchFile(): fbiterm does not work with serial console, added fallback when it fails- fixed fetchFile(): loadCode value from the background job is returned correctly now * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed the image size calculation to leave not too much of free space. In case of a filesystem based image as less free space as possible is added. In case of a disk image we make sure to have ~100MB of free space. If a single boot partition is required we make sure to have min 150M to allow proper kernel updates * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure atftpProgress() finishes _after_ the atftp process has concluded the download, related to (bnc #713167) * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use $imageBlkSize as parameter for atftpProgress()- take care for handling of re-sent blocks in atftpProgress()- fixed atftp error output handling $TRANSFER_ERRORS_FILE vs. /tmp/atftp_trace- fixed atftp blocksize detection - with multicast the block number 1 does not have to be at the beginning * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added kiwi-media-requires meta package which recommends all packages which should be part of the distribution DVD * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- rpmlint doesn\'t like empty files * Tue Aug 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added atftpProgress() function which implements the progress information for atftp by watching the atftp trace output. atftp seeks in the output stream which forbids the use of pipes for the progress information (bnc #713167) * Mon Aug 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure fribidi stays installed in netboot. It\'s required for the fbiterm based progress information (bnc #713173) * Mon Aug 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use pipes in combination with atftp (bnc #713167) * Mon Aug 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo, missing \'\ \' in info output * Fri Aug 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.94.3 released * Fri Aug 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove netcfg from boot images. This would remove the etc/hosts file which might be required. Along with this change also fixed the cleanupResolvConf() function which has to reset the needResolvConf and needHosts flags in order to prevent a deletion at a later point in time (bnc #713158) * Fri Aug 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t call restoreCDRootData() and restoreSplitExtend() inside the global destructor of the KIWIImageCreator. If the functions are applied to the creation of a boot image it leads to errors because they are designed to operate on the system image root tree * Fri Aug 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed broken state setup in KIWILog which was used to detect whether we need a CR when printing the line or not. All that sucked and caused mystery empty lines in the log * Fri Aug 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure loop maps are closed before installing grub. Also changed the way grub is called. We are creating a file with the commands first and then call grub ... --batch < file. It makes the code more readable and also allows to include the commands as part of the log file * Thu Aug 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed zero timeout value handling in syslinux. A value of zero disables the timeout so we set the smallest possible value in that case which is 1/10sec * Thu Aug 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- increased amount of spare space 1.1 -> 1.5 * Thu Aug 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of which output * Thu Aug 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- apply check for partitioner capabilities only for boot image types which actually use a partitioner; netboot and oemboot * Wed Aug 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added pxe image type for s390 JeOS template * Wed Aug 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added more useful repo path for s390 netboot * Wed Aug 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for netboot on s390, still _experimental_ ! * Wed Aug 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed ddn() function to also check for the \'_\' separator between the device and partition name * Wed Aug 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed this path evaluation in build operation mode * Wed Aug 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow boottimeout of 0sec, also set the same default timeout of 10sec for the ext|syslinux setup * Tue Aug 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- reduced amount of spare space 1.5 -> 1.1 * Tue Aug 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suse-11.4/suse-min-gnome package list * Fri Aug 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.94.2 released * Thu Aug 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed default label text for ext|syslinux setup * Thu Aug 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed vfat boot partition id lookup in setupBootPartition() * Thu Aug 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the text message file isolinux.msg is created in case of a sys|extlinux based virtual disk image * Thu Aug 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure loader variable is initialized as early as possible also make sure .profile is loaded inside the initialize() function. This allows to setup loader by the value of the kiwi_bootloader variable in an early phase * Wed Aug 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the which command is part of the initrd * Wed Aug 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t configure a graphics boot screen in grub if no bootscreen picture data is available * Wed Aug 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow init=/path/to/program option for kiwi images * Tue Aug 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- in 12.1 the sysconfig.kernel file has been changed into a sysconfig.kernel-mkinitrd file. * Tue Aug 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- suppress error message on stat evaluation for rpc_pipefs * Mon Aug 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use getExecPath() to locate parted binary, also allow alternative location of parted inside the linuxrc code * Mon Aug 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- When the Boot image\'s repositories are updated/reconfigured, the priority and alias information is chopped off. This patch makes sure the priority information is retained. * Mon Aug 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use getExecPath() to find the grub binary. Along with this change the extraction of the grub binary from the initrd has been removed. That binary never was called.- allow alternative location for the grub binary inside the linuxrc boot code * Fri Jul 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup splash directory in case of call interruption * Fri Jul 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.94.1 released * Fri Jul 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for download and verification progress information for pxe (netboot) images (bnc #708711) * Thu Jul 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- setup INITRD_MODULES for ppc correctly as ipr module is not included there by default.- includes only needed scsi and network modules for ppc based boot images * Thu Jul 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- setup serial console on JS21 ppc blade with correct baud rate * Thu Jul 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for dmraid fake-raid controllers (bnc #708712) * Thu Jul 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use the udev by-id path as device for the installation in suse-dump instead of the the standard unix device names (bnc #708712) * Thu Jul 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for repo priority for the yum package manager backend * Wed Jul 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed splash setup on recreation of the splash.install.gz initrd * Wed Jul 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added function to check for boot image creation and call setupSplash only if we are building a boot image- fixed splash creation for iso images * Wed Jul 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow bootwait post dump action in combination with other post dump action * Tue Jul 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- increased performance of the splash creation. Instead of ripping the splash information out from the created initrd cpio archive, the splash files are now obtained from the unpacked tree and stored in a .spl file for appending it later to the final initrd (bnc #708357) * Tue Jul 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed xsl 3.8 to 3.9 conversion, oem-align-partition,oem-dumphalt and oem-inplace-recovery were not handled correctly * Tue Jul 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed schemaversion value in documentation * Tue Jul 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove zypper cache dir unconditionally * Mon Jul 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.93.3 released * Mon Jul 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed deviceDisks setup in suse-dump. The code there should check if imageDiskDevice has a value otherwise the sed call will fail with an invalid expression * Fri Jul 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.93.2 released * Thu Jul 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed config dir path serach in --build mode * Thu Jul 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added patch for genName creation. The generated name is now unique according to the repository name. This allows to use the cache zypper creates per repository again * Wed Jul 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation * Wed Jul 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: use the 2 part version number for the documentation * Wed Jul 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed .newrelease to just increase the release part of the new kiwi version string by one * Wed Jul 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild images only if the .fig has changed * Tue Jul 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of AATTUmountStack. There were some mount points still active if $main::global->mount() is called multiple times each mount() call causes a reset to the AATTUmountStack which means some umount information got lost * Mon Jul 18 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix catalog handling failure on apple style medias * Mon Jul 18 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not try to run boot loader setup code when no boot loader exists * Fri Jul 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.93.1 released * Fri Jul 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed installstick creation if sys|extlinux bootloader is used. Also fixed size setup of install stick. Problem here was that the uncompressed size of the raw install file was used and not the compressed size which ends up in a too big installstick image * Fri Jul 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for hybrid installiso media. In order to create the hybrid the attribute bootloader must be either set to syslinux or extlinux * Thu Jul 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved zypper version check outside of the loop. It\'s enough to check this one time * Thu Jul 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- improve the OpenNebula example. I recently created a separate package for the OpenNebula Web-UI server (sunstone) and with the package \"cleanup/separation\" from the main opennebula package showing how to use the Web-UI is easier now. * Thu Jul 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use the --one-file-system option for tar when copying the system image tree. This prevents the copy of files existing beyond the local filesystem (bnc #705717) * Thu Jul 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added log information if a hijacked command is called. That check only works inside the studio environment were a hijacked command has \'cmd\'_real replacement. * Thu Jul 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value $ENV{\'HOME\'} (bnc #705717) * Thu Jul 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added %post script for kiwi-templates which removes old JeOS template directories for distros we no longer support a JeOS image from. * Wed Jul 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleaned up relocateCatalog calls which does not receive a parameter anymore. Also fixed return value of fixCatalog function * Wed Jul 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure relocateCatalog and fixCatalog is called for SuSE installation media (bnc #705208) * Wed Jul 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added README file to make github happy * Mon Jul 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use predefined set of configuration settings if a bootcd without system image was requested. The initrd itself doesn\'t contain further XML information so we set vga to normal and disabled the boot menu along with a boot timeout of zero seconds (immediate boot) * Mon Jul 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed --bootcd creation mode * Fri Jul 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.92.2 released * Wed Jul 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- activate NFS locking for nfsroot systems. This means the mount call doesn\'t use -o nolock anymore * Wed Jul 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure rpc_pipefs is mounted if /var/lib/nfs/rpc_pipefs exists- force NFS version 3 for NFSROOT setup. In that case v4 features are not required * Tue Jul 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added check if reading the md5 file was successful (bnc #703829) * Tue Jul 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t remove /etc/netconfig for nfsroot setup (bnc #672172) * Tue Jul 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed order of resize/check operation to check/resize * Fri Jul 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.92.1 released * Thu Jun 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added sle10 backward compatibility patches for losetup calls and partedGetPartitionID function. losetup in sle10 doesn\'t know about the --find option and parted in sle10 has a different machine (-m) output * Thu Jun 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure to unset the cacheDir if selectCache failed * Thu Jun 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed -t option when mounting the squashfs image container in suse-dump. let libuuid decide that * Thu Jun 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo, check for dialog program happened twice * Wed Jun 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed and cleaned up disk size setup. There are two new functions __initDiskSize() and __updateDiskSize() which are used to create an initial disk size value and an update function if there are conditions which requires to increase the disk size. That actions are now also part of the kiwi log file * Wed Jun 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupOverlay() in KIWIImage.pm to write back possible XML changes into the overlay tree to stay persistent in the cow file * Wed Jun 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanup of KIWIBoot instances in KIWIImageCreator * Wed Jun 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- increased chunk size in createSnapshotMap(). This increased the performance of image caches a lot * Tue Jun 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow firstboot and autoyast service to be enabled together (bnc #700105) * Tue Jun 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- remove use of hardcoded path for the mksquashfs program by using the KIWILocator::getExecPath() method * Tue Jun 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added quoting of special characters for kiwi_oemtitle (bnc #702044) * Mon Jun 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for pxe buffered write on destination device in fetchFile() function used for netboot images. By default a chunk size of 4k is used * Mon Jun 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added network functions for s390 pxeboot. New functions are setupNetworkInterfaceS390, setupNetworkStatic, setupDefaultGateway setupDNS. Normally the pxe boot on x86 expects a DHCP server to provide all the required network services but on s390 pxe boot works together with a parm file containing that information which is evaluated by the new functions. * Fri Jun 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of buildtype in createImage(). There were some places which did not reference the build type as it is stored in the XML object. This could lead to the use of an uninitialized value if no primary type was set in the XML description and no type was explicitly selected * Wed Jun 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed 01-network.sh preinit script for s390 templates to use the same variable names as provided by the parm file when using the standard yast based installation * Tue Jun 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added function includeKernelParametersLowerCase() which converts all cmdline paramters to lowercase variables * Mon Jun 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- systemd-sysvinit creates a symlink from \'/bin/systemd\' to \'/sbin/init\'. Unfortunately kiwi linuxrc tries to check for the file permissions which leads to a false positive rebootException (bnc #700603) * Mon Jun 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed __getBootSize() function so that it multiplies the calculated minimum boot space by 3 to allow proper kernel updates (bnc #698161) * Mon Jun 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed thisPath() evaluation. When in create or upgrade mode the function did not use the value of the main::Prepare lookup file * Mon Jun 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- Apply some clean up to the recently submitted OpenNebula example. I made some changes to the packaging in OBS which allows me to simplify the image configuration. * Thu Jun 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed build on Centos/Redhat, recommended packages like jing or zypper does not exist there so we had to check the distro in that case * Thu Jun 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed the patternType validation bug reported by John Lund on the users list. The patch also adds a new test case xml file for the KIWIXMLValidator unit test. * Thu Jun 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added a new example for 11.3, 11.4, and 12.1. This example demonstrates the use of Kiwi to create cloud setup images and a guest images for clouds based on the OpenNebula infrastructure. * Sun Jun 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.91.2 released * Sun Jun 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed typo in URI documentation * Fri Jun 10 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- we need to go back to SHA1 for SLE 11 for now, zypp is not working with 256 yet. * Fri Jun 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use hardlink instead of copy to create the init file in the initrd cpio archive * Thu Jun 09 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- make sure options for LogFile and RootTree are handled before createInstSource() is called * Thu Jun 09 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- switch to 11.1 PDB branch * Thu Jun 09 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix plugin to become usable with current kiwi code * Wed Jun 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- remove the call to sax2 in the 11.3 vm guest example, sax2 is no longer part of 11.3 and later as the X-server is self configuring. Also added code to allow the firstboot sequence to be initiated. While this particular example does not use the firstboot mechanism, someone basing their build of the example and trying to get firstboot to work would be hard pressed to find why it is not working. * Tue Jun 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed kiwi version number from a two part version into a three part version number: v4.91.1. The major and minor part of the version will not change with bugfix releases. The following rules should apply to the version number: major.minor.release. major change might include incompatible changes. minor change includes features and schema version updates. release change includes any kind of bugfixes * Tue Jun 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update LICENSE file to latest version of GPLv2 * Tue Jun 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t package empty file euca-setup- update license GPLv2, rpmlint complained about outdated address * Tue Jun 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- new perl complains about implicit parentheses * Mon Jun 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added appliances that are not referenced in docbook and are intended to demonstrate image building and appliances in a broader view into the doc/examples/extras directory * Mon Jun 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use a fixed value for the size of the boot partition. The size among others depends on how many kernels were installed. Thus a fixed value is always wrong. The new function __getBootSize() is used to check the actual size of the boot/ * area and this value is used to create the boot partition if required. In case of an oem image the re-creation of the boot partition happens based on the original boot partition size (bnc #698233) * Mon Jun 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- drop RPMQ dependency, package does not exist, but module is provdided already by inst-source-utils. * Mon Jun 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation * Mon Jun 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added openSUSE 12.1 template and boot image descriptions- removed openSUSE 11.1 and 11.2 docs plus template and boot image descriptions * Mon Jun 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed location of squashfs in drivers section for sle10 * Mon Jun 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed ELOG_ * setup for ppc architecture. We use the hvc console for ppc and tty for all others * Sat Jun 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- activate build of kiwi-desc-netboot for ppc in spec file * Sat Jun 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for pxe images on ppc architecture * Fri Jun 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added squashfs in drivers section of SLE10 boot image descriptions * Fri Jun 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.91 released * Wed Jun 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added option -f to \'prove\' in order to show failed unit tests * Wed Jun 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- call the XML pretty printer when kiwi writes back the XML description to the unpacked image tree. The result is easier to read * Wed Jun 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved requirement back to genisoimage, after checking the code * Wed Jun 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed build: unit testing requires iso and filesystem tools to be present in the buildsystem- fixed spec file: genisoimage is set as required but kiwi uses growisofs in the code which is provided by dvd+rw-tools * Wed Jun 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit testing ktLog.pm, some functions from the real KIWILog module were missing in ktLog.pm * Tue May 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow username and password to be transfered via updateDescription / __updateDescriptionFromChangeSet * Tue May 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added option --start-sector to kiwi. This allows to influence the default start sector 2048 to be another value e.g. 32 for the old style disk layout. * Tue May 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed call of cleanup functions for KIWIBoot objects * Tue May 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- really fixed setupConsole to remove the ttyS0 console if no ttyS0 device exists (bnc #695948) * Tue May 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed build: Added zypper to BuildRequires. This is needed in order to make the unit test run happy * Fri May 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.90 released * Fri May 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, typo in ec2 docs * Fri May 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate use of global variable: XMLChangeSet * Thu May 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation * Thu May 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t store DOM tree references in XML changeset- don\'t create a new KIWICommandLine object in KIWICache * Thu May 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate use of global variable: OverlayRootTree * Thu May 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate use of global variables: * BootVMSystem * BootVMSize * StripImage * ProfilesOrig * PrebuiltBootImage * ISOCheck * CheckKernel * LVM * GrubChainload * FatStorage * Thu May 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fix the problem with an improper exit status on test failure. We now use prove (part of Perl) to execute the unit tests. Prove generates the proper exit status upon test failure. * Wed May 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file: The functionality provided with the kiwi-desc-usbboot package has moved into a new technology which is not provided by another package. Therefore the wrong provides entry was removed. * Wed May 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- enhanced setupConsole to remove the ttyS0 console if no ttyS0 device exists (bnc #695948) * Wed May 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupConsole() if search string appears as comment * Wed May 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use -t squashfs to mount the installation image. This works around the problem if libuuid doesn\'t know the squashfs signature * Wed May 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate use of global variables: ListXMLInfoSelection and RootTree * Wed May 25 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- minor cleanup: remove -C parameter for 12.1 style medias, -D is enough * Wed May 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed bootloader setup if split image type is used * Wed May 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate use of global variable: LogFile- cleaned up init() function, removed redundant code and moved the listXMLInfo code into the main operations block * Wed May 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- adapt unit tests due to last KIWIXML ctor code changes * Tue May 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate global variable: Destination- fixed backtrace() output in debug mode, show only latest trace level the other trace levels are kept for further debugging * Tue May 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate use of global variable: ImageDescription- pass commandline object reference (cmdL) to KIWIXML objects and from there to KIWIURL objects. * Tue May 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate use of global vars: ImageCache and RecycleRoot- added check for global object in constructors- added perl-RPMQ as requirement for kiwi-instsource * Tue May 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate global variables used by main() * Mon May 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- eliminate use of global variables: main::FS * and main::SetImageType * Mon May 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup kiwiExit calls * Mon May 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- s390: fixed disk online code, wait for disk device to appear (bnc #693031) * Sun May 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot included archive installation in prepareBootImage * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved .kiwirc into the tests/unit directory * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.89 released * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow unit tests to run standalone without kiwi installed in /usr/share/kiwi * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update schema documentation * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed obsoletes in spec file * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- build arch of master kiwi can\'t be noarch if other arch specific sub packages will be created * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make rpmlint happy: * don\'t package empty files * don\'t package non unix file (dos2unix) * don\'t package scripts without executable flag * don\'t use unversioned obsoletes * provide man pages with the master kiwi package * make the master kiwi package noarch if possible * require kiwi-tools version from the same master * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed stylesheet bugs: Thanks to Tom for looking at it * A xsl:call-template cannot contain a mode attribute. Only xsl:apply-templates can have it. The affected files are convert39to41.xsl and convert41to42.xsl * A is incorrect in two ways: First a xsl:copy needs to have something to copy in its _content_, second the select attribute is syntactically wrong; AATT means attribute, but which one? I guess, it should mean *\"/>. However, in this case it\'s totally useless as it copies *all * attributes, regardless of the for-each loop. So the for-each loop can never act as it was supposed to be. * Fri May 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- get unit test working again, due to restructuring changes- provide config and target location as arguments to prepareBootImage() and createBootImage(). Retrieving those from the CommandLine object is not following our functional separation model as the config dir and target dir for the initrd cannot be given on the command line and therefore should not be stored on the command line argument- refactor setting of XML parameters into methods for re-use * Thu May 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- run unit tests during package build if SUSE > 1130 * Thu May 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- limit the validation of config.xml files in the Kiwi tree to files located outside the tests tree. config.xml files in the tests tree are not necessarily expected to be valid as we also need to do negative unit testing. * Thu May 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed version update script * Thu May 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup situation around global variables. There is now a KIWIGlobals object which contains all global variables and functions. There are still some global variables in use which references options. Those should be handled by a KIWICommandline accessor * Wed May 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed unit test kiwiImageCreator.pm- fixed *.kiwi search in getControlFile * Wed May 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved the image create step into the KIWIImageCreator code There is now a function createImage / createBootImage which is also used by the build step. Along with this change I removed all occurences of the main::Survive variable and thus removed all recursive kiwi calls now from the code. * Wed May 18 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not enforce the need of a meta package, driver update disk is not needing one (on command from cwh) * Tue May 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup fix; don\'t create instances of KIWICommandLine if it\'s not necessary. Also removed redundant code in prepareBootImage * Tue May 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make the user password optional; It is valid to have a user on a system that cannot login via password authentication. Therefore kiwi should not force a password assignment in the element * Tue May 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed caching if used for boot images. Also fixed the check between the initial prepare with cache and the remount of a prepared tree with cache * Tue May 17 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- add SLE 11 SP 2 media style plugin, using sha256 sums for meta data * Tue May 17 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix installation directory of 12.1 plugin * Tue May 17 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- add openSUSE 12.1 media style, using sha256 meta data sums * Tue May 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed global variables CacheRoot and CacheRootMode and cleaned up the KIWICache code. Also added a new runtime check: __checkRootRecycleCapability which makes sure that a cache based root tree cannot be used in --recycle-root mode * Tue May 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- last fix using --numeric-owner was still broken. Robert has added a better and more robust patch to fix this * Tue May 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use --numeric-owner option in tar to prevent the table layout to break if the user/group field in the tar -t output exceeds the field length * Tue May 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t strip vgrename command from initrd * Mon May 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved the following operation modes into the KIWIImageCreator: also fixed the unit tests and get rid of some recursive calls * --setup-splash => createSplash() * --bootusb => createImageBootUSB() * --bootcd => createImageBootCD() * --installcd => createImageInstallCD() * --installstick => createImageInstallStick() * --bootvm => createImageDisk() * --convert => createImageFormat() * Mon May 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure XML validation happens in each processing mode- fixed environment cleanup, added cleanup function in main * Mon May 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed logging. Added function resetRootChannel which allows to split up the log at a certain point. This is used when one --init-cache call creates multiple caches and each one has a dedicated log file * Mon May 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved the upgrade code into the KIWIImageCreator object also removed the recursive upgrade call inside the create step and call the new function upgradeImage() instead * Fri May 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed fixupOverlayFilesOwnership(), remove leading spaces from file names * Fri May 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added unit tests for testing the KIWIImageCreator code * Fri May 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added new KIWICache object and move out the cache code from the main kiwi.pl file into the new object code * Thu May 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added new KIWIImageCreator object which will encapsulate the major kiwi processing modes like prepare, create, upgrade and others into module functions. So far the prepare step has been moved out and others will follow. The goal is to get rid of the global variable stack in kiwi as well as to remove the recursive kiwi calls * Thu May 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- unit test fixes: * move test repo to sharable location, adjust XMLInfo test * fixed removal of test directory, remove only if no mounts exists * fixed test directory cleanup, remove only if no mount exists * fixed broken unit test due to commit: c9c797b47cb4 * Wed May 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed name of enableRootRecycle to setRootRecycle, better following the style of the KIWICommandLine functions * Wed May 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of glob-type for filehandle in KIWIRoot.pm * Wed May 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed some typos in schema inline documentation * Wed May 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- expand command line object to handle more options. Also expand the unit tests for this options. This happened in preparation to the new KIWIImageCreator object which will encapsulate the kiwi build, prepare and create modes * Wed May 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- move knowledge about the default cache directory path into the KIWILocator module: getDefaultCacheDir() * Wed May 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update unit test infrastructure in preparation for the new KIWIImageCreator object which will encapsulate the kiwi build, prepare and create modes * Wed May 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- remove outdated undocumented prechrootcall option * Tue May 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed this:// path evaluation if used in --info mode (bnc #692813) * Tue May 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- enhanced the ddn() function to work correctly if a udev /dev/disk/ device name is specified as disk parameter (bnc #692629) * Mon May 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- integrate end-to-end testsuite written by Bernhard Wiedemann into kiwi. There is a kiwi --test-image ... mode now, and I added an example test to the 11.4 JeOS description. It\'s required to have the os-autoinst package installed in order to run a test (bnc #677789) * Fri May 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.88 released * Fri May 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed build for ia64 architecture * Fri May 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added hook preNetworkRelease (bnc #691249) * Wed May 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed the problem where the element is being dropped during XML file upgrade if the element is specified as a child of . The element is moved to every * Wed May 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed xsl style sheets, apply changes only if the schema version of the input data is smaller than the style sheet version * Wed May 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in kiwi_bootloader evaluation (bnc #691424)- fixed hvc/xvc console setup, add entry only if missing (bnc #691424) * Tue May 03 2011 rootAATTs390a06.suse.de- fixed disk offset calculation for zipl.conf creation, also fixed the lookup of the boot partition and the cleanup of the loop devices if the zipl bootloader is used (bnc #687927) * Tue May 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- switch back to by-id device name schema (bnc #691199) This reverts commit: f1e31c85689d6925b9c3069a845f5e252c838936 * Tue May 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed first type selection for a subset of types selected by profiles. This is a follow up fix for (bnc #690554) * Tue May 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, FORCE_KEXEC feature (bnc #691247) * Tue May 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for FORCE_KEXEC in kernelCheck function which allows to force the kexec call even if the kernel versions are the same (bnc #691247) * Mon May 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed pxeNotifyNewImage function. This is done inside the slepos specific code hooked in (bnc #691249) * Mon May 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure bootincluded_archives.filelist contains only files * Mon May 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- move the createTmpDirectory code from the XML object to the Locator. Creating a directory really has nothing to do with XML processing, the Locator now handles local file system interaction, thus this is a better place. * Mon May 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed reboot call in kernelCheck function (bnc #689294) * Mon May 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed type selection if not type was specified and no primary attribute is set to any type. In that case the first type written in the XML description should be used (bnc #690554) * Thu Apr 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- also allow NFSROOT and AOEROOT to be set on the commandline (bnc #536309) * Thu Apr 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.87 released * Thu Apr 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed initial variable setup for haveDASD|ZFCP * Thu Apr 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed searchBusIDBootDevice() for the s390 architecture. All required information is now obtained from /sys/firmware/ipl According to this no additional kernel parameters are required to set the boot device online (bnc #689004) * Thu Apr 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added alternative location for kiwi hooks scripts which is FHS compliant: /lib/kiwi/hooks/ (bnc #688792) * Wed Apr 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added URL mapping table for the opensuse:// url type. When resolving this the regular expression based mapping table is used to create a valid location from the specified URI data. It\'s possible to extend the existing KIWIURL.txt table according to the needs of the user or service. * Wed Apr 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed xsl 51 to 52 conversion. The obsolete usb image type is removed from the XML input. this image type can be either replaced by an iso hybrid type or by an oem type. As there is a choice for the user the stylesheet will not make a decision here. * Wed Apr 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: added preLoadConfiguration hook: preLoadConfiguration: is called before the client. is loaded by kiwi and thus can be used to inject alternative code for loading the client configuration.- netboot: added postLoadConfiguration hook: postLoadConfiguration: is called after the client configuration has been loaded and imported and can be used for any action after the client configuration has exported its variables into the boot environment- netboot: renamed the default register file which is put on the pxe boot server if there is client configuration found. kiwi now put a file called: upload/client.$DHCPCHADDR which doesn\'t conflict with the files SLEPOS uses for registration- netboot: removed SLEPOS related code, posbios calls and the evaluation of the WORKSTATION_LDAP_IP variable. All this will be part of product specific hook scripts * Wed Apr 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow parameters to be passed to hook scripts * Tue Apr 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added setupBootLoaderTheme() function which is called after the bootloader configuration has been written. The function adapts/sets the THEME variable in the /etc/sysconfig/bootsplash file according to the boot theme set in the kiwi XML configuration * Mon Apr 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suseStripFirmware to match in subdirectories below /lib/firmware/ too. firmware installed by the kernel packages for example were removed * Fri Apr 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.86 released * Fri Apr 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation. Added chapter about hook scripts * Thu Apr 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- merge in relevant changes from x86 boot image descriptions into the ppc and s390 boot images * Thu Apr 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed build * Thu Apr 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot partition id in suse-repart if syslinux is used as bootloader. We are using fat32 now (c) * Thu Apr 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- using sfdisk --id now, thus require sfdisk in spec file * Thu Apr 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed getStorageID function and the evaluation of the return value of this function. The assumption that the partition id is a decimal value is wrong, thus calling int() on the result is not a good idea. man I really shouldn\'t code at midnight * Thu Apr 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupSUSEInitrd function. We create imho poinless links named linux.vmx and initrd.vmx which are not used at all if the initrd could be generated by mkinitrd. Additionally the links are broken if the running kernel is not the same as the installed kernel. Therefore I removed the creation of that link files- fixed kernelList function. the code searching for installed kernels if the running kernel can\'t be found was never reached. Additionally the function did not search for other than the running kernel which seems to be wrong if multiple kernels are installed * Thu Apr 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update config.sh scripts for the ec2 examples to ensure the ssh policy and inittab console settings are correct * Thu Apr 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added new consistency check to enforce that ec2 formatted images are created as file system types. This required an update to a number of other config files used for Validator unit testing. Added new unit tests for the EC2 requirement. * Wed Apr 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed parted type setup, use the form \'set [nr] type 0x[id]\' this is used to workaround a parted bug happening if you type \'set [nr] swap on\'. parted refuses to set this even though the help page in batch mode tells the user to do it exactly that way * Wed Apr 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed fat 8+3 kernel/initrd renaming code. This is no longer required when using a fat32 / vfat partition / filesystem- fixed kernelCheck() function: rewrote the code * Wed Apr 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed fstab setup in ec2 format setup (bnc #687211) * Tue Apr 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed syslinux kernel/initrd setup in resetBootBind() * Tue Apr 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added syslinux to package list of JeOS images * Tue Apr 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed partition id setup if parted is used * Tue Apr 12 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added lvm2 to ix86 SLE11 JeOS template * Mon Apr 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed the --lvm option. The option now adds a systemdisk element and behaves the same as if the users would have modified the XML accordingly * Mon Apr 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure installBootLoader() is called for vmxboot image if a root overlay filesystem structure is used- move resetBootBind() into installBootLoader() * Mon Apr 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- call setupBootPartition() only on first boot * Mon Apr 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added evaluation of kiwi_ramonly element for vmx too- added evaluation of kiwi_ramonly element for ppc and s390 arch- added evaluation of kiwi_ramonly element for non LVM setup * Mon Apr 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed subsequent mount procedure of a clicfs based image. The resize2fs call has to happen in any case if the image is a ramonly system * Fri Apr 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.85 released * Fri Apr 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- in KIWIRoot.pm the fixupOverlayFilesOwnership() function fails to quote the filaname which results in problems with files/directories with spaces in their names. * Thu Apr 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- Added a new consistency check and unit tests to ensure that config.xml files specifying an image type that requires an initrd set the boot attribute on the element. * Wed Apr 06 2011 mbarringerAATTsuse.de- Fixing a problem with imagewriter\'s makefile * Wed Apr 06 2011 mbarringerAATTsuse.de- Minor fix to the command line help output in Imagewriter * Wed Apr 06 2011 mbarringerAATTsuse.de- Fixing Imagewriter compilation w/ HAL support enabled * Wed Apr 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t use the result of a getExecPath() call happened outside of the chroot, for a command call inside the chroot. It might happen that the path to the binary is different inside the chroot and thus can\'t be found * Wed Apr 06 2011 mbarringerAATTsuse.de- Fixing bnc#679099 - Imagewriter still requires HAL * Wed Apr 06 2011 rootAATTs390a06.suse.de- added support for ZFCP devices * Wed Apr 06 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added repodata information for s390 suse-sle11-repo * Tue Apr 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- if the target-device option is used kiwi normally doesn\'t create a disk image file until the image file is created by a dump off from the target device. SuSE studio requires the size information of the target disk before the dump off happens, because it creates that target device internally. Therefore this patch makes sure that a image disk file is created before the dump off happens * Tue Apr 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved from fat16 (0x6) to fat32 (0xc) for syslinux setup * Tue Apr 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- alpha sort the option parser * Tue Apr 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwiCommandLine unit test according to the changes done in commit: 7954bf3bed5845f4ece4991ef17f8f2978c8fbee * Mon Apr 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- created a repo to support new tests for size query and package install query. Additionally the common test case base class gets new methods to create a writable directory and to clean it up after the test * Mon Apr 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed KIWICommandLine::setLogFile, it breaks for \'terminal\' logging- fixed KIWICommandLine::setAdditionalRepos, it breaks if numAlias and or numPrios is zero * Mon Apr 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed solvable creation for old distros (sle10) providing uncompressed versions of suse/setup/descr/packages file * Mon Apr 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed init(), creation of global kiwi log object is required for KIWIQX execution logging * Mon Apr 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added repodata to kiwi provided suse- * repos and move the repotype to rpm-md in all referencing XML descriptions * Mon Apr 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed test_cmdReplaceRepo_noRepoType test, it\'s valid to overwrite first repo without specifying a type * Mon Apr 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- renamed the test implementation and data base directory to be consistent with other tests, i.e. start with kiwi * Sun Apr 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update spec file, added jing as recommended package * Sun Apr 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added unit tests for the new KIWIXMLInfo object. Also break up the bigger tests into smaller test cases * Sun Apr 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added a new KIWIXMLInfo object and eliminate the listXMLInfo() function from kiwi.pl * Fri Apr 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.84 released * Fri Apr 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added normalizeBootPath() function which allows to use the following boot attribute source locator prefixes: * this:// => pointing to the image description directory * system:// => pointing to /usr/share/kiwi/image * dir:// => pointing to a directory if no source locator is set kiwi uses the path if it is an absolute path and in case of a relative path it checks if the path relative to the called directory exists and if not it also checks if the path exists below /usr/share/kiwi/image * Fri Apr 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repository setup for cache creation * Thu Mar 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed LVM repartition code. if no recovery partition is requested just us the default end sector suggested by the partition tool * Wed Mar 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed s390 LVM repartition code [2] * Wed Mar 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed s390 LVM repartition code * Wed Mar 30 2011 rootAATTs390a06.suse.de- fixed zipl setup if used with LVM images * Wed Mar 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- suse 11.4 doesn\'t provide the by-id disk paths anymore. Because of that change kiwi switches to the by-path method with this commit * Wed Mar 30 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- do not replace AATT to . in package names when building products * Wed Mar 30 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed xen examples for suse 11.4, xen-tools-domU doesn\'t exist anymore. xen-tools is used instead * Tue Mar 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- dont\'t start udev using startproc (bnc #683126) * Tue Mar 29 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot path lookup if boot attribute contains an absolute path (bnc #683135) * Mon Mar 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added fixupOverlayFilesOwnership() function which handles all files from the overlay root tree and the image archives. The function changes the ownership of all that files to root:root if they don\'t belong to a user in the passwd file. files which belongs to passwd users are not touched and therefore must be added with the correct owner:group setup in the overlay tree and/or archive * Mon Mar 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed perl warning (uninitialized variable) and a checker error when building an ISO image without setting the \'flags\' attribute. * Fri Mar 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.83 released * Fri Mar 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- option -s for qemu-img convert hast changed its meaning * Thu Mar 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed pxeRaidCreate() function. Use --run option when creating the array and write a more reliable mdadm.conf file (bnc #678076) * Wed Mar 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed format string of hexdump. If the mbrid has leading zero\'s the hexdump call removes them which leads to an error when string matching the mbrid * Wed Mar 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, new option --mbrid * Wed Mar 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for a custom mbr disk label with the option --mbrid. The default is to create a random mbr disk label. * Tue Mar 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, new info module \'version\' * Tue Mar 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added info \'version\' selection to obtain the appliance name and version information * Tue Mar 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed start of udev and blogd * Tue Mar 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- enable loading of agp modules before udev is started (bnc #659843) * Tue Mar 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- reverts commit 8f5df54fd23cc6c16e7d72fe5954e62fd70bb458 busybox is distributed with 11.4 (bnc #679660) * Mon Mar 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added suseStripFirmware() which removes all firmware files which are not referenced by any module (bnc #681234) * Mon Mar 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in __checkPatternTypeAttrrValueConsistent * Mon Mar 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, new attribute prefer-license * Mon Mar 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the repository attribute \'prefered-license\' The repository providing this flag will be used to install the license tarball due to request in bnc #633664. If no repo with a prefered license flag exists the search happens over all repos but it\'s not guaranteed in that case that the search order follows the repo order like they are written into the XML description (bnc #680886) * Mon Mar 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation and examples, new element oem-silent-boot * Mon Mar 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the configuration of a silent OEM boot mode Normally the oem boot process switches the splash screen off. With true as part of the oemconfig section, the splash stays on top * Fri Mar 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed examples, added boot.local script to the suse-live-stick example which allows to mount the fat boot partition as data container below /media/stickstorage * Fri Mar 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed kiwirevision check. In case of a git revision it\'s invalid to check for less than a number. The check must match the revision * Fri Mar 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, kiwirevision specifies a git commit id * Fri Mar 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.82 released * Fri Mar 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed exit code handling: * kiwi --version => exit 0 * kiwi --help | -h => exit 0 * unknown option => exit 1 * no root privileges => exit 1 * processsing error => exit 1 * Fri Mar 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- move the knowledge about the default package manager from the KIWIManager object into the XML object. This is a configuration value and thus the default should be in the part of the code that processes the configuration * Fri Mar 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added a new target to the Makefile to allow the execution of a single unit test, i.e. support \'make KIWIXMLValidator.t\' This is useful when working on unit tests as it allows to execute only the test being worked on. * Thu Mar 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file. perl-satsolver from the 11.4 distro doesn\'t contain the code changes Klaus made during the Studio workshop Therefore kiwi provides the required version now in the Virtualization:Appliances repo for 11.4 (bnc #680549) * Thu Mar 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed 11.3 and 11.4 JeOS templates. openssl-certs doesn\'t exist there anymore. I replaced it by ca-certificates * Thu Mar 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- increased size of boot partition from 60M to 100M. If mkinitrd is called it might happen that /boot runs out of space * Wed Mar 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- The ISO generation code allows for either genisoimage or mkisofs. The checker does not support this. The patch addresses this problem and the checker no will be happy if either genisoimage or mkisofs is found (bnc #680148) * Wed Mar 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typos in ppc boot scripts (spaces at end of line, tab mismatches) and adapt latest noarch code changes from x86 boot scripts to ppc- removed 01-console.sh from ppc JeOS template. That\'s done by the setupConsole() function in suse-preinit * Wed Mar 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fix the VMware image example. The example does not contain necessary packages for a graphical user interface, thus setting window manager and runlevel in config.sh to imply that a GUI environment is present is misleading * Tue Mar 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed device map cleanup. The cleanup happened to early because the installBootLoader() code accesses the device map under certain circumstances but the original device was already freed. In that case the installBootLoader() code re-adds the mapping but that could lead to a different device name compared to the one stored in the device mapping table * Tue Mar 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- prevent the use of File::Path qw(make_path remove_tree) because it\'s not compatible to File::Path qw(mkpath rmtree) in older perl versions * Tue Mar 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed race condition in CD device search, missing udevPending- fixed wrong mountCalled variable setup, the return code of the mount call was not checked. So even if the mount failed the variable was set to \'yes\' which leads to an umount of the root filesystem before the root filesystem was activated * Tue Mar 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed local sle11 repo assigned to 11.4 net|oemboot boot image description. This was to pull in busybox but I don\'t want sle busybox in 11.4 to avoid compatibility problems (bnc #679659) * Tue Mar 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed busybox from boot image descriptions for 11.4. It\'s not distributed with the 11.4 media anymore (bnc #679660) * Tue Mar 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added new consistency check to assure that all credentials used with any specified \"https\" repository are the same. Further the consistency check verifies that the username and password attributes are always used together. * Tue Mar 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for https repositories for zypper with username and password. Here is an example specification: kiwi now writes a credentials file and takes advantage of the zypper support for this file. This patch also addresses the problem that in the current implementation we end up using the build system zypper configuration file \"zypper.conf\" as zypper is called without the \"--config\" option. * Tue Mar 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, https support added for zypper * Mon Mar 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed the udev trigger call which must only be called one time after the udev daemon has started (bnc #668014) * Mon Mar 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setup of the loader initrd variable. Normally this variable is set via the kernel commandline but in case of a PXE setup it might be missing. In that case we check if the bootloader is present as .profile variable in kiwi_bootloader and set loader appropriately * Mon Mar 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OEM PXE installation code. Wrong function name, checkServer was renamed into pxeCheckServer and the image file in case of a pxe installation is gzip compressed not squashfs embedded * Mon Mar 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, fixed typos * Mon Mar 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file, kiwi-desc-usbboot was dropped * Mon Mar 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added netboot root configuration check. The NFSROOT setup in combination with clicfs is not allowed. It doesn\'t make sense because it requires the clicfs process to run on the NFS server which would allow to connect only one station safely. AOEROOT or NBDROOT should be used in combination with clicfs instead * Mon Mar 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added kernel-firmware package to boot images * Mon Mar 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, added a section about OEM -> pxe install * Fri Mar 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.81 released * Fri Mar 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added function resetBootBind() which turns the bind mounted boot path into a standard distro path which allows kernel updates. resetBootBind() is only called if mkinitrd can be used according to the image root filesystem setup. Along with the resetBootBind change we also had to fix the setup of the fat boot partition if the syslinux bootloader is used. Normally there is a link named boot -> . but on fat we can\'t have links so the data has to be moved. (bnc #678159) * Fri Mar 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- adapt recent changes to x86 linuxrc to the s390 code stream * Fri Mar 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in motd message of 11.4 JeOS * Fri Mar 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation for ramonly attribute * Thu Mar 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed syslinux boot partition setup, links on fat does not exist * Thu Mar 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added optional type attribute ramonly=\"true\" which forces the COW device in a overlay filesystem setup to point to the main RAM memory * Thu Mar 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update schema documentation * Thu Mar 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of $main::FatStorage. I put it too late in the code so that the overall disk size wasn\'t adjusted * Thu Mar 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed usbboot boot image and usb image type from kiwi. The obsolete usb image type has been replaced by the hybrid iso image type or by the oem image type. * Thu Mar 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation and removed the suse-live-stick examples.- DB: suse-live-stick are now handled by the hybrid iso examples * Thu Mar 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added more careful grub install check * Wed Mar 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- When mounting the hybrid boot drive, select the partition marked as bootable instead of blindly mounting the first one. This change makes it possible to update the system if the image has been written to a writable medium. * Wed Mar 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, man page update (new options) * Wed Mar 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed syslinux boot device setup if LVM is used * Wed Mar 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make the creation of USB sticks more Windows friendly. For a detailed description how this is done watch the bug report: (bnc #677246) * Tue Mar 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file for s390 build * Tue Mar 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file for ppc build * Fri Mar 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: allow network boot in degraded raid mode (bnc #668014)- netboot: remove superblocks from raid disks if RAID has been dectivated in config. (bnc #668014) * Fri Mar 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the ncpus attribute on the element. It is used to set the number of virtual cpus for a VM and written to .vmx and .xenconfig * Thu Mar 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed xsl stylesheet convert47to48.xsl. existing lvmvolumes section wasn\'t translated into systemdisk section * Thu Mar 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added KIWICommandLine and KIWIRuntimeChecker modules. The command line module is a storage container for the commandline options passed to kiwi. It\'s used to transport the data into other objects. One successor of KIWICommandLine is the KIWIRuntimeChecker module which does some checks while kiwi runs. This means kiwi reads in the image description and after that the runtimer checker checks if it is possible to build the desired image according to the specified information. If that tests are passed kiwi enters the actual processing mode which is either the image prepare or create. This is useful to exit early if some option combination or data set is valid according to the XML schema but can\'t be build due to other reasons. * Thu Mar 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update RNG schema ec2region comment * Thu Mar 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the new EC2 Japan region * Thu Mar 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- assure that the given memory size given for a Vm is an integer * Wed Mar 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed python-elementtree package required by smart which was removed in an earlier commit * Wed Mar 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure size parameter is used without adding kernel and initrd space if the given size is big enough. * Wed Mar 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed smart packages- export PBL_SKIP_BOOT_TEST=1 to allow mkinitrd to install- changed SLE10 JeOS example: * all packages in bootstrap to allow the use of zypper * remove installiso option which doesn\'t work because no squashfs- added an updated version of parted for SLE10- added a zypper version check for the kiwi upgrade mode- changed all SLE10 boot image descriptions to put packages into the bootstrap section to allow the use of zypper- adapt README of SLE10 JeOS, smart is not required- adapt kiwi.spec to recommend zypper only * Wed Mar 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.80 released * Wed Mar 02 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- export meta data location content keys for ftp tree medias * Wed Mar 02 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- ftp medias beside first one should not provide the product * Mon Feb 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t ignore blocksize value from config. (bnc #675004) * Fri Feb 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for --recycle-root option which allows to use and modify an existing root tree while in the kiwi prepare step. * Fri Feb 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.79 released * Fri Feb 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- The default tftp block size chosen by kiwi is too small and not aligned to page size (4096), so it causes unnecessary overhead. This patch improves loading performance a lot * Thu Feb 24 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- just compare the major version of squashfs kernel module and squashfs tools (bnc #674653) * Thu Feb 24 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- parse all available product file not just the first one * Thu Feb 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed -z test for RELOAD_CONFIG variable in netboot * Thu Feb 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added unit testing for the KIWILocator object * Thu Feb 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added ensconce parameter -i imagename which contains the contents of the name attribute. ensconce requires this to distinguish between system image and initrd image * Wed Feb 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- Using here documents with tabs in front of the limit string works but is not recommended. Tabs are ignored when searching for the limit string but spaces are not, in which case the here document ends at the next occurence of the limit string or at the end of the file with some shells not even issuing a warning * Wed Feb 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value if an improper configuration directory is specified * Tue Feb 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- move warning messages about shm and semaphores into logfile * Tue Feb 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.78 released * Tue Feb 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added check to enforce the \"no whitespace\" rule for profile names * Tue Feb 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- enhanced patternType check which now allows the use of the patternType attribute for all specifications that add packages to the image * Tue Feb 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suse-min-gnome example, empty vmx package section doesn\'t make sense * Tue Feb 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanup of shared memory segments and semaphores by a valid destructor in KIWISharedMem.pm * Tue Feb 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed regexp in __checkPatternTypeAttrConsistent() * Tue Feb 22 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed locale Makefile, wrong use of equals operator * Mon Feb 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.77 released * Mon Feb 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- call isohybrid only once according to caller environment * Mon Feb 21 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- add optional support for hybrid iso for product medias * Mon Feb 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.76 released * Mon Feb 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for config-cdroot.tgz and config-cdroot.sh in OEM install media (CD and stick) (bnc #673566) * Mon Feb 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete TestSuite check in KIWIURL * Mon Feb 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved check for ec2-bundle-image after the check for the Amazon AWS credentials * Sun Feb 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- setup owner/group permissions only if the user home directory exists (bnc #658172) * Sun Feb 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation for netboot config files update feature * Sun Feb 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for netboot config files update. The update happens according to the value of an optional md5sum hash specified per file * Sat Feb 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- rebuild rng schema from rnc data * Sat Feb 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cosmetic changes to the unit tests * fixed the repo specification to point to online repo * updated the description to indicate what the test does- improve the error message when an undefined profile is referenced- added check for a consistent setting of the patternType attribute value * Fri Feb 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.75 released * Fri Feb 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed default behavior for oem-swap. If not specified the default should be to create a swap partition. This was accidently changed * Fri Feb 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed description about default partitions created * Fri Feb 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- allow creation of ec2 format even without credentials. In that case only the adaptions to the root image will be made but the ec2-bundle process will be skipped * Fri Feb 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in squashfs version check * Fri Feb 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation according to the pxe raid feature change * Fri Feb 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed raid 1 support for pxe images. The former implementation can only use raid for the root partition. This implementation allows a custom partition table to be mapped in one raid 1 per partition * Wed Feb 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed linuxPartition() to be fine with a raid partition too * Wed Feb 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed raid partition setup. The wrong id was set. If there is only one raid partition on the disk fdisk doesn\'t require a number for the \'t\' command * Wed Feb 16 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation * Tue Feb 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- restore copy of temporary files only if they are not provided by the overlay tree. This affects /etc/hosts and /etc/resolv.conf * Tue Feb 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed createSnapshotMap() to be able to setup snapshot tables multiple times in a row. this requires unique table names * Tue Feb 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed yast2 firstboot startup for old (sle10) init script based startup sequence (bnc #660770) * Tue Feb 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed build, unfortunately perl-Test-Unit doesn\'t exist in BS * Tue Feb 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added unit test framework and some XML validation tests * Tue Feb 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typos in XMLValidator output. This is important for the unit test results * Tue Feb 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed testsuite from kiwi. The current --testsuite mode has been removed because it has turned out that\'s it\'s unused code. With this testsuite it was possible to run scripts inside the kiwi created root tree and check their results. Basically this is only useful for testing the root tree integrity which can always be done outside of kiwi like studio and slepos does. Along with the change we will add unit tests for testing the XML error handling and I plan to integrate an end-to-end testng framework which allows to realy make sure the appliance works as expected * Mon Feb 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed location of radeon.ko (typo: missing drivers/) * Mon Feb 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added graphics cards direkt rendering modules for i915, nouveau and radeon for openSUSE 11.4 * Fri Feb 11 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.74 released * Thu Feb 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed split sections from oem examples, use the kiwi default split section for this examples * Thu Feb 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- changed the filesystem type to ext3 for 11.2 oem example because we found issues with ext4 on 11.2 * Thu Feb 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __addDefaultSplitNode() function. A cloneNode() call is required if you add children from another DOM tree * Wed Feb 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- speedup prepare step with caches by skipping the bootstrap installation. If there is a cache available we add the bootstrap packages into the image package section and run the rest of the installation procedure in one image installation step * Wed Feb 09 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make use of zypper\'s autorefresh feature and don\'t call zypper refresh manually anymore * Wed Feb 09 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- offer options to ignore specified but missing packages for product generation * Wed Feb 09 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- make a difference between arch modifiers (addarch and removearch) and usage of a package (no modifier). This solves the last problem for openSUSE biarch medias. * Tue Feb 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed netboot disk device check. In case of a ramdisk only configuration there is no DISK set but the image download should happen into the ramdisk device. Therefore the disk device check was enhanced to check the ramdisk setup too * Tue Feb 08 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix arch= statement for real for multi arch medias, use only the subset of global required archs and filtered one by arch= statement * Tue Feb 08 2011 msAATTsuse.de- moved caching system over from clicfs to a device mapper snapshot table. This seems to be more stable and leaves more room for improvements * Mon Feb 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- Revert wrong commit overriding package attributes on multi arch medias This reverts commit 1ef1a8b62df61899480285051c9b725990685113. * Mon Feb 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- avoid error message about undefined $manager variable when building a product * Mon Feb 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- ignore missing debug packages, they may not get generated (esp on noarch packages). * Mon Feb 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- handle autodetected src packages with correct arch (src or nosrc) * Mon Feb 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation and examples due to new ec2region element * Mon Feb 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the child element for . With this a user can specify one or multiple target regions for the EC2 image. Specifying multiple elements creates multiple AMIs. The main convenience is that one does not have to look for the aki-... cryptic name for the PVGrub boot kernel as the value gets embedded in the generated manifest. Supported values are: AP-Singapore, EU-West, US-East, US-West * Mon Feb 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- support blacklisting of packages via onlyarch=\"\" * Mon Feb 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- report about all missing packages and abort afterwards, not at the first missing package. * Mon Feb 07 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- take care about arch= package statement for product required architectures * Fri Feb 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.73 released * Fri Feb 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update ec2 documentation * Fri Feb 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in ec2 format creation (missing /) * Thu Feb 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed ec2 examples * Thu Feb 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update ec2 docs and examples per request in (bnc #667303) * Thu Feb 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- improved ec2 format creation per request in (bnc #667303) * Wed Feb 02 2011 msAATTsuse.de- provide partition info in MB instead of KB * Tue Feb 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update s390 boot code according to generic changes in the x86 boot code * Tue Feb 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for ppc images: * added oemboot boot code * added vmxboot boot code * adapt kiwi for creation of ppc disk images * adapt kiwi for creation of ppc install iso * added suse-SLE11-JeOS template for ppc * added support for lilo boot loader used for ppc * changed spec file to build ppc packages * Tue Feb 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation: Added information about plain:// source- DB: update documentation: Improved smb:// paragraph * Tue Feb 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed squashfs version check * Tue Feb 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation, removed wrong version information * Tue Feb 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for plain:// url types. They forward the URL (everything following \"plain://\") unmodified to the package manager. This can be used if kiwi does not support a special URL but the package manager does * Tue Feb 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed smb mount. Leave // to indicate the share name and make sure we create a unique mount point with mktemp instead of using the share name as base * Tue Feb 01 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation from review * Mon Jan 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- use -o guest option to mount a samba share without username and password specified * Mon Jan 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of profiled repository sections * Mon Jan 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed typo: cifs-utils is required in bootstrap section * Mon Jan 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added documentation about smb:// repo source type * Mon Jan 31 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for username and password in repository elements- enhanced cifs mount (smb://) to be able to use credentials * Mon Jan 31 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- Fail hard on missing packages during product build. This is requested with high prio from coolo, we need to make this an option later on. * Fri Jan 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.72 released * Fri Jan 28 2011 msAATTsuse.de- run parted capability checks only if parted exists * Thu Jan 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed build for 11.4 * Thu Jan 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added filesystem mktool vs. kernel module version check for the squashfs filesystem. The check has been added in the checkType() function * Thu Jan 27 2011 msAATTsuse.de- add support for smb:// type urls by supporting cifs mount * Wed Jan 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed typo * Wed Jan 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added patch from Franz Leitl, fixing some typos * Wed Jan 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added partition ID information into progress information when installing the system in partition install mode * Wed Jan 26 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed lvresize calls in kiwi which are all missing the \'+\' prefix- fixed createSnapshotMap() to know about LVM volumes- fixed partition based installation with LVM image. The dialog for boot and root partition selection was broken and there is also a small fix improving the progress information when installing the image partitions to the disk partitions * Tue Jan 25 2011 msAATTsuse.de- reverted the following commits: eeecf05d029e7e75abfc44a5c2c600263838c50e 438e83976cbd12dde20511ea5d000620082fa066 They broke the yast autoyast and firstboot setup. The provided config-yast-autoyast.xml or config-yast-firstboot.xml were not handled anymore * Mon Jan 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed fdisk support entirely except for changing the partition table created by the isohybrid tool. parted can\'t handle that table and therefore we use fdisk inside the function createHybridPersistent() but nowhere else anymore * Mon Jan 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- update schema and kiwi documentation * Mon Jan 24 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed mdadm --stop call for pxe raid(1) boot * Sun Jan 23 2011 msAATTsuse.de- check the return code for the image container mount call * Fri Jan 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.71 released * Fri Jan 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed partition selection in OEMFindPartitions(). Don\'t take any other than 0x83 partition types into account * Fri Jan 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- change the layout of the install ISO / USB stick. The raw disk image on the install media was compressed using gzip. The downside is that it\'s not possible to loop mount the compressed file. But for partition based installations this is required. Therefore the raw disk image is now packed into a squashfs filesystem (bnc #665888) * Fri Jan 21 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typos in kiwi_oemunattended and kiwi_oemswap evaluation which caused wrong content in the oemconfig file * Thu Jan 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for gparted in partition based oem installation If the partition table does not provide the correct layout we start a X session with some descriptive message window and the gparted tool to be able to change the partition table Author: Bernhard M. Wiedemann * Thu Jan 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fix approx 109 typos * Thu Jan 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added check for $imageDiskDevice and the existence of $imageBootDevice to the setupBootPartition() function in order to prevent unused mount actions for /boot Author: Bernhard M. Wiedemann * Thu Jan 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixes from review * Thu Jan 20 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed skip check for firstboot and autoyast descriptions * Wed Jan 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added check which disallows white space in the value for the displayname attribute * Wed Jan 19 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of undefined value in KIWIXML.pm validation * Tue Jan 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for raid 1 (mirroring) for pxe images * Tue Jan 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed insertion of repo alias and priority commandline options into the correct section of the XML description. * Tue Jan 18 2011 msAATTsuse.de- dont\'t overwrite firstboot.xml or autoconf.xml if they exist as overlay files in the overlay root tree * Mon Jan 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- create private __expandFS() function and eliminate some code duplication by this new function * Mon Jan 17 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added check for the PatternType attribute which may only be used for image and bootstrap packages. Check that this is set appropriately. * Sat Jan 15 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in use of oem-shutdown element * Fri Jan 14 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evalutation of patternType attribute * Thu Jan 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure fixupFDiskSectors() only fixes the first partition start sector and doesn\'t touch the others (bnc #664236) * Thu Jan 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- make sure fixupFDiskSectors() is called on a non busy table (bnc #664236) * Thu Jan 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed fdisk setup in alignment mode. fdisk is not able to suggest the correct next sector if called with the option \"-u\". Therefore only one partition is created in that mode and the rest is created in fdisk cylinder based mode (bnc #664236) * Thu Jan 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added new module KIWILocator which perform operations to locate objects needed by Kiwi in the filesystem. Along with the new module other code parts which did that before has been replaced * Thu Jan 13 2011 msAATTsuse.de- added support for satsolver bindings provided with the perl-satsolver package * Mon Jan 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed syslinux/isolinux configuration for disk based images. Several problems like missing branding files, write checks in not existing directories and file checks in wrong directories were found * Mon Jan 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed syslinux/isolinux config for non graphics boot setup * Mon Jan 10 2011 msAATTsuse.de- minor clean up, remove match for yes * Fri Jan 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- v4.70 released * Fri Jan 07 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed evaluation of kernelcmdline in createImageLiveCD() * Wed Jan 05 2011 adrianAATTsuse.de- Make SUSE meta data compression rsyncable (partly transferable). * Wed Jan 05 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed setupKernelModules() in a way that it doesn\'t overwrite settings from /etc/sysconfig/kernel but append to them * Tue Jan 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- revert last commit, broken patch * Tue Jan 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fix sed expression which removes the architecture suffix from the image name. The expression failed if the architecture is also part of the name so it changed to match the suffix at the end of the name string only * Tue Jan 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t call setupConsole twice if systemIntegrity is fine in kiwi netboot code. Also make sure unsetFile(), called on the dhcp info file, is called before the interface is released * Tue Jan 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- fixed releaseNetwork() to cleanup /dev/.sysconfig as well as unset the variables from the dhcp info file which has been exported into the root shell environment. Those variables caused conflicts with the network scripts in /etc/init.d * Tue Jan 04 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete config file from suse-11.3/suse-live-stick * Mon Jan 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup netboot code. moved some functions into the KIWILinuxRC.sh pool and fixed bootloader setup when using clicfs images * Mon Jan 03 2011 msAATTsuse.de- removed old and unmaintained ppc code * Wed Dec 22 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added check for first sector start after repartitioning via fdisk. The start sector must be the same before and after the repartitioning (bnc #659865) * Tue Dec 21 2010 msAATTsuse.de- make sure bootincluded packages and archives are not removed by the initrd strip down functions. This is done by introdudcing two new functions in KIWIConfig.sh: * basePackBootIncludes * baseUnpackBootIncludes whereas the first one packs the bootinclude files and the second one unpacks them again. The standard boot image descriptions provided by kiwi uses that functions to make sure all bootincluded files can be restored at the end of the strip down functions called in image.sh (bnc #660743) * Fri Dec 17 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.69 released * Wed Dec 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- if ensconce is used the pattern/package list is already solved. In that case it doesn\'t make sense to do solving with satsolver again. We are using the list provided by ensconce as solved list directly in that case. * Wed Dec 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed ensconce call and parameters: * ensconce now resides in /usr/bin, so we can call it that way * pass -b parameter to ensconce, since bootstrap is obsolete * pass proper root parameter to ensconce * Wed Dec 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed profile request handling when kiwi invokes itself * Wed Dec 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed functions ignoreRepositories() and addRepository to correctly update the DOM tree and not only the internal hash structures * Wed Dec 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed SLE11 template which did not include gfxboot branding packages if xenFlavour was selected * Mon Dec 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed warning message when using int() on empty string * Mon Dec 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of .buildenv * Fri Dec 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- renamed modprobe.conf.local to modprobe.d/99-local.conf on systems which doesn\'t support the old conf file anymore * Fri Dec 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.68 released * Thu Dec 09 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed location of local modprobe configuration file. The new place is in /etc/modprobe.d/99-local.conf. Only if this doesn\'t exist we will use /etc/modprobe.conf.local * Wed Dec 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- make baseSetupInPlaceGITRepository more useful * Wed Dec 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed initial value (set it to empty) for INITRD_MODULES * Wed Dec 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- removed obsolete setImageType() function from KIWIXML * Wed Dec 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- make use of the --check-config modus in kiwi to validate and check the kiwi provided XML configurations within the Makefile. * Wed Dec 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suse-SLE11-JeOS to validate correctly. It\'s not allowed to have multiple import=\"true\" attributes set. Therefore the profile setup for this JeOS XML changed * Wed Dec 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added Option --check-config which validates the XML using the new KIWIXMLValidator module. Along with the new module validation from KIWIXML has been moved into the KIWIXMLValidator object * Wed Dec 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of createImageUSB() which has changed its name into createImageRootAndBoot() * Tue Dec 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed boot partition setup for non mkinitrd supported setups * Tue Dec 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added updateTypeList() function in KIWIXML which is required if an accessor function changes the XML tree the internal data structures needs to be updated too * Tue Dec 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t overwrite the zypp repo data when in recovery mode (bnc #657922) * Mon Dec 06 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cache creation * Mon Dec 06 2010 adrianAATTsuse.de- fix build for factory (openSUSE 11.4) * Mon Dec 06 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added KIWIXML methods __populateProfiles() and __populateTypeInfo which are gathering the profile and type information as they are set by the XML description. Along with this change the following methodes have changed: __populateDefaultProfiles and __populateProfiledTypeInfo. They both read the data structures created by the first two and assign a new data structure according to the selected profiles. * Mon Dec 06 2010 msAATTsuse.de- removed unneeded KIWIXML instance from KIWIBoot. The KIWIBoot constructor creates one instance of KIWIXML which is sufficient for all operations * Mon Dec 06 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed parameter list in \'new KIWIXML\' instances * Sat Dec 04 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repository update in __updateDescriptionFromChangeSet() * Fri Dec 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.67 released * Fri Dec 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- make addDefaultSplitNode() a private helper method called __addDefaultSplitNode(). Also fixed that function to work correctly. It should add the default split mode for all relevant types (iso and split) and add the section only if those types doesn\'t already implement a split section * Thu Dec 02 2010 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup KIWIImage and main kiwi code. The global variables ForeignRepo and ImageName has been removed. Additionally the KIWIXML constructor doesn\'t have the ForeignRepo hash in its parameter list. Inside KIWIXML the entire foreign data setup has been changed into methods creating and applying a changeset. Therefore a temporary global hash XMLChangeSet has been introduced. After apply of the changeset it will be removed directly. Along with the cleanup the creation and check for boot and prebuilt images has been moved into functions. The preparation step of kiwi now also writes back the internal XML changes into the XML file. Last but not least the global variable ImageDescription has been introduced which stores in prepare and create mode the path to the base image description which is required to know the location of bootincluded archives and this:// repos * Wed Dec 01 2010 msAATTsuse.de- removed xml inheritance. This feature was never used * Tue Nov 30 2010 msAATTsuse.de- restructured XML data processing by adding the following KIWIXML methods: __populateTypeInfo() and __populateImageTypeAndNode() The first method creates the %typeInfo hash which contains all possible elements according to the selected profiles. The second method operates on the %typeInfo hash and initializes those part of the hash which represents the requested image type or the primary type or the first type read in. Both methodes are called only _once_ inside the object constructor. The existing method getImageTypeAndAttributes() has changed to simply return the selected part of the %typeInfo hash and does _not_ change any object data as done before. * Tue Nov 30 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added check that only one type with image=\"myName\" exists per * Tue Nov 30 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in KIWIXML processing * Mon Nov 29 2010 msAATTsuse.de- if logfile option is specified along with --init-cache set the logfile to the \'terminal\' mode. That\'s because in that mode multiple logfiles per cache are created and it wouldn\'t make much sense to have them in one file. If the output is on the terminal the user can decide himself for the redirection * Mon Nov 29 2010 msAATTsuse.de- require clicfs >= 1.3.9 due to major bugs in former versions * Mon Nov 29 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed __checkReferencedProfDefined to work with sections defining more than one profile like netboot does * Mon Nov 29 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed invalid numeric expression in reqProfiles- added __populateDefaultProfiles according to XML restructuring and removed setDefaultProfiles * Mon Nov 29 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized value in KIWIXML.pm * Fri Nov 26 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.66 released * Fri Nov 26 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of undefined value as an ARRAY reference * Fri Nov 26 2010 msAATTsuse.de- removed unused cleanInitrd() function * Fri Nov 26 2010 msAATTsuse.de- make sure bootstrap packages are handled when using a cache- fixed time when KIWIImage.pm mounts the overlay and provide a function getImageTree() which returns the currently used root tree. Move the recovery creation, profile update, and cleanup after the KIWIImage module creation * Fri Nov 26 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed overlay setup for KIWIBoot modules. Only if a cow file exists in the given system image path it\'s required to setup the overlay mount * Fri Nov 26 2010 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t create new kiwi object if there is already one available * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- check image type only if a preferences section is present * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed profile check in create mode * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- cleanup xenconfig setup by removing conditions that no longer apply due to the removal of the xen image type which is now handled by the vmx/oem type flavoured with xen and xenk profiles * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- make sure the package manager is added only once to the list when in --info mode * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed dumpsolv regexp which searches for pattern names * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of boot image caches. It\'s required to prevent the kernel extraction from the cache because this is done in the preparation process which uses the cache- don\'t allow logfile option when in init-cache mode. This is because each cache has its own logfile living in the cache directory * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed minor code duplication inside the RNC schema * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- deactivate compression for clicfs caches (faster)- fixed and cleaned up profile evaluation and use * Thu Nov 25 2010 adrianAATTsuse.de- make \"mk_listings\" call during product generation optional * Thu Nov 25 2010 msAATTsuse.de- explicitly call SuSEconfig --module permissions. This module is no longer called by the default SuSEconfig call so we need to call it directly * Wed Nov 24 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added the following consistency checks: * only 1 profile may be marked as default via import=\"true\" * only 1 type per spec may be set as default via primary=\"true\" * only 1 spec may reference 1 * only 1 specification without a profiles=... attribute * check that all references used via profiles=\"aName\" attribute have a definition of * Wed Nov 24 2010 msAATTsuse.de- require specific clicfs version because the version before has severe problems when writing to a cow file * Tue Nov 23 2010 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t preserve rpm database on recovery. This could cause an inconsistent rpm database. Not preserving it could cause an incomplete but consistent database which is better. For reference a copy of the old database is stored in /var/lib/rpm.backup * Mon Nov 22 2010 msAATTsuse.de- follow up: make sure system filesystems and mount options corresponds with the default settings we use in a standard installation with yast * Mon Nov 22 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed cleanImage() function to cleanly umount partitions before calling init. Also make sure cleanImage reports its actions as part of the boot.kiwi logfile- make sure system filesystems and mount options corresponds with the default settings we use in a standard installation with yast * Mon Nov 22 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in option description * Fri Nov 19 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.65 released * rebuild documentation * rebuild schema documentation * Fri Nov 19 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added an oem hook named: preCallInit which runs right before init is called or in case of a reboot/halt request right before that reboot (bnc #654404) * Fri Nov 19 2010 msAATTsuse.de- make sure /dev is bind mounted when installing the very first bootstrap packages. * Thu Nov 18 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: update documentation * Wed Nov 17 2010 msAATTsuse.de- put package manager into solver list when calling kiwi --select ... --info packages- fixed clicfs mount in cache mount code: * we don\'t want reserved blocks * we don\'t want automatic filesystem check * we don\'t want to use --ignore-cow-errors- deactivate automatic cache creation and introduce a new operation mode called kiwi --init-cache. Caches needs to be created in a separate call. This has turned out to be more flexible and prevent customer confusion- add default cache image location: /var/cache/kiwi/image which can be overwritten by the --cache option. If one want to use caches in prepare or create mode it\'s required to select the cache location with this option.- removed baseroot attribute and defaultbaseroot element from XML description. baseroot has been replaced by the clicfs based caching process- don\'t leave .broken inside the tree if it is not broken- cleanup the overlay preparation code. The code is in KIWIOverlay.pm exclusively. At each code point which requires it we create a KIWIOverlay object and let it control the overlay mount * Wed Nov 17 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: add documentation about PXE hardware maps * Wed Nov 17 2010 msAATTsuse.de- update documentation for oem-unattended mode * Wed Nov 17 2010 msAATTsuse.de- if in oem-unattended mode and we found more than one disk for installation, use the first disk found by hwinfo * Wed Nov 17 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fix bug in the format conversion from raw to qcow2. The \'convert\' command to qemu-mig was missing. * Wed Nov 17 2010 msAATTsuse.de- move the two consistency checks (kiwirevision and version format) out of the KIWIXML constructor and into their own methods- Implement a new consistency check, __checkFilesysSpec(). This method assures that the \'filesystem\' attribute is used for image types that require the attribute * Tue Nov 16 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation and use of kiwi caches for boot images also make sure the same clicfs cache is mounted only once and is released in case of an exception * Tue Nov 16 2010 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: fixed incorporation of hardware maps- netboot: evaluate additional VENDOR_CONF value * Tue Nov 16 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of uninitialized variable AATTconfigNodes- fixed solvable setup for susetags * Tue Nov 16 2010 msAATTsuse.de- update RNG schema due to last change to the RNC schema * Tue Nov 16 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added new element text which allows the user to specify raw text that ends up in the .vmx or .xenconfig file. Certain default options currently written by Kiwi may be over written by these settings. Therefore the use of this option happens on your own risk. No validation of the raw text is performed. * Mon Nov 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- verify format used for the mac address when specifying the attribute on the vmnic element. * Mon Nov 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed logging for listXMLInfo() * Mon Nov 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- move the XML validation and loading to it\'s own methods- added image consistency checks into KIWIXML as addition to the XSLT stylesheet processor. The function __validateConsistency provides a place to add consistency checks: * Added check: __checkPostDumpAction which ensures that only one of oem-bootwait, oem-reboot, oem-reboot-interactive, oem-shutdown or oem-shutdown-interactive is specified. * Mon Nov 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added return string to partitionSize() function even in case of error * Mon Nov 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added bc tool to netboot image descriptions * Thu Nov 11 2010 msAATTsuse.de- allow boottimeout setup for image=\"iso\" too * Wed Nov 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added xsl stylesheet to convert images which uses the image=\"xen\" type into an appropriate image=\"vmx\" type because the xen image type was removed. Additionally increased schema version to v5.0 with this change * Tue Nov 09 2010 msAATTsuse.de- netboot: added support for hardware maps. Hardware maps are configuration files for a given range of MAC addresses. If a client of the specified range boots up the corresponding hardware map file will be loaded and merged with the default configuration. That way you can specify in one config file configurations dedicated to different machines. Example config. ... HARDWARE_MAP=\"vendor1, vendor2, vendor3\" vendor1_HARDWARE_MAP=\"xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:x1, xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:x2\" ... if client xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:x1 boots up the file hardware_config.vendor1 is additionally loaded from the pxe boot server * Mon Nov 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed doit OBS script to work with branch names different from \'kiwi\' * Sun Nov 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- more flexible post dump behavior: * Fix misnomer of oem-dumphalt, now called oem-bootwait xslt included, no change in functionality from oem-dumphalt * Add oem-reboot-interactive post a message before rebooting the system after image expansion wait for user interaction * Add oem-shutdown power the system off after dump and image expansion are complete * Add oem-shutdown-interactive post a message before system power off, wait for user interaction * Sun Nov 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- word-smithing for images.sh and config.sh doc * Fri Nov 05 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.64 released- rebuild documentation- rebuild schema documentation * Fri Nov 05 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added a command line argument to sepecify the default \'yes\' answer for questions which could come up during the build process * Fri Nov 05 2010 msAATTsuse.de- changed partition layout of LVM based vmx/oem images. The boot partition is now the first partition and we will use only one partition for the entire LVM as second partition (bnc #651331) * Fri Nov 05 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed compare statement, in perl \'eq\' for strings must be used * Thu Nov 04 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed rpmlint warning: kiwi.src:434: W: macro-in-comment %config * Thu Nov 04 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added 11.4 JeOS to spec file * Thu Nov 04 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added templates and boot image descriptions for SuSE 11.4- removed doc/examples/suse-11.1 * Thu Nov 04 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed format conversion checks. iso type can\'t be converted * Thu Nov 04 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed checkLVMbind() function to activate volume groups before checking the device mapper nodes * Wed Nov 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check for xvc/hvc consoles (bnc #650667) * Tue Nov 02 2010 msAATTsuse.de- keeping old boot files in /boot and trying to copy in newly generated initrd + kernel during image startup could result in not enough space on /boot partition for LVM enabled builds. This patch fixes that by removing the old kernel + initrd, before copying in the new one. * Tue Nov 02 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added languages nb_NO,da_DK,pt_PT and en_GB to the selection list * Tue Nov 02 2010 msAATTsuse.de- support multiple vmnic elements for VMware * Mon Nov 01 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added support for the XFS filesystem * Mon Nov 01 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed the schema inplace dochint for the oem-dumphalt element- rebuild documentation * Mon Nov 01 2010 msAATTsuse.de- don\'t let the recovery partition grow to the rest disk space available. This is not intended as the recovery partition should only be of the min size required to store the recovery data * Fri Oct 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.63 released- rebuild documentation- rebuild schema documentation * Fri Oct 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed repartition code, out of bounds partitioning * Thu Oct 14 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added setupConsole() function to activate xvc and/or hvc consoles if their device nodes are present * Wed Oct 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed xenconfig creation, virtual framebuffer line wasn\'t written * Wed Oct 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suse-11.3/suse-xen-guest example by removing some old static sysconfig files. Also remove the boot.xen service script it\'s no longer required as we can use the xvc device for the console * Wed Oct 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added support for targetdevice option for filesystem images- if the targetdevice option is used check if the device exists before proceeding * Tue Oct 12 2010 msAATTsuse.de- make sure volume is active again if no LVM repartition takes place. This is because recreateVTOCTable has deactivated the volume group before * Tue Oct 12 2010 rootAATTs390a06.suse.de- fixed LVM based repartition code for s390 and DASD, it\'s required to recreate the VTOC table here before you can create new partitions * Tue Oct 12 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of VTOC table; close active device maps first * Mon Oct 11 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed spec file requirements, grub and clicfs only exists on ix86 and x86_64 * Mon Oct 11 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed use of satsolver if ensconce is used together with pattern names. ensonce uses an already resolved manifest file and thus it\'s not required to solve the patterns via satsolver (bnc #643442) * Mon Oct 11 2010 msAATTsuse.de- changed the lvmvolumes section into systemdisk like the following example shows: ... - update to new schema version 4.8 due to the systemdisk change- if systemdisk is specified a lvm setup is implicitly requested. Therefore also the attribute \'lvm\' from the type section was removed- Also the oem-home element was removed with this change. A volume instead of a single partition should be used.- wrote a xslt stylesheet for the following conversions: * remove lvm attribute * move lvmvolumes element into systemdisk * move lvmgroup attribute into name * if oem-home is set create a systemdisk setup with a home volume- update documentation due to the systemdisk change * Fri Oct 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.62 released- rebuild documentation * Thu Oct 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added vfb (virtual framebuffer configuration) to the xenconfig file written by kiwi. This allows easy graphics console access with the virt-viewer program. If you want to run the xen domU in text mode you have to manually pass the option xencons=tty in the pygrub boot menu * Thu Oct 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added egrep for dasd_configure to initrd- fixed the creation of the boot partition if a real targetdevice is used to prevent using the entire rest space for the boot image * Thu Oct 07 2010 rootAATTs390vm05.suse.de- fixed boot device detection for zipl on dasd devices with LVM * Thu Oct 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- removed xencons boot option for domU creation in .xenconfig and from the bootloader kernel options (bnc #644138) * Thu Oct 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- update and rebuild documentation * Thu Oct 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added support for setting up the boottimeout value prior to the default value in the config.xml section. the unit for the timeout value is seconds if grub is used as the boot loader and 1/10 seconds if syslinux is used ... * Thu Oct 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed fdasd input creation, wrong \'t\' command setup * Thu Oct 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- call udevPending before checking /sys/bus/usb/devices * Mon Oct 04 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Deleted kiwi-doc-intro.xml and moved content to kiwi-doc-workflow.xml- DB: Removed xinclude of kiwi-doc-intro.xml from kiwi-doc.xml * Fri Oct 01 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.61 released- rebuild documentation * Fri Oct 01 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed creation of install CD if syslinux is used.- fixed syslinux dosfs boot partition setup by adding the dosfstools package to the oemboot image descriptions * Thu Sep 30 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OEMRepartStandard(). Additionally to the last commit, fixed the use of the suggested last cylinder for swap and recovery only if no oem-systemsize is set * Thu Sep 30 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed OEMRepartStandard() to use the suggested last cylinder for the last partition to become created instead of a fixed value. Also use the suggested last cylinder for the resize of the root partition if there is no other partition to become created and no oem-systemsize was specified * Wed Sep 29 2010 rootAATTs390vm05.suse.de- fixed boot device detection for s390 KVM target * Mon Sep 27 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed typo in DHCPCD option test * Mon Sep 27 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added support for partition alignment with fdisk. Thus support for 4k-sector size disks (logical 512 byte) with fdisk was added when using parted the -align option is used in any case though. In order to use the alignment when fdisk is used the oemconfig element oem-align-partition must be set to \'true\' (bnc #637333) * Thu Sep 16 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.60 released- rebuild documentation * Thu Sep 16 2010 msAATTsuse.de- removed umount -a call to prevent a read-only remount (bnc #635159) * Thu Sep 16 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed searchGroupHardwareAddress() parameter list. mac_list must be a quoted string otherwise only the first entry is evaluated * Wed Sep 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- use $main::Gzip for compressing the recovery tarball * Wed Sep 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- moved hooks directory to kiwi-hooks- added and documented new hooks for oemboot preHWdetect,preImageDump,postImageDump * Wed Sep 15 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Fixed typo in xsl:import: instead xsl-ns it should be xsl in the URI- DB: Added option --nonet for xmllint and xsltproc to avoid opening a network connection (should be done through XML catalogs) * Tue Sep 14 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed foreign lvm attribute setup, a value must be set- fixed setForeignTypeAttribute() to display the attribute value * Tue Sep 14 2010 rootAATTs390vm05.suse.de- added support for s390 DASD repartitioning * Tue Sep 14 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added \'rt\' kernel-rt profile for isoboot, netboot, usbboot and vmxboot too (bnc #639217) * Tue Sep 14 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: rebuild documentation- DB: Enhanced manpages with more tags, unified spelling of KIWI, splitted para in separate paragraphs- DB: fixed callout lists for PDF creation * Tue Sep 14 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added callout lists below pictures * Tue Sep 14 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed --bootstick creation. Don\'t dump an image file when writing to the stick. Fixed image type setup when usbboot is used * Mon Sep 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- According to the documentation [1], parted uses SI prefixes when reporting sizes. Cylinder size is thus reported in 1000 Bytes, not 1024 Bytes. This caused partitions which were created using cylinder offsets to have a wrong size. This patch fixes that by correcting constants in offset calculation. It also removes the magic multiplication constant used when creating LVM volumes. * Mon Sep 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added callout graphics * Mon Sep 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed figure callout lists * Mon Sep 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: changed figure text type to Helvetica * Mon Sep 13 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: changed figures to use call-out list items * Fri Sep 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed check for fdasd partitioner * Fri Sep 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- added \'rt\' profile for oemboot pointing to kernel-rt (bnc #638512) * Fri Sep 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added doc hint about the use of multiple DVD\'s * Fri Sep 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed disk increase per LVM volume (bnc #587361) * Fri Sep 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- v4.59 released * Fri Sep 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: fixed Makefile to update Revision.txt from spec file version * Fri Sep 10 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Added s > ... and similar entries * Thu Sep 09 2010 msAATTsuse.de- allow the qeth parameters to be set via the kernel commandline too for the s390/suse-SLE11-JeOS image. Detailed information about kernel parameters for this image can be found in the s390/suse-SLE11-JeOS/README * Thu Sep 09 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed mount() function to work with disk files too * Thu Sep 09 2010 msAATTsuse.de- if the --targetdevice option is set, create the image file by dumping bytes from the targetdevice. Also make sure the free space of the filesystem on the targetdevice is filled with zero bytes to gain a better compression result of the image file. --targetdevice is currently used for s390 DASD devices * Thu Sep 09 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed suseSetupProduct looking for a SUSE_ prefix too (bnc #637996) * Thu Sep 09 2010 msAATTsuse.de- rebuild documentation * Thu Sep 09 2010 msAATTsuse.de-DB: pxe: fixed some spelling and gramatical errors-DB: Enabled mini tocs for chapters and appendices-DB: Chapter and appendix titles are in the format \"Number Title\" now-DB: Removed \"Appendix\" from kiwi-doc-appendix.xml-DB: Added more comments in fo/docbook.xsl * Wed Sep 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed qeth setup in s390 template * Wed Sep 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- rebuild documentation * Wed Sep 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: Reduced size of description.png image- DB: Converted informaltable to table, added xref- DB: Improved toc: Make chapters and appendices bold- DB: Activated numbering of sections- DB: Make s title consistent with HTML * Wed Sep 08 2010 msAATTsuse.de- removed unused root.tar.gz files in JeOS descriptions- added dasd_configure and qeth_configure to initrd- fixed check for kiwi_lvm variable- added functions isVirtioDevice and isDASDDevice to check for these devices.- added runPreinitServices to call scripts in /etc/init.d/kiwi/$service/ *.sh- adapt s390 JeOS template to use preinit service scripts. This system should can be used to setup the hvc console for kvm as well as the network setup on a s390 guest system * Tue Sep 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- moved documentation from LaTeX to DocBook, PDF and HTML provided * Tue Sep 07 2010 rootAATTs390vm05.suse.de- fixed s390 support for DASD devices. The main problem here is the detection of the disk. kiwi stores the busid value from the disk it used to create the image on in the kernel cmdline. We also had to add a function which set this disk online before we can access it via the device node * Tue Sep 07 2010 rootAATTs390vm05.suse.de- added hint about hvc console usage in README of s390 JeOS template * Tue Sep 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed fdasd input to use partition id=1 if LVM=8e was requested * Tue Sep 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- pxe: added support for non-contiguous MAC/IP grouping (bnc #636692)- pxe: added documentation for MAC/IP grouping * Tue Sep 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- fixed s390 vmxboot and oemboot boot images to contain the drivers/s390 kernel modules which are required for DASD and other s390 specific devices * Tue Sep 07 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added make check target to docbook Makefile * Mon Sep 06 2010 rootAATTs390vm05.suse.de- added support for fdasd partitionier- fixed installation of zipl.conf when writing into real device * Mon Sep 06 2010 msAATTsuse.de- allow the kernelCheck function to reboot via kexec (bnc #636406) * Mon Sep 06 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added missing dashes, resp. replaced with correct option dashes- DB: added set monospace.properties attribute for fo creation- DB: added common table id\'s * Fri Sep 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added fop configuration for PDF font setup * Fri Sep 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- allow boot disk creation to work from real devices too * setupBootDisk(),setupInstallCD and setupInstallStick() can operate on real disk devices too * changed setupBootStick to call setupBootDisk with the selected stick device as parameter * added a destructor function in KIWIBoot to cleanup all created tmp directories after the object is no longer in use. Prevent all clean * function to remove and tmp dir * cleanup KIWIBoot: removed cleanTmp function * cleanup KIWIBoot: moved kpartx calls into function * cleanup KIWIBoot: moved stick search into function * cleanup KIWIBoot: added checkLVMbind function * Fri Sep 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added ref counter for pictures * Fri Sep 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added IDs for all sect{1,2,3}, procedures, tables and figures * Fri Sep 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: added \'man\' target to create man pages * Fri Sep 03 2010 msAATTsuse.de- DB: changed all : options from -bob to --bob- DB: added new stylesheet for html: xslt/html/docbook.xsl- DB: adapt Makefile according to new stylesheet- DB: update CSS from Andy- DB: fixed kiwi-man- *.xml: added id-Attribut, common name kiwi,Kiwi -> KIWI used, added s for filenames
